remove sigio blocking
[bpt/emacs.git] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads nil "5x5" "play/5x5.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
7 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
8
9 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
10 Play 5x5.
11
12 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
13 squares you must fill the grid.
14
15 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
16 \\<5x5-mode-map>
17 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
18 Move up \\[5x5-up]
19 Move down \\[5x5-down]
20 Move left \\[5x5-left]
21 Move right \\[5x5-right]
22 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
23 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
24 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
25 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
26 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
27 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
28 Solve with Calc \\[5x5-solve-suggest]
29 Rotate left Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-left]
30 Rotate right Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-right]
31 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
32
33 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
34
35 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
36 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
37
38 \(fn)" t nil)
39
40 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
42
43 \(fn)" t nil)
44
45 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
46 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
47
48 \(fn)" t nil)
49
50 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
51 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
52 Mutate the result.
53
54 \(fn)" t nil)
55
56 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
57 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
58
59 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
60 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
61 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
62 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
63
64 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
65
66 ;;;***
67 \f
68 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" (21220 61111
69 ;;;;;; 156047 0))
70 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
71
72 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
73 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
74 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
75 extensions.
76 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
77 the file name.
78
79 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
80
81 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
82 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
83
84 \(fn)" t nil)
85
86 ;;;***
87 \f
88 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" (21187 63826
89 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
90 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
91
92 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
93 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
94
95 \(fn)" t nil)
96
97 ;;;***
98 \f
99 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el" (21187 63826
100 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
101 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
102
103 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
104 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
105 Completion is available.
106
107 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
108
109 ;;;***
110 \f
111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "add-log" "vc/add-log.el" (21240 46395 727291
112 ;;;;;; 0))
113 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
114
115 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
116
117 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
118 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
119 It is called by `add-log-current-defun' with no argument, and
120 should return the function's name as a string, or nil if point is
121 outside a function.")
122
123 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
124
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
126 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
128
129 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
130
131 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
132 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
133 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
134 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
135 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
136 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
137
138 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
139
140 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
141 Prompt for a change log name.
142
143 \(fn)" nil nil)
144
145 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
146 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
147
148 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
149 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
150 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
151 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
152
153 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
154 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
155 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
156
157 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
158 current buffer to the complete file name.
159 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
160
161 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
162
163 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
164 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
165 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
166 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
167
168 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
169 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
170
171 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
172
173 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
174 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
175 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
176
177 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
178 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
179 after a comma on an existing line.
180
181 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
182 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
183 the same person.
184
185 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
186 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
187 notices.
188
189 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
190 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
191
192 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
193
194 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
195 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
196 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
197 the change log file in another window.
198
199 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
200
201 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
202 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
203 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
204 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
205 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
206 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
207
208 \\{change-log-mode-map}
209
210 \(fn)" t nil)
211
212 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
213 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
214
215 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
216 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
217
218 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
219 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
220 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
221 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
222 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
223
224 Has a preference of looking backwards.
225
226 \(fn)" nil nil)
227
228 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
229 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
230 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
231 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
232 or a buffer.
233
234 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
235 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
236
237 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
238
239 ;;;***
240 \f
241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (21278 229
242 ;;;;;; 682967 799000))
243 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
244
245 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
246 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
247 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
248 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
249 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
250 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
251 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
252 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
253 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
254 interpreted as `error'.")
255
256 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
257
258 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
259 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
260 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
261 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
262 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
263 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
264 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
265 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
266
267 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
268
269 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
270 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
271
272 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
273
274 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
275 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
276
277 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
278
279 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
280 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
281
282 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
283 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
284 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
285 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
286 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
287
288 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
289 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
290 the new one.
291
292 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
293 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
294 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
295 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
296 mapped to the closest extremal position).
297
298 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
299 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
300 the cache-id will clear the cache.
301
302 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
303
304 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
305 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
306 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
307 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
308 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
309 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
310 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
311 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
312 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
313 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
314 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
315 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
316 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
317 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
318 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
319 definition will always be cached for later usage.
320
321 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
322
323 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
324 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
325 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
326
327 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
328 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
329 BODY...)
330
331 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
332 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
333 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
334 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
335 see also `ad-add-advice'.
336 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
337 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
338 before/around/after-advices will be used.
339 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'.
340 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
341 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
342 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
343 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
344 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
345
346 Semantics of the various flags:
347 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
348 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
349 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
350
351 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
352 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
353
354 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
355 advised function should be compiled.
356
357 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
358 during activation until somebody enables it.
359
360 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
361 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
362 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
363 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
364
365 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
366 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
367 BODY...)
368
369 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
370
371 (function-put 'defadvice 'doc-string-elt '3)
372
373 (function-put 'defadvice 'lisp-indent-function '2)
374
375 ;;;***
376 \f
377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "align" "align.el" (21299 64170 881226 0))
378 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
379
380 (autoload 'align "align" "\
381 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
382 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
383 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
384 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
385 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
386 rule's `separate' attribute).
387
388 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
389 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
390 `separate' attribute set.
391
392 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
393 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
394 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
395 on the format of these lists.
396
397 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
398
399 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
400 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
401 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. Interactively, this function
402 prompts for the regular expression REGEXP to align with.
403
404 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
405 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
406
407 Fred (123) 456-7890
408 Alice (123) 456-7890
409 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
410 Joe (123) 456-7890
411
412 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
413 using a REGEXP like \"(\". Interactively, all you would have to do is
414 to mark the region, call `align-regexp' and enter that regular expression.
415
416 REGEXP must contain at least one parenthesized subexpression, typically
417 whitespace of the form \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)\". In normal interactive use,
418 this is automatically added to the start of your regular expression after
419 you enter it. You only need to supply the characters to be lined up, and
420 any preceding whitespace is replaced.
421
422 If you specify a prefix argument (or use this function non-interactively),
423 you must enter the full regular expression, including the subexpression.
424 The function also then prompts for which subexpression parenthesis GROUP
425 \(default 1) within REGEXP to modify, the amount of SPACING (default
426 `align-default-spacing') to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule
427 throughout the line.
428
429 See `align-rules-list' for more information about these options.
430
431 The non-interactive form of the previous example would look something like:
432 (align-regexp (point-min) (point-max) \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)(\")
433
434 This function is a nothing more than a small wrapper that helps you
435 construct a rule to pass to `align-region', which does the real work.
436
437 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
438
439 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
440 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
441 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
442 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
443 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
444 align that section.
445
446 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
447
448 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
449 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
450 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
451 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
452 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
453 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
454 been used to align that section.
455
456 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
457
458 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
459 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
460 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
461 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
462 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
463 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
464 to be colored.
465
466 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
467
468 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
469 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
470
471 \(fn)" t nil)
472
473 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
474 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
475
476 \(fn)" t nil)
477
478 ;;;***
479 \f
480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout" "allout.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
481 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
482 (push (purecopy '(allout 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
483
484 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper "allout" "\
485 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
486
487 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
488
489 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil)
490
491 (autoload 'allout-setup "allout" "\
492 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
493
494 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
495 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
496
497 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
498 `allout-auto-activation'.
499
500 \(fn)" nil nil)
501
502 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil "\
503 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
504
505 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
506 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
507 file variable `allout-layout'.
508
509 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
510 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
511 specified layout is applied.
512
513 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
514 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
515
516 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
517 Auto-layout is not.
518
519 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
520
521 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation "allout" nil)
522
523 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
524
525 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
526
527 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
528
529 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
530
531 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
532
533 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
534
535 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
536
537 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
538
539 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
540
541 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
542
543 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
544
545 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
546
547 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
548
549 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
550
551 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
552
553 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
554
555 (autoload 'allout-mode-p "allout" "\
556 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
557
558 \(fn)" nil t)
559
560 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
561 Toggle Allout outline mode.
562 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
563 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
564 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
565
566 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
567 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
568 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
569 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
570 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
571 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
572 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
573 outline.)
574
575 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
576
577 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
578 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
579 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
580 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
581 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
582 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
583 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
584 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
585
586 and many other features.
587
588 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
589 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
590 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
591 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
592 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
593
594 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
595 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
596 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
597 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
598 bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
599 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
600 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
601 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
602 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
603 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
604
605 Exposure Control:
606 ----------------
607 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
608 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
609 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
610 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
611 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
612
613 Navigation:
614 ----------
615 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
616 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
617 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
618 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
619 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
620 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
621 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
622 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
623 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
624 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
625
626
627 Topic Header Production:
628 -----------------------
629 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
630 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
631 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
632
633 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
634 ---------------------------------
635 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
636 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
637 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
638 current topic
639 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
640 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
641 are alternated according to nesting depth.
642 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
643 the offspring are not affected.
644 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
645
646 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
647 ----------------------------------
648 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
649 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
650 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' Kill line, attending to outline structure.
651 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
652 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
653 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
654 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
655 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to `allout-yank' as `yank-pop' is to `yank'.
656
657 Topic-oriented Encryption:
658 -------------------------
659 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
660 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
661
662 Misc commands:
663 -------------
664 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
665 and establish a default file-var setting
666 for `allout-layout'.
667 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
668 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
669 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
670 buffer with name derived from derived from that
671 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
672 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
673 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
674 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
675 format.
676 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
677 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
678 auto-activation.
679
680 Topic Encryption
681
682 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
683 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
684 pending encryption on save.
685
686 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
687 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
688 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
689 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
690 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
691
692 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
693 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
694 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
695 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
696 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
697 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a '-HUP'
698 signal.
699
700 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
701 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
702 for details.
703
704 HOT-SPOT Operation
705
706 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
707 navigation and exposure control.
708
709 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
710 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
711 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
712 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
713 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
714
715 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
716 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
717 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
718 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
719 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
720
721 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
722 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
723 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
724 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
725 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
726 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
727 at the beginning of the current entry.
728
729 Extending Allout
730
731 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
732 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
733 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
734
735 `allout-mode-hook'
736 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
737 `allout-mode-off-hook'
738 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
739 `allout-structure-added-functions'
740 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
741 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
742 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
743 `allout-post-undo-hook'
744
745 Terminology
746
747 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
748
749 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
750 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
751 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
752 CURRENT ITEM:
753 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
754 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
755 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
756 called the:
757 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
758
759 ANCESTORS:
760 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
761 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
762 of the ITEM.
763 OFFSPRING:
764 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
765 SUBTOPIC:
766 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
767 CHILD:
768 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
769 SIBLINGS:
770 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
771
772 Topic text constituents:
773
774 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
775 text.
776 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
777 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
778 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
779 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
780 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
781 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
782 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
783 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
784 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
785 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
786 the PREFIX.
787
788 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
789 of the ITEM.
790 PREFIX-LEAD:
791 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
792 It can be customized by changing the setting of
793 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
794
795 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
796 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
797 program code without interfering with processing of the text
798 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
799 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
800 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
801 docstring for more detail.
802 PREFIX-PADDING:
803 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
804 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
805 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
806 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
807 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
808 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
809 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
810 provide a universal argument (\\[universal-argument]) to the
811 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
812 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
813 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
814 more details.
815 EXPOSURE:
816 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
817 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
818 CONCEALED:
819 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
820 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
821
822 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
823 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
824 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
825
826 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
827
828 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
829
830 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
831 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
832
833 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
834 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
835
836 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
837
838 ;;;***
839 \f
840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el" (21350
841 ;;;;;; 58112 380040 0))
842 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
843 (push (purecopy '(allout-widgets 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
844
845 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup "allout-widgets" "\
846 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
847
848 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
849
850 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil)
851
852 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil "\
853 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
854
855 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
856 visiting an outline.
857
858 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
859 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
860
861 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
862 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
863 you want allout widgets operation.
864
865 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
866
867 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation "allout-widgets" nil)
868
869 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
870
871 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode "allout-widgets" "\
872 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
873 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
874 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
875 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
876
877 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
878 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
879 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
880
881 The graphics include:
882
883 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
884
885 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
886 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
887
888 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
889 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
890
891 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
892 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
893 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
894
895 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
896
897 ;;;***
898 \f
899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ange-ftp" "net/ange-ftp.el" (21240 46395 727291
900 ;;;;;; 0))
901 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
902
903 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
904
905 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
906 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
907 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
908 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
909 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
910 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
911
912 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
913
914 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
915
916
917 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
918
919 ;;;***
920 \f
921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "animate" "play/animate.el" (21187 63826 213216
922 ;;;;;; 0))
923 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
924
925 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
926 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
927 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
928 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
929 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
930 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
931 in the current window.
932
933 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
934
935 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
936 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
937 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
938 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
939 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
940 buffer if one does not exist.
941
942 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
943
944 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
945 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
946 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
947 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
948 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
949
950 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
951
952 ;;;***
953 \f
954 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (21277 37159 898165
955 ;;;;;; 0))
956 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
957 (push (purecopy '(ansi-color 3 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
958
959 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
960 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
961
962 \(fn)" t nil)
963
964 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
965 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
966
967 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
968 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
969 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
970 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
971
972 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
973 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
974
975 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
976
977 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
978
979 ;;;***
980 \f
981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (21208
982 ;;;;;; 39903 471297 312000))
983 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
984 (push (purecopy '(antlr-mode 2 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
985
986 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
987 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
988 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
989 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
990 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
991 \\[yank].
992
993 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
994 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
995 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
996 the rules.
997
998 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
999 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
1000 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1001 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1002
1003 \(fn)" t nil)
1004
1005 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
1006 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1007
1008 \(fn)" t nil)
1009
1010 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
1011 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1012 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1013
1014 \(fn)" nil nil)
1015
1016 ;;;***
1017 \f
1018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (21187 63826 213216
1019 ;;;;;; 0))
1020 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1021
1022 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
1023 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1024 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1025 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1026 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1027 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1028
1029 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil)
1030
1031 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
1032 Toggle checking of appointments.
1033 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1034 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1035
1036 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1037
1038 ;;;***
1039 \f
1040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "apropos" "apropos.el" (21259 10807 217062
1041 ;;;;;; 0))
1042 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1043
1044 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
1045 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1046 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1047 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1048
1049 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1050 kind of objects to search.
1051
1052 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1053
1054 (autoload 'apropos-user-option "apropos" "\
1055 Show user options that match PATTERN.
1056 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1057 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1058 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1059 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1060
1061 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1062 variables, not just user options.
1063
1064 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1065
1066 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
1067 Show variables that match PATTERN.
1068 When DO-NOT-ALL is non-nil, show user options only, i.e. behave
1069 like `apropos-user-option'.
1070
1071 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-NOT-ALL)" t nil)
1072
1073 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1074
1075 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1076 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1077 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1078 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1079 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1080 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1081
1082 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1083 noninteractive functions.
1084
1085 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1086 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1087
1088 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1089 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1090
1091 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1092
1093 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1094 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1095
1096 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1097
1098 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1099 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1100 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1101 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1102
1103 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1104 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1105 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1106 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1107
1108 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1109 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1110
1111 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1112
1113 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1114
1115 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1116 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1117 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1118 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1119 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1120
1121 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1122
1123 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1124 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1125 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1126 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1127 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1128 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1129
1130 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1131 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1132 names and values of properties.
1133
1134 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1135
1136 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1137
1138 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1139 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1140 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1141 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1142 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1143 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1144
1145 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1146 `internal-doc-file-name'; i.e., the etc/DOC file. With \\[universal-argument] prefix,
1147 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1148 documentation strings.
1149
1150 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1151
1152 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1153
1154 ;;;***
1155 \f
1156 ;;;### (autoloads nil "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (21207 49087 974317
1157 ;;;;;; 0))
1158 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1159
1160 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1161 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1162 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1163 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1164 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1165 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1166
1167 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1168 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1169 archive.
1170
1171 \\{archive-mode-map}
1172
1173 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1174
1175 ;;;***
1176 \f
1177 ;;;### (autoloads nil "array" "array.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
1178 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1179
1180 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1181 Major mode for editing arrays.
1182
1183 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1184 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1185 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1186
1187 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1188
1189 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1190 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1191 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1192
1193 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1194 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1195 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1196 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1197 The variables are:
1198
1199 Variables you assign:
1200 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1201 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1202 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1203 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1204 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1205 row numbers in the buffer.
1206
1207 Variables which are calculated:
1208 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1209 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1210
1211 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1212 take a numeric prefix argument):
1213
1214 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1215 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1216 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1217 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1218
1219 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1220 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1221 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1222 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1223
1224 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1225 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1226 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1227 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1228
1229 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1230 between that of point and mark.
1231
1232 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1233 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1234
1235 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1236 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1237 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1238 newlines inside rows)
1239
1240 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1241
1242 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1243
1244 \(fn)" t nil)
1245
1246 ;;;***
1247 \f
1248 ;;;### (autoloads nil "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (21187 63826
1249 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
1250 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1251 (push (purecopy '(artist 1 2 6)) package--builtin-versions)
1252
1253 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1254 Toggle Artist mode.
1255 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1256 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1257 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1258
1259 How to quit Artist mode
1260
1261 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1262
1263
1264 How to submit a bug report
1265
1266 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1267
1268
1269 Drawing with the mouse:
1270
1271 mouse-2
1272 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1273 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1274 below).
1275
1276 mouse-1
1277 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1278 or pastes:
1279
1280 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1281 --------------------------------------------------------------
1282 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1283 to new point
1284 --------------------------------------------------------------
1285 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1286 --------------------------------------------------------------
1287 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1288 --------------------------------------------------------------
1289 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1290 --------------------------------------------------------------
1291 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1292 --------------------------------------------------------------
1293 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1294 --------------------------------------------------------------
1295 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1296 --------------------------------------------------------------
1297 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1298 --------------------------------------------------------------
1299 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1300 lines
1301 --------------------------------------------------------------
1302 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1303 --------------------------------------------------------------
1304 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1305 --------------------------------------------------------------
1306 Paste Paste Paste
1307 --------------------------------------------------------------
1308 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1309 --------------------------------------------------------------
1310
1311 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1312 or diagonally.
1313
1314 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1315 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1316 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1317 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1318 poly-lines.
1319
1320 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1321 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1322 overwrite means the opposite.
1323
1324 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1325 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1326 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1327
1328 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1329
1330 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1331 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1332
1333 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1334 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1335 are currently drawing something.
1336
1337 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1338 some time to fill.
1339
1340
1341 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1342 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1343
1344
1345 Settings
1346
1347 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1348
1349 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1350
1351 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1352
1353 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1354
1355 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1356 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1357
1358 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1359
1360
1361 Drawing with keys
1362
1363 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1364 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1365 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1366 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1367 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1368 When pasting: Pastes
1369
1370 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1371
1372 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1373
1374 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1375 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1376 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1377 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1378 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1379 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1380
1381
1382 Arrows
1383
1384 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1385 of the line/poly-line
1386
1387 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1388 of the line/poly-line
1389
1390
1391 Selecting operation
1392
1393 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1394
1395 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1396 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1397 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1398 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1399 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1400 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1401 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1402 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1403 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1404 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1405 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1406 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1407 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1408 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1409 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1410 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1411 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1412 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1413 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1414 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1415
1416
1417 Variables
1418
1419 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1420 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1421
1422 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1423 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1424 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1425 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1426 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1427 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1428 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1429 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1430 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1431 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1432 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1433 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1434 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1435 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1436 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1437 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1438 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1439 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1440 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1441
1442 Hooks
1443
1444 Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1445
1446
1447 Keymap summary
1448
1449 \\{artist-mode-map}
1450
1451 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1452
1453 ;;;***
1454 \f
1455 ;;;### (autoloads nil "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (21240 46395
1456 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
1457 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1458
1459 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1460 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1461 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1462
1463 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1464 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1465 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1466 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1467
1468 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1469 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1470
1471 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1472 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1473
1474 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1475
1476 Special commands:
1477 \\{asm-mode-map}
1478
1479 \(fn)" t nil)
1480
1481 ;;;***
1482 \f
1483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "auth-source" "gnus/auth-source.el" (21342
1484 ;;;;;; 10917 902592 0))
1485 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/auth-source.el
1486
1487 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry 7200 "\
1488 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1489 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1490 let-binding.")
1491
1492 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry "auth-source" t)
1493
1494 ;;;***
1495 \f
1496 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoarg" "autoarg.el" (21187 63826 213216
1497 ;;;;;; 0))
1498 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1499
1500 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1501 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1502 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1503
1504 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1505
1506 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1507 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1508 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1509 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1510 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1511
1512 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1513 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1514 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1515 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1516 \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence and inserts
1517 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1518 Without a numeric prefix arg, the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]
1519 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1520
1521 For example:
1522 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1523 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1524 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1525 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1526 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1527
1528 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1529
1530 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1531
1532 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1533 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1534 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1535 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1536 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1537 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1538
1539 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1540
1541 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1542 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1543 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1544 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1545 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1546
1547 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1548 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1549 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1550
1551 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1552
1553 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1554
1555 ;;;***
1556 \f
1557 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el" (21187 63826
1558 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
1559 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1560
1561 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1562 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1563
1564 \(fn)" t nil)
1565
1566 ;;;***
1567 \f
1568 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (21240 46395 727291
1569 ;;;;;; 0))
1570 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1571
1572 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1573 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1574 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1575
1576 \(fn)" t nil)
1577
1578 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1579 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1580 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1581 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1582
1583 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1584
1585 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1586 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1587 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1588 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1589 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1590 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1591
1592 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1593
1594 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1595 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1596 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1597 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1598 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1599
1600 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1601 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1602
1603 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1604
1605 ;;;***
1606 \f
1607 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" (21187
1608 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
1609 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1610
1611 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1612
1613 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1614
1615 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1616 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1617 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1618
1619 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1620 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1621 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1622 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1623 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1624
1625 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1626
1627 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER OUTFILE)" t nil)
1628
1629 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1630 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1631 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1632 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1633 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1634
1635 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1636 directory or directories specified.
1637
1638 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1639 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1640 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1641 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1642 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1643 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1644
1645 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1646
1647 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1648 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1649 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1650 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1651 should be non-nil).
1652
1653 \(fn)" nil nil)
1654
1655 ;;;***
1656 \f
1657 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (21315 5521 187938
1658 ;;;;;; 0))
1659 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1660
1661 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1662 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto Revert mode).
1663 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Revert mode if ARG is
1664 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1665 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1666
1667 Auto Revert mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1668 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1669 disk changes.
1670
1671 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1672 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1673 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1674
1675 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1676
1677 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1678 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1679
1680 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1681 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1682
1683 \(fn)" nil nil)
1684
1685 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1686 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1687 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail mode if ARG
1688 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1689 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1690
1691 When Auto Revert Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1692 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1693 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1694 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1695 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1696
1697 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1698 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1699 writing before you save the file!
1700
1701 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1702
1703 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1704
1705 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1706 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail mode.
1707
1708 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1709 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1710
1711 \(fn)" nil nil)
1712
1713 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1714 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1715 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1716 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1717 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1718 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1719
1720 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1721
1722 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1723 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1724 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert mode if ARG
1725 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1726 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1727
1728 Global Auto Revert mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1729 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1730 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1731
1732 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1733 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1734 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1735 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1736 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1737
1738 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1739 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1740 specifies in the mode line.
1741
1742 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1743
1744 ;;;***
1745 \f
1746 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avoid" "avoid.el" (21379 5287 607434 0))
1747 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1748
1749 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1750 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1751 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1752 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1753 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1754
1755 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1756
1757 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1758 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1759 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1760 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1761
1762 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1763 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1764 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1765
1766 Effects of the different modes:
1767 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1768 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1769 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1770 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1771 a random distance & direction.
1772 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1773 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1774 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1775
1776 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1777 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1778 definition of \"random distance\".)
1779
1780 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1781
1782 ;;;***
1783 \f
1784 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bat-mode" "progmodes/bat-mode.el" (21187 63826
1785 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
1786 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bat-mode.el
1787
1788 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(bat\\|cmd\\)\\'" . bat-mode))
1789
1790 (autoload 'bat-mode "bat-mode" "\
1791 Major mode for editing DOS/Windows batch files.
1792
1793 Start a new script from `bat-template'. Read help pages for DOS commands
1794 with `bat-cmd-help'. Navigate between sections using `imenu'.
1795 Run script using `bat-run' and `bat-run-args'.
1796
1797 \\{bat-mode-map}
1798
1799 \(fn)" t nil)
1800
1801 ;;;***
1802 \f
1803 ;;;### (autoloads nil "battery" "battery.el" (21346 7974 405729 0))
1804 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1805 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1806
1807 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1808 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1809 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1810 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1811
1812 \(fn)" t nil)
1813
1814 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1815 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1816 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1817 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1818 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1819 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1820
1821 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1822
1823 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1824 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1825 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1826 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1827 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1828
1829 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1830 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1831 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1832 seconds.
1833
1834 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1835
1836 ;;;***
1837 \f
1838 ;;;### (autoloads nil "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (21187
1839 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
1840 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1841
1842 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1843 Time execution of FORMS.
1844 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1845 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1846 FORMS once.
1847 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1848 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1849 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1850
1851 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1852
1853 (function-put 'benchmark-run 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1854
1855 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1856 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1857 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1858 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1859 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1860
1861 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1862
1863 (function-put 'benchmark-run-compiled 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1864
1865 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1866 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1867 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1868 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1869 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1870
1871 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1872
1873 ;;;***
1874 \f
1875 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (21264 28773
1876 ;;;;;; 629489 0))
1877 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1878
1879 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1880 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1881 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1882 of corresponding buffers.
1883 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1884 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil
1885 and the current buffer visits a file using `bibtex-mode'.
1886 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1887 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1888
1889 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer
1890 visits a file using `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer
1891 does not use `bibtex-mode',
1892
1893 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1894
1895 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1896 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1897
1898 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1899
1900 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1901 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1902 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1903 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1904
1905 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1906 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1907 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1908 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1909 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1910
1911 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1912 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1913
1914
1915 Special information:
1916
1917 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1918
1919 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1920 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1921 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1922 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1923 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1924 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1925 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1926 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1927 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1928 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1929 \\[completion-at-point] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1930
1931 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1932 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1933 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1934 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1935 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1936 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1937 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1938 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1939
1940 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1941
1942 ----------------------------------------------------------
1943 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1944 if that value is non-nil.
1945
1946 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1947
1948 \(fn)" t nil)
1949
1950 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1951 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1952 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1953 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1954 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1955 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1956 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1957 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1958 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
1959 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
1960 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
1961 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
1962
1963 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1964
1965 ;;;***
1966 \f
1967 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1968 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
1969 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1970
1971 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1972 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1973
1974 \(fn)" t nil)
1975
1976 ;;;***
1977 \f
1978 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "mail/binhex.el" (21187 63826 213216
1979 ;;;;;; 0))
1980 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1981
1982 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
1983 Regular expression matching the start of a BinHex encoded region.")
1984
1985 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1986 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1987 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1988
1989 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1990
1991 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1992 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1993
1994 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1995
1996 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
1997 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1998
1999 \(fn START END)" t nil)
2000
2001 ;;;***
2002 \f
2003 ;;;### (autoloads nil "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (21187 63826
2004 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
2005 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
2006
2007 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
2008 Play blackbox.
2009 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
2010
2011 What is blackbox?
2012
2013 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
2014 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2015 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
2016 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2017 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2018 your score.
2019
2020 Overview of play:
2021
2022 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
2023 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2024 four.
2025
2026 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2027 movement keys.
2028
2029 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2030 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2031
2032 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2033 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
2034
2035 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2036 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
2037 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2038 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2039 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2040 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2041
2042 Details:
2043
2044 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2045
2046 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2047 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2048 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2049 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2050
2051 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2052 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2053 denoted by the letter `R'.
2054
2055 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2056 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2057 denoted by the letter `H'.
2058
2059 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2060 example.
2061
2062 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2063 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2064 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2065 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2066 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
2067 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2068 ray.
2069
2070 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2071 degree deflection it causes.
2072
2073 1
2074 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2075 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2076 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2077 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2078 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2079 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2080 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2081 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2082 2 3
2083
2084 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2085 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2086
2087
2088 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2089 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2090 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2091 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2092 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2093 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2094 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2095 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2096
2097 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2098 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2099 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2100 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2101 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2102 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2103 emerging from the box.
2104
2105 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2106
2107 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2108 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2109 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2110 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2111 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2112 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2113 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2114 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2115
2116 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2117 a reflection.
2118
2119 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
2120
2121 ;;;***
2122 \f
2123 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (21294 46247 414129
2124 ;;;;;; 0))
2125 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2126 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
2127 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
2128 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2129
2130 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2131 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2132 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2133 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2134 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2135 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2136 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
2137
2138 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
2139 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2140 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
2141
2142 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2143 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2144 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2145 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2146 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2147 recent one.
2148
2149 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2150 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2151 yank successive words.
2152
2153 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2154 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2155 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2156 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2157 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2158
2159 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2160 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2161 the list of bookmarks.)
2162
2163 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
2164
2165 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2166 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2167 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2168 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2169 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2170 this.
2171
2172 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2173 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2174 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2175 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2176
2177 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2178 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2179
2180 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2181 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2182 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2183
2184 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2185
2186 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2187 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2188
2189 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2190
2191 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2192 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2193
2194 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2195 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2196 after a bookmark was set in it.
2197
2198 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2199
2200 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2201 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2202
2203 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2204 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2205
2206 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2207
2208 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2209
2210 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2211 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2212 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2213 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2214
2215 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2216 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2217 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2218
2219 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2220 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2221 name.
2222
2223 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
2224
2225 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2226 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2227 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2228
2229 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2230 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2231 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2232 this.
2233
2234 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2235
2236 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2237 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2238
2239 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2240 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2241 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2242 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2243 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2244 probably because we were called from there.
2245
2246 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2247
2248 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2249 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2250
2251 \(fn)" t nil)
2252
2253 (function-put 'bookmark-write 'interactive-only 'bookmark-save)
2254
2255 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2256 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2257 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2258 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2259 \(second argument).
2260
2261 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2262 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2263 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2264 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2265 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2266
2267 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2268 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2269 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2270 `bookmark-default-file'.
2271
2272 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2273
2274 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2275 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2276 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2277 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2278 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2279 while loading.
2280
2281 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2282 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2283 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2284 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2285 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2286 explicitly.
2287
2288 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2289 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2290 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2291 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2292
2293 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2294
2295 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2296 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2297 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2298 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2299 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2300
2301 \(fn)" t nil)
2302
2303 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2304
2305 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2306
2307 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2308 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2309
2310 \(fn)" t nil)
2311
2312 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2313
2314 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2315
2316 ;;;***
2317 \f
2318 ;;;### (autoloads nil "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (21364 37926
2319 ;;;;;; 837230 0))
2320 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2321
2322 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2323 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2324 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2325 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2326
2327 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2328 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2329 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2330 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2331 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2332
2333 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2334
2335 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2336 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2337 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2338 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2339 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2340 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2341
2342 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2343
2344 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2345 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2346 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2347 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2348 narrowed.
2349
2350 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2351
2352 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2353 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2354
2355 \(fn)" t nil)
2356
2357 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2358 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2359
2360 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2361
2362 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2363 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2364 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2365 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2366 If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2367 first, if that exists.
2368
2369 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2370
2371 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2372 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2373 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2374 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2375
2376 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2377
2378 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2379 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2380 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2381 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2382 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2383 to use.
2384
2385 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2386
2387 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2388 Pass the specified URL to the \"xdg-open\" command.
2389 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2390 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2391
2392 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2393
2394 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2395 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2396 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2397 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2398
2399 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2400 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2401 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2402 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2403
2404 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2405 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2406 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2407
2408 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2409 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2410
2411 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2412
2413 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2414 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2415 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2416 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2417
2418 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2419 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2420 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2421 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2422
2423 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2424 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2425 new tab in an existing window instead.
2426
2427 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2428 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2429
2430 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2431
2432 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2433 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2434 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2435 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2436 Firefox.
2437
2438 When called interactively, if variable
2439 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2440 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2441 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2442 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2443
2444 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2445 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2446 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2447
2448 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2449 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2450
2451 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2452 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2453 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2454 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2455 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2456 URL in a new window.
2457
2458 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2459
2460 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2461 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2462 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2463 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2464 Chromium.
2465
2466 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2467
2468 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2469 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2470 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2471 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2472
2473 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2474 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2475 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2476 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2477
2478 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2479 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2480 new tab in an existing window instead.
2481
2482 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2483 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2484
2485 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2486
2487 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2488 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2489
2490 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2491
2492 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2493 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2494 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2495 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2496
2497 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2498 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2499 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2500 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2501
2502 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2503 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2504
2505 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2506
2507 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2508 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2509
2510 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2511 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2512 program is invoked according to the variable
2513 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2514
2515 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2516 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2517 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2518 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2519
2520 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2521 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2522
2523 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2524
2525 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2526 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2527 Default to the URL around or before point.
2528
2529 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2530 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2531 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2532
2533 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2534 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2535 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2536 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2537
2538 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2539 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2540
2541 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2542
2543 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2544 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2545 Default to the URL around or before point.
2546
2547 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2548 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2549 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2550
2551 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2552 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2553
2554 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2555
2556 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2557 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2558 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2559 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2560
2561 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2562
2563 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2564 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2565 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2566 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2567 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2568 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2569
2570 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2571
2572 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2573 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2574 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2575 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2576 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2577
2578 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2579 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2580 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2581 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2582
2583 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2584 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2585
2586 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2587
2588 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2589 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2590 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2591 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2592 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2593 current one.
2594
2595 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2596 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2597 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2598 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2599
2600 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2601 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2602
2603 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2604
2605 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2606 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2607 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2608 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2609 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2610 don't offer a form of remote control.
2611
2612 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2613
2614 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2615 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2616 Default to the URL around or before point.
2617
2618 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2619
2620 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2621 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2622 Default to the URL around the point.
2623
2624 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2625 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2626
2627 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2628 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2629
2630 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2631
2632 ;;;***
2633 \f
2634 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bs" "bs.el" (21383 2343 498187 0))
2635 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2636 (push (purecopy '(bs 1 17)) package--builtin-versions)
2637
2638 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2639 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2640 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2641 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2642
2643 \(fn)" t nil)
2644
2645 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2646 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2647 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2648 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2649
2650 \(fn)" t nil)
2651
2652 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2653 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2654
2655 \(fn)" t nil)
2656
2657 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2658 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2659 \\<bs-mode-map>
2660 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2661 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2662 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2663 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2664
2665 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2666 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2667 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2668 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2669 name of buffer configuration.
2670
2671 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2672
2673 ;;;***
2674 \f
2675 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (21202 31159 541460
2676 ;;;;;; 0))
2677 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2678
2679 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2680 Play Bubbles game.
2681 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2682 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2683 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2684 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2685 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2686 columns on its right towards the left.
2687
2688 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2689 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2690 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2691 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2692
2693 \(fn)" t nil)
2694
2695 ;;;***
2696 \f
2697 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bug-reference" "progmodes/bug-reference.el"
2698 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
2699 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2700
2701 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2702
2703 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2704 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2705 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2706 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2707 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2708
2709 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2710
2711 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2712 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2713
2714 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2715
2716 ;;;***
2717 \f
2718 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (21334
2719 ;;;;;; 16805 699731 0))
2720 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2721 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2722 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2723 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2724
2725 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2726
2727 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2728 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2729 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2730 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2731 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2732 else the global value will be modified.
2733
2734 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2735
2736 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2737 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2738 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2739 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2740 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2741 else the global value will be modified.
2742
2743 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2744
2745 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2746 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2747 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2748
2749 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2750
2751 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2752 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2753 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2754 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2755
2756 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2757 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2758 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2759 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2760 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2761 before scanning it.
2762
2763 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2764 that already has a `.elc' file.
2765
2766 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2767 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2768
2769 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2770 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2771 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2772 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2773 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2774 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2775
2776 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2777
2778 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2779 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2780 Print the result in the echo area.
2781 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2782
2783 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2784
2785 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2786 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2787 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2788
2789 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2790
2791 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2792 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2793 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2794 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2795 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2796 all functions called by those functions.
2797
2798 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2799 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2800 cons, etc.).
2801
2802 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2803 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2804 invoked interactively.
2805
2806 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2807
2808 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2809 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2810 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2811 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2812
2813 \(fn)" nil nil)
2814
2815 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2816 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2817 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2818 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2819 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2820 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2821 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2822 already up-to-date.
2823
2824 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2825
2826 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2827 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2828 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2829 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2830
2831 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2832 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2833 and corresponding effects.
2834
2835 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2836
2837 ;;;***
2838 \f
2839 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (21350
2840 ;;;;;; 5031 352444 0))
2841 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2842
2843 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2844
2845 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2846
2847 ;;;***
2848 \f
2849 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (21187 63826
2850 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
2851 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2852
2853 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2854
2855 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2856
2857 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2858
2859 ;;;***
2860 \f
2861 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" (21187
2862 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
2863 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2864
2865 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2866 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2867 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2868 from the cursor position.
2869
2870 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2871
2872 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'list-yahrzeit-dates 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "23.1")
2873
2874 ;;;***
2875 \f
2876 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc" "calc/calc.el" (21377 49959 896066 0))
2877 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2878 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2879
2880 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2881 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See \\[calc-dispatch-help] for details.
2882
2883 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2884
2885 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2886 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2887
2888 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2889
2890 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2891 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2892
2893 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2894
2895 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2896 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2897
2898 \(fn)" t nil)
2899
2900 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2901 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2902 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2903 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2904
2905 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2906
2907 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2908 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2909 This is most useful in the X window system.
2910 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2911 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2912
2913 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2914
2915 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2916 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2917 See calc-keypad for details.
2918
2919 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2920
2921 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2922 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2923
2924 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2925
2926 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2927 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2928
2929 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2930
2931 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2932 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2933
2934 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2935
2936 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2937 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2938 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2939
2940 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2941
2942 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2943 Define Calc function.
2944
2945 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2946 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2947 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2948
2949 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2950 actual Lisp function name.
2951
2952 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2953
2954 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
2955
2956 (function-put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
2957
2958 ;;;***
2959 \f
2960 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (21187 63826
2961 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
2962 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
2963
2964 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
2965
2966
2967 \(fn N)" t nil)
2968
2969 ;;;***
2970 \f
2971 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calculator" "calculator.el" (21231 31415 579137
2972 ;;;;;; 0))
2973 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2974
2975 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2976 Run the Emacs calculator.
2977 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2978
2979 \(fn)" t nil)
2980
2981 ;;;***
2982 \f
2983 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (21383 2343
2984 ;;;;;; 498187 0))
2985 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2986
2987 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
2988 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
2989 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
2990 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
2991 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
2992 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
2993
2994 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
2995 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
2996 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
2997 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
2998 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
2999 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
3000 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
3001 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
3002 window.
3003
3004 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
3005 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3006
3007 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3008 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3009 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3010 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3011 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3012 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3013
3014 Runs the following hooks:
3015
3016 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3017 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3018 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3019 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3020
3021 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
3022
3023 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3024
3025 ;;;***
3026 \f
3027 ;;;### (autoloads nil "canlock" "gnus/canlock.el" (21187 63826 213216
3028 ;;;;;; 0))
3029 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3030
3031 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3032 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3033
3034 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3035
3036 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3037 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3038 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3039 it fails.
3040
3041 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3042
3043 ;;;***
3044 \f
3045 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (21187
3046 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
3047 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3048 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3049
3050 ;;;***
3051 \f
3052 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" (21385
3053 ;;;;;; 6339 454454 0))
3054 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3055
3056 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3057 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3058
3059 \(fn)" nil nil)
3060
3061 ;;;***
3062 \f
3063 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (21308 46599
3064 ;;;;;; 181916 0))
3065 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3066
3067 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3068 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3069
3070 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3071 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3072
3073 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3074 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3075
3076 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3077
3078 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3079 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3080 made from scratch.
3081
3082 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3083
3084 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3085 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3086
3087 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3088 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3089 made from scratch.
3090
3091 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3092
3093 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3094 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3095
3096 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3097
3098 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3099 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3100 made from scratch.
3101
3102 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3103
3104 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3105 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3106
3107 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3108 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3109 made from scratch.
3110
3111 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3112
3113 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3114 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3115
3116 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3117
3118 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3119 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3120 made from scratch.
3121
3122 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3123
3124 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3125 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3126
3127 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3128 variables are guessed:
3129
3130 * `c-basic-offset', and
3131 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3132 `c-offsets-alist'.
3133
3134 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3135 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3136
3137 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3138 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3139
3140 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3141 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3142 guess is made from scratch.
3143
3144 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3145 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3146
3147 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3148
3149 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3150 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3151 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3152 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3153
3154 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3155 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3156 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3157
3158 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3159
3160 ;;;***
3161 \f
3162 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" (21269 46645
3163 ;;;;;; 763684 0))
3164 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3165
3166 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3167 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3168 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3169 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3170 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3171 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3172 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3173
3174 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3175 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3176 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3177 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3178 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3179 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3180 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3181 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3182 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3183
3184 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3185 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3186 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3187 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3188 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3189 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3190
3191 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3192
3193 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3194 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3195
3196 Key bindings:
3197 \\{c-mode-map}
3198
3199 \(fn)" t nil)
3200
3201 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3202 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3203 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3204 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3205 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3206 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3207 message.
3208
3209 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3210
3211 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3212 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3213
3214 Key bindings:
3215 \\{c++-mode-map}
3216
3217 \(fn)" t nil)
3218 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3219
3220 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3221 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3222 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3223 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3224 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3225 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3226 message.
3227
3228 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3229
3230 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3231 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3232
3233 Key bindings:
3234 \\{objc-mode-map}
3235
3236 \(fn)" t nil)
3237 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3238
3239 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3240 Major mode for editing Java code.
3241 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3242 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3243 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3244 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3245 message.
3246
3247 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3248
3249 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3250 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3251
3252 Key bindings:
3253 \\{java-mode-map}
3254
3255 \(fn)" t nil)
3256 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3257
3258 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3259 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3260 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3261 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3262 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3263 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3264 message.
3265
3266 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3267
3268 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3269 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3270
3271 Key bindings:
3272 \\{idl-mode-map}
3273
3274 \(fn)" t nil)
3275 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(\\.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3276 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3277
3278 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3279 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3280 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3281 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3282 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3283 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3284 message.
3285
3286 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3287
3288 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3289 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3290
3291 Key bindings:
3292 \\{pike-mode-map}
3293
3294 \(fn)" t nil)
3295 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3296 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3297 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3298 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3299 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3300
3301 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3302 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3303 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3304 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3305 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3306 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3307
3308 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3309
3310 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3311 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3312
3313 Key bindings:
3314 \\{awk-mode-map}
3315
3316 \(fn)" t nil)
3317
3318 ;;;***
3319 \f
3320 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-styles" "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (21187
3321 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
3322 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3323
3324 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3325 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3326 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3327 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3328
3329 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3330
3331 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3332 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3333 might get set too.
3334
3335 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3336 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3337 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3338 done in your init file. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
3339 in this way.
3340
3341 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3342 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3343 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3344 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3345 a null operation.
3346
3347 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3348
3349 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3350 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3351 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3352 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3353
3354 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3355
3356 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3357 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3358 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3359
3360 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3361
3362 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3363 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3364 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3365 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3366 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3367
3368 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3369
3370 ;;;***
3371 \f
3372 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (21187 63826
3373 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
3374 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3375 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3376 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3377 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3378
3379 ;;;***
3380 \f
3381 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ccl" "international/ccl.el" (21187 63826 213216
3382 ;;;;;; 0))
3383 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3384
3385 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3386 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3387
3388 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3389
3390 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3391 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3392
3393 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3394
3395 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3396 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3397
3398 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3399 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3400 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3401 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3402 execution.
3403
3404 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3405
3406 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
3407
3408 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3409 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3410
3411 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3412 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3413 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3414 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3415
3416 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3417 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3418 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3419 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3420 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3421 `write' commands.
3422
3423 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3424 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3425 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3426 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3427
3428 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3429 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3430 semantics.
3431
3432 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3433
3434 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3435
3436 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3437
3438 STATEMENT :=
3439 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3440 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3441
3442 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3443 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3444 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3445 | integer
3446
3447 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3448
3449 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3450 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3451 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3452
3453 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3454 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3455 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3456
3457 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3458 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3459
3460 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3461 BREAK := (break)
3462
3463 REPEAT :=
3464 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3465 (repeat)
3466 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3467 ;; (repeat))
3468 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3469 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3470 ;; (read REG)
3471 ;; (repeat))
3472 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3473 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3474 ;; (read REG)
3475 ;; (repeat))
3476 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3477
3478 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3479 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3480 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3481 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3482 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3483 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3484 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3485 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3486 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3487 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3488 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3489 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3490 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3491 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3492 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3493 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3494
3495 WRITE :=
3496 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3497 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3498 ;; representation.
3499 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3500 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3501 ;; (write r7))
3502 | (write EXPRESSION)
3503 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3504 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3505 ;; representation.
3506 | (write integer)
3507 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3508 ;; buffer.
3509 | (write string)
3510 ;; Same as: (write string)
3511 | string
3512 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3513 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3514 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3515 ;; representation.
3516 | (write REG ARRAY)
3517 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3518 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3519 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3520 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3521 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3522 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3523
3524 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3525 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3526
3527 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3528 END := (end)
3529
3530 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3531 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3532 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3533
3534 ARG := REG | integer
3535
3536 OPERATOR :=
3537 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
3538 + | - | * | / | %
3539
3540 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3541 | & | `|' | ^
3542
3543 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3544 | << | >>
3545
3546 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3547 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3548 | <8
3549
3550 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3551 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3552 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3553 | >8
3554
3555 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3556 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3557 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3558 | //
3559
3560 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3561 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3562
3563 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3564 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3565 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3566 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3567 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3568 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3569 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3570 | de-sjis
3571
3572 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3573 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
3574 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3575 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3576 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3577 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3578 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3579 ;; byte of SJIS.
3580 | en-sjis
3581
3582 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3583 ;; Same meaning as C code
3584 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3585
3586 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3587 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3588 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3589 | <8=
3590
3591 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3592 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3593 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3594
3595 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3596 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3597 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3598 | //=
3599
3600 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3601
3602
3603 TRANSLATE :=
3604 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3605 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3606 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3607 LOOKUP :=
3608 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3609 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3610 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3611 MAP :=
3612 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3613 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3614 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3615 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3616 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3617 MAP-ID := integer
3618
3619 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
3620
3621 (function-put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3622
3623 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3624 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3625 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3626 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3627 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3628 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3629
3630 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
3631
3632 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3633 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3634 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3635
3636 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3637
3638 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3639
3640 ;;;***
3641 \f
3642 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el" (21240 46395
3643 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
3644 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3645
3646 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3647 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3648 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3649 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3650
3651 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3652
3653 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3654
3655 (autoload 'cconv-warnings-only "cconv" "\
3656 Add the warnings that closure conversion would encounter.
3657
3658 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3659
3660 ;;;***
3661 \f
3662 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet" "cedet/cedet.el" (21187 63826 213216
3663 ;;;;;; 0))
3664 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet.el
3665 (push (purecopy '(cedet 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
3666
3667 ;;;***
3668 \f
3669 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (21226 13501
3670 ;;;;;; 706948 0))
3671 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3672 (push (purecopy '(cfengine 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
3673
3674 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
3675 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
3676 There are no special keybindings by default.
3677
3678 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3679 to the action header.
3680
3681 \(fn)" t nil)
3682
3683 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
3684 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
3685 There are no special keybindings by default.
3686
3687 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3688 to the action header.
3689
3690 \(fn)" t nil)
3691
3692 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
3693 Choose between `cfengine2-mode' and `cfengine3-mode' depending
3694 on the buffer contents
3695
3696 \(fn)" nil nil)
3697
3698 ;;;***
3699 \f
3700 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chart" "emacs-lisp/chart.el" (21187 63826
3701 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
3702 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/chart.el
3703 (push (purecopy '(chart 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3704
3705 ;;;***
3706 \f
3707 ;;;### (autoloads nil "check-declare" "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el"
3708 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
3709 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3710
3711 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3712 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3713 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3714
3715 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3716
3717 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3718 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3719 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3720
3721 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3722
3723 ;;;***
3724 \f
3725 ;;;### (autoloads nil "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (21187
3726 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
3727 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3728 (push (purecopy '(checkdoc 0 6 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3729 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3730 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3731 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3732 (put 'checkdoc-spellcheck-documentation-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3733 (put 'checkdoc-ispell-list-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3734 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3735 (put 'checkdoc-verb-check-experimental-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3736 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3737
3738 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3739
3740
3741 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
3742 (put 'checkdoc-proper-noun-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3743 (put 'checkdoc-common-verbs-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3744
3745 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3746 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3747 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3748 the users will view as each check is completed.
3749
3750 \(fn)" t nil)
3751
3752 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3753 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3754 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3755 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3756 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3757 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3758 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3759 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3760
3761 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3762
3763 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3764 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3765 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3766 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3767 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3768 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3769 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3770 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3771
3772 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3773
3774 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3775 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3776 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3777 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3778 spacing are all verified.
3779
3780 \(fn)" t nil)
3781
3782 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3783 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3784 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3785 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3786 otherwise stop after the first error.
3787
3788 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3789
3790 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3791 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3792 Only documentation strings are checked.
3793 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3794 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3795 a separate buffer.
3796
3797 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3798
3799 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3800 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3801 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3802 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3803 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3804
3805 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3806
3807 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3808 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3809 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3810 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3811 if there is one.
3812
3813 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3814
3815 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3816 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3817 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3818 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3819 if there is one.
3820 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3821
3822 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3823
3824 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3825 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3826 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3827
3828 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3829
3830 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3831 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3832 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3833 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3834 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3835
3836 \(fn)" t nil)
3837
3838 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3839 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3840 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3841 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3842 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3843 space at the end of each line.
3844
3845 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3846
3847 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3848 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3849 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3850 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc'
3851
3852 \(fn)" t nil)
3853
3854 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3855 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3856 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3857 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3858
3859 \(fn)" t nil)
3860
3861 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3862 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3863 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3864 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3865
3866 \(fn)" t nil)
3867
3868 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3869 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3870 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3871 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3872
3873 \(fn)" t nil)
3874
3875 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3876 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3877 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3878 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3879
3880 \(fn)" t nil)
3881
3882 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3883 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3884 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3885 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3886
3887 \(fn)" t nil)
3888
3889 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3890 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3891 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3892 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3893
3894 \(fn)" t nil)
3895
3896 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3897 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3898 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3899 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3900
3901 \(fn)" t nil)
3902
3903 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3904 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3905 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3906 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3907
3908 \(fn)" t nil)
3909
3910 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3911 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
3912 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
3913 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
3914 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3915
3916 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3917 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3918 checking of documentation strings.
3919
3920 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3921
3922 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3923
3924 ;;;***
3925 \f
3926 ;;;### (autoloads nil "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (21197
3927 ;;;;;; 43194 200483 0))
3928 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3929
3930 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3931 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3932 Return the length of resulting text.
3933
3934 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3935
3936 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3937 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3938
3939 \(fn)" t nil)
3940
3941 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3942 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3943 Return the length of resulting text.
3944
3945 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3946
3947 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3948 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3949
3950 \(fn)" t nil)
3951
3952 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
3953
3954
3955 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
3956
3957 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
3958
3959
3960 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
3961
3962 ;;;***
3963 \f
3964 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chistory" "chistory.el" (21240 46395 727291
3965 ;;;;;; 0))
3966 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3967
3968 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
3969 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3970 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3971 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3972 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3973 editing and the result is evaluated.
3974
3975 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
3976
3977 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
3978 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3979 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3980 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3981 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3982
3983 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
3984
3985 \(fn)" t nil)
3986
3987 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
3988 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3989 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3990 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3991 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3992
3993 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3994 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
3995 \\{command-history-map}
3996
3997 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
3998 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
3999
4000 \(fn)" t nil)
4001
4002 ;;;***
4003 \f
4004 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" (21318
4005 ;;;;;; 28582 821557 0))
4006 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4007
4008 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4009 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4010 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4011 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4012 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4013 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4014 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4015 of this function.
4016
4017 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4018 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4019 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4020 property are:
4021
4022 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4023 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4024
4025 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4026 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4027 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4028 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4029 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4030 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4031 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4032 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4033 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4034 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4035 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4036 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4037
4038 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4039 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4040 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4041
4042 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4043 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4044 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4045 list elements are:
4046
4047 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4048
4049 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4050
4051 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4052
4053 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4054 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4055
4056 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4057 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4058
4059 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4060 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4061 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4062 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4063 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4064 value specified by their associated list element.
4065
4066 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4067
4068 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4069 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4070 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4071
4072 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4073 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4074 * indent the first argument by 4.
4075 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4076 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4077 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4078
4079 If the current mode is actually `emacs-lisp-mode', look for a
4080 `common-lisp-indent-function-for-elisp' property before looking
4081 at `common-lisp-indent-function' and, if set, use its value
4082 instead.
4083
4084 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4085
4086 ;;;***
4087 \f
4088 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (21372 32036
4089 ;;;;;; 731951 0))
4090 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4091 (push (purecopy '(cl-lib 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4092
4093 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4094
4095 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4096 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4097 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4098 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4099 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4100 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4101
4102 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4103 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4104
4105 (define-error 'cl-assertion-failed (purecopy "Assertion failed"))
4106
4107 (autoload 'cl--defsubst-expand "cl-macs")
4108
4109 (put 'cl-defun 'doc-string-elt 3)
4110
4111 (put 'cl-defmacro 'doc-string-elt 3)
4112
4113 (put 'cl-defsubst 'doc-string-elt 3)
4114
4115 (put 'cl-defstruct 'doc-string-elt 2)
4116
4117 ;;;***
4118 \f
4119 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" (21187 63826
4120 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
4121 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4122
4123 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4124 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4125 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4126 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4127
4128 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4129 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4130 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4131 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4132
4133 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4134 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4135
4136 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4137
4138 ;;;***
4139 \f
4140 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (21240 46395 727291
4141 ;;;;;; 0))
4142 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4143
4144 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4145 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4146 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4147 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4148 of `scheme-program-name').
4149 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4150 it is given as initial input.
4151 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4152 discards input when it starts up.
4153 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4154 is run).
4155 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4156
4157 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4158
4159 ;;;***
4160 \f
4161 ;;;### (autoloads nil "color" "color.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
4162 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4163
4164 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4165 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4166 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4167 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4168
4169 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4170 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4171
4172 Optional argument FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4173 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4174 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4175
4176 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4177
4178 ;;;***
4179 \f
4180 ;;;### (autoloads nil "comint" "comint.el" (21339 34726 39547 0))
4181 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4182
4183 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4184 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4185 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4186 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4187 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4188 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4189 functions have already modified the buffer.
4190
4191 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4192
4193 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4194 either globally or locally.")
4195
4196 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4197 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4198 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4199 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
4200
4201 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
4202 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
4203 `start-file-process'
4204 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
4205 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
4206 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
4207
4208 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
4209 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
4210
4211 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4212
4213 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4214
4215 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4216
4217 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4218 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4219 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4220 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4221 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4222 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4223 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4224 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4225 process as its initial input.
4226
4227 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4228
4229 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4230
4231 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4232
4233 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4234 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4235 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4236 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4237 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4238 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4239
4240 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4241
4242 (function-put 'comint-run 'interactive-only 'make-comint)
4243
4244 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4245 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4246 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4247 directory tracking functions.")
4248
4249 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4250 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4251 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4252
4253 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4254
4255 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4256
4257 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4258 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4259 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4260
4261 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4262
4263 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4264
4265 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4266 Send COMMAND to current process.
4267 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4268 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4269
4270 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4271
4272 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4273 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4274 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4275 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4276
4277 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4278
4279 ;;;***
4280 \f
4281 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el" (21240 46395
4282 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
4283 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4284
4285 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4286 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4287 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4288 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4289
4290 This command pushes the mark in each window
4291 at the prior location of point in that window.
4292 If both windows display the same buffer,
4293 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4294 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4295
4296 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4297 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4298 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4299 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4300 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4301 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4302 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4303 ignored.
4304
4305 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4306 this command work in interlaced mode:
4307 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4308 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4309 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4310
4311 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4312
4313 ;;;***
4314 \f
4315 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (21383 2343
4316 ;;;;;; 498187 0))
4317 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4318
4319 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4320 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode'.")
4321
4322 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4323
4324 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4325 Hook run after starting a new compilation process.
4326 The hook is run with one argument, the new process.")
4327
4328 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4329
4330 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4331 Number of lines in a compilation window.
4332 If nil, use Emacs default.")
4333
4334 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4335
4336 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4337 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4338 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4339 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4340 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4341
4342 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4343 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4344 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4345 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4346 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4347
4348 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4349 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4350 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4351 describing how the process finished.")
4352
4353 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4354 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4355 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4356 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4357 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4358
4359 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4360 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4361 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4362
4363 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4364
4365 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4366 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4367 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4368 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4369
4370 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4371
4372 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4373 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4374
4375 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4376 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4377
4378 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4379 (lambda ()
4380 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4381 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4382 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4383 (concat \"make -k \"
4384 (if buffer-file-name
4385 (shell-quote-argument
4386 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))))")
4387
4388 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4389 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4390
4391 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4392 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4393 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4394 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4395
4396 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4397
4398 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4399 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4400 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4401 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4402
4403 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4404 and move to the source code that caused it.
4405
4406 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4407 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4408
4409 Interactively, prompts for the command if the variable
4410 `compilation-read-command' is non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'.
4411 With prefix arg, always prompts.
4412 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4413 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4414
4415 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4416 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4417 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4418 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4419
4420 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4421 kills its subprocesses.
4422
4423 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4424 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4425 to a function that generates a unique name.
4426
4427 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4428
4429 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4430 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4431 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4432 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4433
4434 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4435 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4436
4437 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4438 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4439 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4440 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4441
4442 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4443 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4444 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4445
4446 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4447
4448 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4449
4450 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4451 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4452 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4453 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4454 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4455
4456 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4457
4458 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4459
4460 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4461
4462 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
4463
4464 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4465 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
4466 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
4467 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
4468 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4469
4470 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
4471 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
4472 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
4473 See `compilation-mode'.
4474
4475 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4476
4477 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4478 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
4479 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
4480 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
4481 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4482
4483 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
4484 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
4485 `compilation-mode'.
4486
4487 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4488
4489 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4490 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4491 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4492
4493 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4494
4495 ;;;***
4496 \f
4497 ;;;### (autoloads nil "completion" "completion.el" (21240 46395 727291
4498 ;;;;;; 0))
4499 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4500
4501 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4502 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4503 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4504 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4505 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4506 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4507
4508 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4509
4510 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4511 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
4512 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
4513 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
4514 if ARG is omitted or nil.
4515
4516 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4517
4518 ;;;***
4519 \f
4520 ;;;### (autoloads nil "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (21383
4521 ;;;;;; 2343 498187 0))
4522 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4523
4524 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4525 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4526 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4527 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4528 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4529 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4530 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4531
4532 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4533 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4534 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4535
4536 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4537 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4538 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4539
4540 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4541 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4542 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4543 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4544
4545 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4546 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4547 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4548 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4549 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4550 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4551 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4552
4553 \\{conf-mode-map}
4554
4555 \(fn)" t nil)
4556
4557 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4558 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4559 Comments start with `#'.
4560 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4561
4562 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4563
4564 \[Desktop Entry]
4565 Encoding=UTF-8
4566 Name=The GIMP
4567 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4568 Name[cs]=GIMP
4569
4570 \(fn)" t nil)
4571
4572 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4573 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4574 Comments start with `;'.
4575 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4576
4577 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4578
4579 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4580 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4581 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4582
4583 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4584 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4585
4586 \(fn)" t nil)
4587
4588 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4589 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4590 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4591 between `/*' and `*/'.
4592 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4593
4594 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4595 // another kind of comment
4596 /* yet another */
4597
4598 name:value
4599 name=value
4600 name value
4601 x.1 =
4602 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4603 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4604
4605 \(fn)" t nil)
4606
4607 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4608 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4609 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4610 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4611 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4612 `conf-space-keywords'.
4613 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4614 in an interactive fashion instead.
4615
4616 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4617
4618 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4619
4620 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4621 image/png png
4622 image/tiff tiff tif
4623
4624 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4625 class desktop
4626 # Standard multimedia devices
4627 add /dev/audio desktop
4628 add /dev/mixer desktop
4629
4630 \(fn)" t nil)
4631
4632 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4633 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4634 See `conf-space-mode'.
4635
4636 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4637
4638 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4639 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4640 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4641 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4642
4643 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4644
4645 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4646 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4647
4648 \(fn)" t nil)
4649
4650 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4651 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4652 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4653 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4654
4655 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4656
4657 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4658 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4659
4660 \(fn)" t nil)
4661
4662 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4663 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4664 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4665 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4666
4667 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4668
4669 *background: gray99
4670 *foreground: black
4671
4672 \(fn)" t nil)
4673
4674 ;;;***
4675 \f
4676 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (21245 64312 799897
4677 ;;;;;; 0))
4678 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4679
4680 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4681 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4682 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4683 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4684 Interactively, PHRASE-FILE defaults to `cookie-file', unless that
4685 is nil or a prefix argument is used.
4686
4687 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" t nil)
4688
4689 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4690 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4691 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4692 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4693
4694 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4695
4696 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4697 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4698 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4699 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4700
4701 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4702
4703 ;;;***
4704 \f
4705 ;;;### (autoloads nil "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (21187
4706 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
4707 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4708 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4709 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4710 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4711
4712 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4713 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4714 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4715 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4716 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4717 following the copyright are updated as well.
4718 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4719 interactively.
4720
4721 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4722
4723 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4724 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4725 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4726 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4727 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4728
4729 \(fn)" t nil)
4730
4731 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4732 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4733
4734 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4735
4736 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4737 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4738 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4739
4740 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4741
4742 ;;;***
4743 \f
4744 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (21207
4745 ;;;;;; 49087 974317 0))
4746 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4747 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4748 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4749 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4750 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4751 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4752 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4753 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4754
4755 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4756 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4757 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4758 Tab indents for Perl code.
4759 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4760 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4761
4762 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4763 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4764 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4765 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4766 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4767 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4768 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4769 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4770 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
4771 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4772 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4773 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4774
4775 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4776
4777 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4778 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4779
4780 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4781
4782 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4783 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4784 she is most likely to want to be. E.g., when the user types a space
4785 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4786 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4787 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4788 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4789 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4790 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4791
4792 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4793
4794 bite if angry;
4795
4796 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4797 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4798 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4799 to nil.)
4800
4801 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4802 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4803 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4804
4805 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4806
4807 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4808 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4809 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4810 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4811 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4812
4813 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4814
4815 if (A) { B }
4816
4817 into
4818
4819 B if A;
4820
4821 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4822
4823 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4824 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4825 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4826 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4827 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4828 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4829 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4830 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4831 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4832 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4833 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4834 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4835 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4836
4837 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4838 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4839 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4840 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4841 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4842 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4843
4844 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4845 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4846 man via menu.
4847
4848 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4849 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4850 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4851 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4852 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4853
4854 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4855 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4856 span the needed amount of lines.
4857
4858 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4859 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4860 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4861 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4862
4863 Variables controlling indentation style:
4864 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4865 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4866 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4867 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4868 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4869 `cperl-auto-newline'
4870 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4871 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4872 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4873 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4874 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4875 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4876 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4877 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4878 `cperl-indent-level'
4879 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4880 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4881 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4882 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4883 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4884 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4885 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4886 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4887 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4888 `cperl-brace-offset'
4889 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4890 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4891 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4892 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4893 `cperl-label-offset'
4894 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4895 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4896 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4897
4898 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4899 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4900 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4901 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4902 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4903 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4904
4905 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4906 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4907 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4908 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4909
4910 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4911 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4912 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4913 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4914 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4915 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4916 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4917
4918 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4919 column 0 is indented on
4920 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4921
4922 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4923 with no args.
4924
4925 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4926 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4927 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4928
4929 \(fn)" t nil)
4930
4931 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4932 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4933
4934 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
4935
4936 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4937 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4938
4939 \(fn)" t nil)
4940
4941 ;;;***
4942 \f
4943 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" (21187 63826 213216
4944 ;;;;;; 0))
4945 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4946
4947 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4948 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4949 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4950 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4951 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4952
4953 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4954
4955 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
4956 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4957
4958 \(fn)" t nil)
4959
4960 ;;;***
4961 \f
4962 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el" (21187 63826 213216
4963 ;;;;;; 0))
4964 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
4965
4966 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
4967 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
4968 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
4969 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
4970
4971 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4972 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
4973
4974 (custom-autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" nil)
4975
4976 (autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" "\
4977 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation (CRiSP mode).
4978 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CRiSP mode if ARG is positive,
4979 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
4980 if ARG is omitted or nil.
4981
4982 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4983
4984 (defalias 'brief-mode 'crisp-mode)
4985
4986 ;;;***
4987 \f
4988 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el" (21263 7861 493097
4989 ;;;;;; 0))
4990 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
4991
4992 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
4993 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
4994 The arguments are the same as those of `completing-read'.
4995 \\<crm-local-completion-map>
4996 Input multiple strings by separating each one with a string that
4997 matches the regexp `crm-separator'. For example, if the separator
4998 regexp is \",\", entering \"alice,bob,eve\" specifies the strings
4999 \"alice\", \"bob\", and \"eve\".
5000
5001 We refer to contiguous strings of non-separator-characters as
5002 \"elements\". In this example there are three elements.
5003
5004 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5005 contents of the minibuffer are \"alice,bob,eve\" and point is between
5006 \"l\" and \"i\", pressing \\[minibuffer-complete] operates on the element \"alice\".
5007
5008 This function returns a list of the strings that were read,
5009 with empty strings removed.
5010
5011 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5012
5013 ;;;***
5014 \f
5015 ;;;### (autoloads nil "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (21285 31272
5016 ;;;;;; 331063 0))
5017 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5018
5019 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5020 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5021
5022 \(fn)" t nil)
5023
5024 ;;;***
5025 \f
5026 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (21319 49445
5027 ;;;;;; 508378 0))
5028 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5029
5030 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5031 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5032 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5033 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5034 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5035 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5036
5037 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5038
5039 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5040 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5041 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5042 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5043 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5044
5045 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5046 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5047 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5048 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5049 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5050 normal function of these prefix keys.
5051
5052 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5053 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5054 options:
5055 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5056 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5057 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5058
5059 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5060 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5061 the prefix fallback behavior.
5062
5063 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5064
5065 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5066 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5067
5068 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5069
5070 ;;;***
5071 \f
5072 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-rect" "emulation/cua-rect.el" (21187 63826
5073 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
5074 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-rect.el
5075
5076 (autoload 'cua-rectangle-mark-mode "cua-rect" "\
5077 Toggle the region as rectangular.
5078 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
5079
5080 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5081
5082 ;;;***
5083 \f
5084 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (21240 46395 727291
5085 ;;;;;; 0))
5086 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5087
5088 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5089 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5090
5091 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5092
5093 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5094 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5095
5096 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5097
5098 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5099 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5100
5101 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5102
5103 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5104 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5105
5106 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5107 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5108
5109 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5110 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5111
5112 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5113
5114 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5115
5116 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5117 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5118 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5119
5120 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5121 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5122
5123 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5124 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5125
5126 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5127 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5128
5129 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5130
5131 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5132
5133 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5134 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5135 Return VALUE.
5136
5137 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5138 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5139
5140 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5141 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5142
5143 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5144 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5145
5146 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5147
5148 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5149
5150 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5151 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5152 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
5153 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5154
5155 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5156 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
5157 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5158
5159 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5160
5161 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5162 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5163 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5164 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5165 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5166
5167 \(fn)" t nil)
5168
5169 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5170 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5171 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5172 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5173
5174 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5175
5176 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5177 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5178 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5179
5180 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5181
5182 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5183 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5184
5185 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5186
5187 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5188
5189 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5190 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5191
5192 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5193
5194 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5195
5196 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5197 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5198 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5199
5200 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5201
5202 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5203 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5204 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5205 as part of Emacs itself.
5206
5207 Each elements looks like this:
5208
5209 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5210
5211 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5212 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5213 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5214 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5215 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5216 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5217 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5218 and `defface'.
5219
5220 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5221
5222 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5223 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5224 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5225 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5226 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5227
5228 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5229 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5230 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5231 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5232
5233 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5234
5235 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5236 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5237 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
5238 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
5239 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
5240 release.
5241
5242 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5243 that were added or redefined since that version.
5244
5245 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5246
5247 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5248 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5249 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5250 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5251
5252 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5253
5254 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5255 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5256
5257 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5258
5259 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5260 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5261 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5262
5263 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5264 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5265
5266 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5267
5268 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5269 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
5270
5271 \(fn)" t nil)
5272
5273 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5274 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5275
5276 \(fn)" t nil)
5277
5278 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5279 Customize all saved options and faces.
5280
5281 \(fn)" t nil)
5282
5283 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5284 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5285 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5286 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5287 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of
5288 words, search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5289
5290 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5291 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5292 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5293
5294 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5295
5296 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5297 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5298
5299 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
5300
5301 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5302 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5303
5304 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5305
5306 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5307 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5308
5309 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5310
5311 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5312 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5313 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5314 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5315 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5316 that option.
5317 DESCRIPTION is unused.
5318
5319 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5320
5321 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5322 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5323 The result includes selecting that window.
5324 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5325 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5326 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5327 that option.
5328
5329 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5330
5331 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5332 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5333
5334 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5335
5336 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5337 File used for storing customization information.
5338 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5339 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5340 it should be an absolute file name.
5341
5342 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5343 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5344 something like the following in your init file:
5345
5346 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5347 \(load custom-file)
5348
5349 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5350 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5351
5352 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5353 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5354 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5355 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5356 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5357
5358 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5359 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5360 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5361 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5362 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5363 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5364 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5365 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5366 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5367 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5368
5369 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5370
5371 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5372 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5373
5374 \(fn)" nil nil)
5375
5376 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5377 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5378
5379 \(fn)" t nil)
5380
5381 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5382 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5383 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5384
5385 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5386
5387 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5388 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5389 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5390 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5391 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5392
5393 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5394
5395 ;;;***
5396 \f
5397 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (21240 46395 727291
5398 ;;;;;; 0))
5399 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5400
5401 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5402 Create or edit a custom theme.
5403 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
5404 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
5405 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
5406 from the Custom save file.
5407 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5408 named *Custom Theme*.
5409
5410 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5411
5412 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5413 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5414
5415 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5416
5417 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5418 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5419
5420 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5421
5422 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5423 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5424 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5425 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5426
5427 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5428
5429 ;;;***
5430 \f
5431 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el" (21187 63826
5432 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
5433 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5434
5435 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5436 Mode used for cvs status output.
5437
5438 \(fn)" t nil)
5439
5440 ;;;***
5441 \f
5442 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (21383 2343 498187
5443 ;;;;;; 0))
5444 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5445 (push (purecopy '(cwarn 1 3 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5446
5447 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5448 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5449
5450 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5451
5452 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5453 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5454 C++ modes are included.
5455
5456 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5457 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5458 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5459
5460 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5461
5462 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
5463
5464 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5465 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5466 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5467 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5468 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5469 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5470
5471 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5472
5473 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5474 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
5475 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
5476 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
5477 ARG is omitted or nil.
5478
5479 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5480 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5481 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5482
5483 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5484
5485 ;;;***
5486 \f
5487 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (21193
5488 ;;;;;; 16180 875828 0))
5489 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5490
5491 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5492 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5493
5494 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5495
5496 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5497 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5498
5499 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5500
5501 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5502 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5503 For readability, the table is slightly
5504 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5505
5506 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5507 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5508 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5509 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5510 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5511
5512 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5513
5514 ;;;***
5515 \f
5516 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" (21187 63826 213216
5517 ;;;;;; 0))
5518 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5519 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5520 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5521 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5522 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5523
5524 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5525 Completion on current word.
5526 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5527 and presents suggestions for completion.
5528
5529 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5530 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5531 completions.
5532
5533 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5534 then it searches *all* buffers.
5535
5536 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5537
5538 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5539 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5540
5541 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5542 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5543 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5544 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5545 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5546
5547 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5548 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5549
5550 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5551 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5552 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5553
5554 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5555 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5556
5557 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5558
5559 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5560
5561 ;;;***
5562 \f
5563 ;;;### (autoloads nil "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el" (21197 43194
5564 ;;;;;; 200483 0))
5565 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5566
5567 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5568 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5569
5570 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5571
5572 ;;;***
5573 \f
5574 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (21379 5287 607434 0))
5575 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5576
5577 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5578 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5579 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5580 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5581 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5582
5583 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5584
5585 ;;;***
5586 \f
5587 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (21187 63826
5588 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
5589 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5590
5591 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5592 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5593
5594 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5595 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5596 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5597
5598 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5599 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5600 Data lines are not indented.
5601
5602 Key bindings:
5603
5604 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5605 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5606
5607 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5608 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5609 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5610 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5611
5612 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5613
5614 dcl-basic-offset
5615 Extra indentation within blocks.
5616
5617 dcl-continuation-offset
5618 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5619
5620 dcl-margin-offset
5621 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5622
5623 dcl-margin-label-offset
5624 Indentation for a label.
5625
5626 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5627 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5628
5629 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5630 dcl-block-end-regexp
5631 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5632 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
5633 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5634 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5635 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5636
5637 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5638 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5639 Two such functions are included in the package:
5640 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5641 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5642
5643 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5644 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5645 One such function is included in the package:
5646 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5647
5648 dcl-tab-always-indent
5649 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5650 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5651 margin.
5652
5653 dcl-electric-characters
5654 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5655 typed.
5656
5657 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5658 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5659 which words trigger electric indentation.
5660
5661 dcl-tempo-comma
5662 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5663 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5664 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5665
5666 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5667 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5668 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5669 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5670
5671 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5672 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5673 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5674 dcl-imenu-label-call
5675 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5676
5677 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5678 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5679 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5680 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5681
5682
5683 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5684
5685 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5686 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5687 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5688 $ i = 1
5689 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5690 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5691 $ label:
5692 $ if i.eq.1
5693 $ then
5694 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5695 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5696 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5697 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5698 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5699 \"lined up with the command line\"
5700 $ type sys$input
5701 Data lines are not indented at all.
5702 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5703 $ endif
5704 $
5705
5706
5707 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5708 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5709
5710 \(fn)" t nil)
5711
5712 ;;;***
5713 \f
5714 ;;;### (autoloads nil "debug" "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (21240 46395
5715 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
5716 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5717
5718 (setq debugger 'debug)
5719
5720 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5721 Enter debugger. \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]' returns from the debugger.
5722 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5723 of the evaluator.
5724
5725 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5726 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5727 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5728
5729 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
5730
5731 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5732 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5733
5734 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5735
5736 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5737 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5738 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5739 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5740 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5741 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5742
5743 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5744 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5745
5746 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5747
5748 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5749 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5750 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5751 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5752 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5753
5754 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5755
5756 ;;;***
5757 \f
5758 ;;;### (autoloads nil "decipher" "play/decipher.el" (21187 63826
5759 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
5760 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5761
5762 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5763 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5764
5765 \(fn)" t nil)
5766
5767 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5768 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5769 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5770 Upper-case letters are commands.
5771
5772 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5773 modify it.
5774
5775 The most useful commands are:
5776 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5777 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5778 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5779 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5780 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5781 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5782
5783 \(fn)" t nil)
5784
5785 ;;;***
5786 \f
5787 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (21187 63826 213216
5788 ;;;;;; 0))
5789 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5790 (push (purecopy '(delim-col 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5791
5792 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5793 Customization of `columns' group.
5794
5795 \(fn)" t nil)
5796
5797 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5798 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5799
5800 START and END delimits the text region.
5801
5802 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5803
5804 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5805 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5806
5807 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5808
5809 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5810
5811 ;;;***
5812 \f
5813 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delsel" "delsel.el" (21251 41787 268999 0))
5814 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5815
5816 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5817
5818 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5819 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5820 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5821 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5822 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5823 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5824
5825 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5826
5827 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5828 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5829 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
5830 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5831 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5832
5833 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, typed text replaces the selection
5834 if the selection is active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at
5835 point regardless of any selection.
5836
5837 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5838
5839 ;;;***
5840 \f
5841 ;;;### (autoloads nil "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (21240 46395
5842 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
5843 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5844
5845 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5846 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5847
5848 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5849
5850 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5851 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5852 or nil if there is no parent.
5853 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5854 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5855 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5856 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5857 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5858
5859 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5860 arguments are currently understood:
5861 :group GROUP
5862 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5863 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5864 :syntax-table TABLE
5865 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
5866 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5867 :abbrev-table TABLE
5868 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
5869 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5870
5871 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5872
5873 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5874
5875 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5876 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5877 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5878
5879 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5880 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5881
5882 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5883 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5884 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5885
5886 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5887 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5888
5889 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5890 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5891
5892 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5893
5894 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
5895
5896 (function-put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
5897
5898 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
5899 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5900 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5901 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5902 the first time the mode is used.
5903
5904 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5905
5906 ;;;***
5907 \f
5908 ;;;### (autoloads nil "descr-text" "descr-text.el" (21240 46395 727291
5909 ;;;;;; 0))
5910 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5911
5912 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
5913 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
5914 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
5915 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5916 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5917 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5918 otherwise.
5919
5920 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
5921
5922 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
5923 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
5924 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
5925 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
5926
5927 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
5928 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
5929 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
5930
5931 The character information includes the character code; charset and
5932 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
5933 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
5934 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
5935 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
5936 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
5937 relevant to POS.
5938
5939 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5940
5941 ;;;***
5942 \f
5943 ;;;### (autoloads nil "desktop" "desktop.el" (21346 7974 405729 0))
5944 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5945
5946 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
5947 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
5948 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5949 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5950 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5951 or call the function `desktop-save-mode'.")
5952
5953 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
5954
5955 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
5956 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
5957 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is positive,
5958 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG
5959 is omitted or nil.
5960
5961 When Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
5962 one session to another. In particular, Emacs will save the desktop when
5963 it exits (this may prompt you; see the option `desktop-save'). The next
5964 time Emacs starts, if this mode is active it will restore the desktop.
5965
5966 To manually save the desktop at any time, use the command `M-x desktop-save'.
5967 To load it, use `M-x desktop-read'.
5968
5969 Once a desktop file exists, Emacs will auto-save it according to the
5970 option `desktop-auto-save-timeout'.
5971
5972 To see all the options you can set, browse the `desktop' customization group.
5973
5974 For further details, see info node `(emacs)Saving Emacs Sessions'.
5975
5976 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5977
5978 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
5979 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
5980 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
5981 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
5982
5983 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
5984
5985 (defvar-local desktop-save-buffer nil "\
5986 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
5987
5988 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
5989 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
5990 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
5991
5992 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
5993 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
5994
5995 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
5996 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
5997 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
5998
5999 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6000 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6001 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6002 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6003
6004 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6005
6006 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6007 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6008
6009 Handlers are called with argument list
6010
6011 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6012
6013 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6014
6015 `desktop-file-version'
6016 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6017 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6018 `desktop-buffer-point'
6019 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6020 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6021 `desktop-buffer-locals'
6022
6023 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6024 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6025
6026 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6027 code like
6028
6029 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6030 ...
6031 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6032 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6033
6034 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6035
6036 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6037
6038 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6039 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6040 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6041 List elements must have the form
6042
6043 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6044
6045 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6046 function.
6047
6048 Handlers are called with argument list
6049
6050 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6051
6052 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6053
6054 `desktop-file-version'
6055 `desktop-buffer-file-name'
6056 `desktop-buffer-name'
6057 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6058 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6059 `desktop-buffer-point'
6060 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6061 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6062 `desktop-buffer-misc'
6063
6064 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6065 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6066 created and set.
6067
6068 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6069 code like
6070
6071 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6072 ...
6073 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6074 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6075
6076 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6077
6078 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6079
6080 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6081
6082 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6083 Empty the Desktop.
6084 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6085 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6086 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6087 When called interactively and `desktop-restore-frames' is non-nil, it also
6088 deletes all frames except the selected one (and its minibuffer frame,
6089 if different).
6090
6091 \(fn)" t nil)
6092
6093 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6094 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6095 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6096 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
6097 If AUTO-SAVE is non-nil, compare the saved contents to the one last saved,
6098 and don't save the buffer if they are the same.
6099
6100 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE AUTO-SAVE)" t nil)
6101
6102 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6103 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6104 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6105
6106 \(fn)" t nil)
6107
6108 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6109 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6110 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6111 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6112 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6113 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6114 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6115 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6116
6117 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6118
6119 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6120 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6121 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6122
6123 \(fn)" nil nil)
6124
6125 (make-obsolete 'desktop-load-default 'desktop-save-mode '"22.1")
6126
6127 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6128 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6129 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6130 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6131 directory DIRNAME.
6132
6133 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6134
6135 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6136 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6137
6138 \(fn)" t nil)
6139
6140 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6141 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6142
6143 \(fn)" t nil)
6144
6145 ;;;***
6146 \f
6147 ;;;### (autoloads nil "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (21187 63826
6148 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
6149 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6150
6151 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6152 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6153 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6154 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6155 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6156 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6157
6158 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6159
6160 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6161 Repair a broken attribution line.
6162 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6163
6164 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6165
6166 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6167 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6168 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6169 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6170
6171 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6172
6173 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6174 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6175
6176 \(fn)" t nil)
6177
6178 ;;;***
6179 \f
6180 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el" (21350
6181 ;;;;;; 58112 380040 0))
6182 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6183
6184 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6185 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6186 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6187 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6188 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
6189
6190 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6191
6192 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6193 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6194 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6195 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6196
6197 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6198 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
6199 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
6200 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6201
6202 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6203 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6204
6205 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6206 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6207 calendar-date-style 'european
6208 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6209
6210 \(diary-mail-entries)
6211
6212 # diary-rem.el ends here
6213
6214 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6215
6216 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6217 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6218
6219 \(fn)" t nil)
6220
6221 ;;;***
6222 \f
6223 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff" "vc/diff.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
6224 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6225
6226 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-c") "\
6227 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6228
6229 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6230
6231 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6232 The command to use to run diff.")
6233
6234 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6235
6236 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6237 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6238 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
6239 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
6240 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
6241 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6242
6243 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6244 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6245 specified in the variable `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6246
6247 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6248
6249 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6250 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6251 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6252 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6253 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6254 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6255
6256 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6257
6258 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
6259 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
6260
6261 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
6262
6263 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6264 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6265 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6266
6267 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6268
6269 ;;;***
6270 \f
6271 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el" (21187 63826
6272 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
6273 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6274
6275 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6276 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6277 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6278 normal diffs.
6279
6280 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6281 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6282 headers for you on-the-fly.
6283
6284 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6285 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6286 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6287
6288 \\{diff-mode-map}
6289
6290 \(fn)" t nil)
6291
6292 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6293 Toggle Diff minor mode.
6294 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
6295 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6296 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6297
6298 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6299
6300 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6301
6302 ;;;***
6303 \f
6304 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dig" "net/dig.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
6305 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6306
6307 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6308 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6309 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6310
6311 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6312
6313 ;;;***
6314 \f
6315 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dired" "dired.el" (21348 49701 793915 0))
6316 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6317
6318 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6319 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6320 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6321 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6322 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6323 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6324 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6325 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6326
6327 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6328
6329 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6330 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
6331 Local to each Dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6332 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6333 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6334 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6335
6336 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6337 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6338 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6339 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6340 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6341 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6342 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6343 list of files to make directory entries for.
6344 \\<dired-mode-map>You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6345 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6346 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6347
6348 If DIRNAME is already in a Dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6349
6350 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6351 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6352
6353 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6354 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6355
6356 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6357 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6358
6359 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6360 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6361
6362 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6363
6364 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6365 Like `dired' but returns the Dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6366
6367 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6368
6369 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6370 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6371 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6372 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6373 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6374 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6375 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6376 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6377 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6378 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6379 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6380 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
6381 Type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file `D' for deletion.
6382 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6383 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6384 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6385 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6386 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6387 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6388 to see why something went wrong.
6389 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of an inserted subdirectory.
6390 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unmark or unflag.
6391 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to delete (eXpunge) the files flagged `D'.
6392 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6393 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6394 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or Dired directory in Other window.
6395 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6396 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6397 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6398 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6399 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6400 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6401 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
6402
6403 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6404 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
6405 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6406 again for the directory tree.
6407
6408 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6409 for more info):
6410
6411 `dired-listing-switches'
6412 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6413 `dired-marker-char'
6414 `dired-del-marker'
6415 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6416 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6417 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6418 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6419
6420 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6421
6422 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6423 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6424 `dired-mode-hook'
6425 `dired-load-hook'
6426
6427 Keybindings:
6428 \\{dired-mode-map}
6429
6430 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6431 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6432
6433 ;;;***
6434 \f
6435 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (21187 63826 213216
6436 ;;;;;; 0))
6437 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6438
6439 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6440 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
6441 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
6442 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6443 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6444
6445 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
6446 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
6447 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
6448
6449 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
6450 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
6451 directory.
6452
6453 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6454
6455 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6456 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
6457 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
6458 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
6459 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
6460 from `default-directory'.
6461
6462 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6463
6464 ;;;***
6465 \f
6466 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (21240 46395
6467 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
6468 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6469
6470 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6471 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6472 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6473 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6474 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6475 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6476
6477 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6478
6479 ;;;***
6480 \f
6481 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (21240 46395 727291
6482 ;;;;;; 0))
6483 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6484
6485 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6486 Return a new, empty display table.
6487
6488 \(fn)" nil nil)
6489
6490 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6491 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6492 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6493 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6494 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6495
6496 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6497
6498 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6499 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6500 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6501 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6502 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6503
6504 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6505
6506 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6507 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6508
6509 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6510
6511 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6512 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6513
6514 \(fn)" t nil)
6515
6516 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6517 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6518
6519 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6520 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6521
6522 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6523 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6524 byte.
6525
6526 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6527 in the default way after this call.
6528
6529 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6530
6531 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6532 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6533
6534 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6535
6536 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6537 Display character C using printable string S.
6538
6539 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6540
6541 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6542 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6543 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6544 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6545
6546 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6547
6548 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6549 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6550 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6551 X frame.
6552
6553 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6554
6555 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6556 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6557
6558 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6559
6560 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6561 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6562
6563 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6564
6565 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6566 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6567
6568 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6569
6570 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6571 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6572
6573 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6574
6575 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6576 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6577
6578 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6579
6580 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6581 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6582
6583 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6584 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6585
6586 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6587 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6588
6589 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6590 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6591 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6592 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6593
6594 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6595 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6596 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6597 in `.emacs'.
6598
6599 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6600
6601 ;;;***
6602 \f
6603 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" (21240 46395
6604 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
6605 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6606
6607 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6608 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6609 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6610 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6611 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6612 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6613 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6614 Default is 2.
6615
6616 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6617
6618 ;;;***
6619 \f
6620 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dnd" "dnd.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
6621 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6622
6623 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6624 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6625 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6626 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6627 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6628 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6629 private or ask).
6630 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6631 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6632 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6633 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6634 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6635
6636 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6637
6638 ;;;***
6639 \f
6640 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns-mode" "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (21187 63826
6641 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
6642 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6643
6644 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6645 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6646 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6647 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6648 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6649 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6650 table and its own syntax table.
6651
6652 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6653
6654 \(fn)" t nil)
6655 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6656
6657 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6658 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6659
6660 \(fn)" t nil)
6661
6662 ;;;***
6663 \f
6664 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (21364 37926 837230
6665 ;;;;;; 0))
6666 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6667
6668 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6669 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6670 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6671 OpenDocument format).
6672
6673 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6674
6675 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6676 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6677
6678 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6679 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6680
6681 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6682 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6683 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6684
6685 \(fn)" t nil)
6686
6687 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6688 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6689 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6690 to the next best mode.
6691
6692 \(fn)" nil nil)
6693
6694 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6695 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
6696 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
6697 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6698 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6699
6700 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6701
6702 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6703
6704 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6705
6706
6707 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6708
6709 ;;;***
6710 \f
6711 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (21240 46395 727291
6712 ;;;;;; 0))
6713 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6714
6715 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6716 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6717
6718 \(fn)" t nil)
6719
6720 ;;;***
6721 \f
6722 ;;;### (autoloads nil "double" "double.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
6723 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6724
6725 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6726 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
6727 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
6728 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6729 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6730
6731 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
6732 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
6733
6734 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6735
6736 ;;;***
6737 \f
6738 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (21187 63826 213216
6739 ;;;;;; 0))
6740 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6741 (push (purecopy '(dunnet 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
6742
6743 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6744 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6745
6746 \(fn)" t nil)
6747
6748 ;;;***
6749 \f
6750 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (21259
6751 ;;;;;; 10807 217062 0))
6752 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6753
6754 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6755
6756 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6757 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6758 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
6759 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
6760 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6761
6762 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
6763 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
6764 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
6765 and disables it otherwise.
6766
6767 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
6768 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
6769 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
6770 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
6771
6772 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
6773 documenting what its argument does.
6774
6775 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6776 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
6777 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6778 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6779 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6780 arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'. If you supply a KEYMAP
6781 argument that is not a symbol, this macro defines the variable
6782 MODE-map and gives it the value that KEYMAP specifies.
6783
6784 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6785 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6786 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6787 alternating keywords and values. These following special keywords
6788 are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if the minor
6789 mode is global):
6790
6791 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6792 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6793 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6794 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6795 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6796 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6797 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6798 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6799 Not used if you also specify :variable.
6800 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6801 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6802 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6803 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
6804 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
6805 named variable, or a generalized variable.
6806 PLACE can also be of the form (GET . SET), where GET is
6807 an expression that returns the current state, and SET is
6808 a function that takes one argument, the new state, and
6809 sets it. If you specify a :variable, this function does
6810 not define a MODE variable (nor any of the terms used
6811 in :variable).
6812
6813 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
6814 have been run. It should not be quoted.
6815
6816 For example, you could write
6817 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6818 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6819 ...BODY CODE...)
6820
6821 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
6822
6823 (function-put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6824
6825 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6826
6827 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6828
6829 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6830 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6831 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6832 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6833 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6834 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6835 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6836 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6837 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6838 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6839 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6840 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6841
6842 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6843 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6844 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6845 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6846 call another major mode in their body.
6847
6848 When a major mode is initialized, MODE is actually turned on just
6849 after running the major mode's hook. However, MODE is not turned
6850 on if the hook has explicitly disabled it.
6851
6852 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
6853
6854 (function-put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6855
6856 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6857 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6858 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6859 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6860 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6861 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6862 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6863
6864 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6865
6866 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6867 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6868 :inherit Parent keymap.
6869 :group Ignored.
6870 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6871 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6872
6873 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6874
6875 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6876 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6877 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
6878 the constant's documentation.
6879
6880 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6881
6882 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
6883 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6884 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6885
6886 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6887
6888 ;;;***
6889 \f
6890 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (21187
6891 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
6892 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6893
6894 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
6895 Define a pop-up menu and/or menu bar menu specified by MENU.
6896 If SYMBOL is non-nil, define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the
6897 submenu defined by MENU, with DOC as its doc string.
6898
6899 MAPS, if non-nil, should be a keymap or a list of keymaps; add
6900 the submenu defined by MENU to the keymap or each of the keymaps,
6901 as a top-level menu bar item.
6902
6903 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar
6904 item name. It may be followed by the following keyword argument
6905 pairs:
6906
6907 :filter FUNCTION
6908 FUNCTION must be a function which, if called with one
6909 argument---the list of the other menu items---returns the
6910 items to actually display.
6911
6912 :visible INCLUDE
6913 INCLUDE is an expression. The menu is visible if the
6914 expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:included' is an
6915 alias for `:visible'.
6916
6917 :active ENABLE
6918 ENABLE is an expression. The menu is enabled for selection
6919 if the expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:enable' is
6920 an alias for `:active'.
6921
6922 The rest of the elements in MENU are menu items.
6923 A menu item can be a vector of three elements:
6924
6925 [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
6926
6927 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
6928
6929 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, or an
6930 expression to evaluate when the item is chosen.
6931
6932 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection if the
6933 expression evaluates to a non-nil value.
6934
6935 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
6936
6937 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ]... ]
6938
6939 where NAME and CALLBACK have the same meanings as above, and each
6940 optional KEYWORD and ARG pair should be one of the following:
6941
6942 :keys KEYS
6943 KEYS is a string; a keyboard equivalent to the menu item.
6944 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are
6945 usually computed automatically. KEYS is expanded with
6946 `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
6947
6948 :key-sequence KEYS
6949 KEYS is a hint for speeding up Emacs's first display of the
6950 menu. It should be nil if you know that the menu item has no
6951 keyboard equivalent; otherwise it should be a string or
6952 vector specifying a keyboard equivalent for the menu item.
6953
6954 :active ENABLE
6955 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6956 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an
6957 alias for `:active'.
6958
6959 :visible INCLUDE
6960 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
6961 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for
6962 `:visible'.
6963
6964 :label FORM
6965 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
6966 value serves as the menu item's label (the default is NAME).
6967
6968 :suffix FORM
6969 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
6970 value is concatenated with the menu entry's label.
6971
6972 :style STYLE
6973 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item; it should
6974 be `toggle' (a checkbox), or `radio' (a radio button), or any
6975 other value (meaning an ordinary menu item).
6976
6977 :selected SELECTED
6978 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is
6979 selected whenever the expression's value is non-nil.
6980
6981 :help HELP
6982 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
6983
6984 Alternatively, a menu item can be a string. Then that string
6985 appears in the menu as unselectable text. A string consisting
6986 solely of dashes is displayed as a menu separator.
6987
6988 Alternatively, a menu item can be a list with the same format as
6989 MENU. This is a submenu.
6990
6991 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
6992
6993 (function-put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
6994
6995 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
6996
6997
6998 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
6999
7000 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7001 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7002 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7003 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7004
7005 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7006
7007 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7008 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7009 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7010 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7011 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7012 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7013
7014 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7015 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7016 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7017
7018 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7019 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7020 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7021
7022 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7023 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7024
7025 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7026
7027 ;;;***
7028 \f
7029 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (21187 63826
7030 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
7031 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7032 (push (purecopy '(ebnf2ps 4 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7033
7034 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7035 Customization for ebnf group.
7036
7037 \(fn)" t nil)
7038
7039 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7040 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7041
7042 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7043
7044 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7045 processed.
7046
7047 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7048
7049 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7050
7051 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7052 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7053
7054 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7055 killed after process termination.
7056
7057 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7058
7059 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7060
7061 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7062 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7063
7064 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7065 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7066 it to the printer.
7067
7068 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7069 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7070 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7071 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7072
7073 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7074
7075 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7076 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7077 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7078
7079 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7080
7081 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7082 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7083
7084 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7085
7086 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7087 processed.
7088
7089 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7090
7091 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7092
7093 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7094 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7095
7096 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7097 killed after process termination.
7098
7099 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7100
7101 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7102
7103 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7104 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7105 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7106 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7107
7108 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7109
7110 \(fn)" t nil)
7111
7112 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7113 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7114 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7115
7116 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7117
7118 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7119
7120 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7121 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7122
7123 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7124
7125 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7126 processed.
7127
7128 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7129
7130 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7131
7132 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7133 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7134
7135 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7136 killed after EPS generation.
7137
7138 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7139
7140 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7141
7142 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7143 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7144
7145 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7146 The EPS file name has the following form:
7147
7148 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7149
7150 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7151 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7152
7153 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7154 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7155 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7156 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7157 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7158
7159 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7160 files.
7161
7162 \(fn)" t nil)
7163
7164 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7165 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7166
7167 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7168 The EPS file name has the following form:
7169
7170 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7171
7172 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7173 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7174
7175 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7176 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7177 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7178 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7179 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7180
7181 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7182 files.
7183
7184 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7185
7186 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7187
7188 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7189 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7190
7191 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7192
7193 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7194 are processed.
7195
7196 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7197
7198 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7199
7200 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7201 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7202
7203 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7204 killed after syntax checking.
7205
7206 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7207
7208 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7209
7210 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7211 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7212
7213 \(fn)" t nil)
7214
7215 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7216 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7217
7218 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7219
7220 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7221 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7222
7223 \(fn)" nil nil)
7224
7225 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7226 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7227
7228 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7229
7230 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7231
7232 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7233 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7234
7235 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7236
7237 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7238
7239 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7240 Delete style NAME.
7241
7242 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7243
7244 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7245
7246 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7247 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7248
7249 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7250
7251 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7252
7253 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7254 Set STYLE as the current style.
7255
7256 Returns the old style symbol.
7257
7258 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7259
7260 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7261
7262 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7263 Reset current style.
7264
7265 Returns the old style symbol.
7266
7267 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7268
7269 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7270
7271 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7272 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7273
7274 Returns the old style symbol.
7275
7276 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7277
7278 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7279
7280 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7281
7282 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7283 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7284
7285 Returns the old style symbol.
7286
7287 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7288
7289 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7290
7291 \(fn)" t nil)
7292
7293 ;;;***
7294 \f
7295 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (21240 46395
7296 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
7297 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7298
7299 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7300 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7301 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7302 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7303 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7304 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7305
7306 Tree mode key bindings:
7307 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7308
7309 \(fn)" t nil)
7310
7311 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7312 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7313
7314 \(fn)" t nil)
7315
7316 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7317 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7318
7319 \(fn)" t nil)
7320
7321 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7322 View declaration of member at point.
7323
7324 \(fn)" t nil)
7325
7326 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7327 Find declaration of member at point.
7328
7329 \(fn)" t nil)
7330
7331 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7332 View definition of member at point.
7333
7334 \(fn)" t nil)
7335
7336 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7337 Find definition of member at point.
7338
7339 \(fn)" t nil)
7340
7341 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7342 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7343
7344 \(fn)" t nil)
7345
7346 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7347 View definition of member at point in other window.
7348
7349 \(fn)" t nil)
7350
7351 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7352 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7353
7354 \(fn)" t nil)
7355
7356 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7357 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7358
7359 \(fn)" t nil)
7360
7361 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7362 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7363
7364 \(fn)" t nil)
7365
7366 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7367 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7368
7369 \(fn)" t nil)
7370
7371 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7372 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7373 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7374 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7375 completion.
7376
7377 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7378
7379 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7380 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7381 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7382 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7383
7384 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7385
7386 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7387 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7388 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7389 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7390
7391 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7392
7393 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7394 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7395 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7396
7397 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7398
7399 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7400 Search for call sites of a member.
7401 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7402 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7403 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7404 looks like a function call to the member.
7405
7406 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7407
7408 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7409 Move backward in the position stack.
7410 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7411
7412 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7413
7414 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7415 Move forward in the position stack.
7416 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7417
7418 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7419
7420 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7421 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7422
7423 \(fn)" t nil)
7424
7425 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7426 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7427
7428 \(fn)" t nil)
7429
7430 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7431 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7432 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7433 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7434
7435 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7436
7437 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7438 Display statistics for a class tree.
7439
7440 \(fn)" t nil)
7441
7442 ;;;***
7443 \f
7444 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" (21240 46395 727291
7445 ;;;;;; 0))
7446 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7447
7448 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7449 Pop up the Buffer Menu in an \"electric\" window.
7450 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
7451 selects the buffer at point and quits the \"electric\" window.
7452 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
7453 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
7454 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7455
7456 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7457
7458 \\<electric-buffer-menu-mode-map>
7459 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
7460 configuration. If the very first character typed is a space, it
7461 also has this effect.
7462 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-select] -- select buffer of line point is on.
7463 Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
7464 deletes buffers marked with \"D\", and saves those marked with \"S\".
7465 \\[Buffer-menu-mark] -- mark buffer to be displayed.
7466 \\[Buffer-menu-not-modified] -- clear modified-flag on that buffer.
7467 \\[Buffer-menu-save] -- mark that buffer to be saved.
7468 \\[Buffer-menu-delete] or \\[Buffer-menu-delete-backwards] -- mark that buffer to be deleted.
7469 \\[Buffer-menu-unmark] -- remove all kinds of marks from current line.
7470 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-mode-view-buffer] -- view buffer, returning when done.
7471 \\[Buffer-menu-backup-unmark] -- back up a line and remove marks.
7472
7473 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7474
7475 ;;;***
7476 \f
7477 ;;;### (autoloads nil "echistory" "echistory.el" (21240 46395 727291
7478 ;;;;;; 0))
7479 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7480
7481 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7482 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7483 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7484
7485 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7486
7487 ;;;***
7488 \f
7489 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el" (21187 63826
7490 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
7491 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7492
7493 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7494
7495
7496 \(fn)" nil nil)
7497
7498 ;;;***
7499 \f
7500 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (21350 58112 380040 0))
7501 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7502 (push (purecopy '(ede 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
7503
7504 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7505 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7506 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7507 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7508 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7509 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7510
7511 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7512
7513 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7514 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7515 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7516 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7517 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7518
7519 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7520 an EDE controlled project.
7521
7522 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7523
7524 ;;;***
7525 \f
7526 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (21261 4402
7527 ;;;;;; 232258 508000))
7528 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7529
7530 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7531 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7532 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7533 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7534 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7535
7536 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7537 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7538 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7539 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7540
7541 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7542
7543 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7544 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7545 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7546 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7547
7548 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7549
7550 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7551 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7552 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7553 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7554
7555 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7556
7557 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7558
7559 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7560 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7561 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7562 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7563 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7564
7565 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7566 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7567 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7568 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7569 instrumented for Edebug.
7570
7571 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7572 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7573 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7574 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7575 already is one.)
7576
7577 \(fn)" t nil)
7578
7579 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7580 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7581
7582 \(fn)" t nil)
7583
7584 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7585 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7586
7587 \(fn)" t nil)
7588
7589 ;;;***
7590 \f
7591 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (21308 46599 181916 0))
7592 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7593 (push (purecopy '(ediff 2 81 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7594
7595 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7596 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7597
7598 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7599
7600 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7601 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7602
7603 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7604
7605 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7606
7607 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7608
7609 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7610 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7611 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7612 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7613
7614 \(fn)" t nil)
7615
7616 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7617 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7618 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7619 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7620
7621 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7622
7623 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7624 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7625
7626 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7627
7628 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7629
7630 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7631 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7632
7633 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7634
7635 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7636
7637 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7638 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7639 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7640 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7641
7642 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7643
7644 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7645
7646 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7647 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7648 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7649 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7650
7651 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7652
7653 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7654
7655 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7656 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7657 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7658 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7659
7660 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7661
7662 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7663
7664 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7665 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7666 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7667 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7668
7669 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7670
7671 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7672
7673 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7674 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7675 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7676 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7677 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7678 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7679
7680 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7681
7682 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7683 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7684 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7685 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7686
7687 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7688
7689 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7690
7691 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7692 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7693 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7694 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7695
7696 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7697
7698 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7699
7700 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7701
7702 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7703 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7704 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7705 follows:
7706 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7707 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7708
7709 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7710
7711 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7712 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7713 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7714 follows:
7715 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7716 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7717
7718 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7719
7720 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7721 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7722 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7723 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7724 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7725
7726 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7727
7728 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7729 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7730 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7731 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7732 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7733 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7734
7735 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7736
7737 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7738
7739 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7740 Merge two files without ancestor.
7741
7742 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7743
7744 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7745 Merge two files with ancestor.
7746
7747 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7748
7749 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7750
7751 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7752 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7753
7754 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7755
7756 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7757 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7758
7759 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7760
7761 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7762 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7763 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7764 buffer.
7765
7766 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7767
7768 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7769 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7770 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7771 buffer.
7772
7773 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7774
7775 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7776 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
7777 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7778 and don't ask the user.
7779 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7780 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7781
7782 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7783
7784 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7785 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7786 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7787 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7788 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7789 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7790 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7791 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7792
7793 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7794
7795 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7796
7797 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7798
7799 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7800 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7801 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7802 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7803 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7804
7805 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7806
7807 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7808
7809 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7810 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7811 When called interactively, displays the version.
7812
7813 \(fn)" t nil)
7814
7815 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7816 Display Ediff's manual.
7817 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7818
7819 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7820
7821 (autoload 'ediff-files-command "ediff" "\
7822
7823
7824 \(fn)" nil nil)
7825
7826 (autoload 'ediff3-files-command "ediff" "\
7827
7828
7829 \(fn)" nil nil)
7830
7831 (autoload 'ediff-merge-command "ediff" "\
7832
7833
7834 \(fn)" nil nil)
7835
7836 (autoload 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7837
7838
7839 \(fn)" nil nil)
7840
7841 (autoload 'ediff-directories-command "ediff" "\
7842
7843
7844 \(fn)" nil nil)
7845
7846 (autoload 'ediff-directories3-command "ediff" "\
7847
7848
7849 \(fn)" nil nil)
7850
7851 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-command "ediff" "\
7852
7853
7854 \(fn)" nil nil)
7855
7856 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7857
7858
7859 \(fn)" nil nil)
7860
7861 ;;;***
7862 \f
7863 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el" (21187 63826
7864 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
7865 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
7866
7867 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7868
7869
7870 \(fn)" t nil)
7871
7872 ;;;***
7873 \f
7874 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el" (21187 63826
7875 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
7876 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
7877
7878 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7879 Display Ediff's registry.
7880
7881 \(fn)" t nil)
7882
7883 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7884
7885 ;;;***
7886 \f
7887 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (21350 58112
7888 ;;;;;; 380040 0))
7889 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
7890
7891 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
7892 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7893 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7894 which see.
7895
7896 \(fn)" t nil)
7897
7898 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
7899 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7900 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7901 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7902
7903 \(fn)" t nil)
7904
7905 ;;;***
7906 \f
7907 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edmacro" "edmacro.el" (21187 63826 213216
7908 ;;;;;; 0))
7909 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7910 (push (purecopy '(edmacro 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
7911
7912 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7913 Edit a keyboard macro.
7914 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7915 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7916 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7917 its command name.
7918 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7919
7920 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7921
7922 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7923 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7924
7925 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7926
7927 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7928 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
7929
7930 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7931
7932 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7933 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
7934 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
7935 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
7936 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
7937 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
7938
7939 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
7940 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
7941 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
7942 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
7943
7944 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
7945
7946 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7947 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
7948 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
7949 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
7950 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
7951 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
7952
7953 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
7954
7955 ;;;***
7956 \f
7957 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (21260 31670 94248
7958 ;;;;;; 0))
7959 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
7960
7961 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
7962 Set scroll margins.
7963 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7964 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7965
7966 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
7967
7968 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
7969 Turn on EDT Emulation.
7970
7971 \(fn)" t nil)
7972
7973 ;;;***
7974 \f
7975 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ehelp" "ehelp.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
7976 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
7977
7978 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
7979 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
7980 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
7981 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
7982 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
7983 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
7984 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
7985
7986 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
7987 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7988
7989 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
7990 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
7991 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
7992 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
7993
7994 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
7995 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
7996 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7997
7998 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
7999 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8000 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
8001
8002 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8003
8004 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8005
8006
8007 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8008
8009 ;;;***
8010 \f
8011 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" (21379 5529 990138
8012 ;;;;;; 255000))
8013 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio.el
8014 (push (purecopy '(eieio 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8015
8016 ;;;***
8017 \f
8018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-core" "emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el" (21187
8019 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
8020 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el
8021 (push (purecopy '(eieio-core 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8022
8023 (autoload 'eieio-defclass-autoload "eieio-core" "\
8024 Create autoload symbols for the EIEIO class CNAME.
8025 SUPERCLASSES are the superclasses that CNAME inherits from.
8026 DOC is the docstring for CNAME.
8027 This function creates a mock-class for CNAME and adds it into
8028 SUPERCLASSES as children.
8029 It creates an autoload function for CNAME's constructor.
8030
8031 \(fn CNAME SUPERCLASSES FILENAME DOC)" nil nil)
8032
8033 ;;;***
8034 \f
8035 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (21305 16557
8036 ;;;;;; 836987 0))
8037 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8038
8039 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string (purecopy " ElDoc") "\
8040 String to display in mode line when ElDoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8041
8042 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
8043
8044 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8045 Toggle echo area display of Lisp objects at point (ElDoc mode).
8046 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ElDoc mode if ARG is positive,
8047 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable ElDoc mode
8048 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8049
8050 ElDoc mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the echo
8051 area displays information about a function or variable in the
8052 text where point is. If point is on a documented variable, it
8053 displays the first line of that variable's doc string. Otherwise
8054 it displays the argument list of the function called in the
8055 expression point is on.
8056
8057 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8058
8059 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-eldoc-mode 'eldoc-mode "24.4")
8060
8061 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function #'eldoc-documentation-function-default "\
8062 Function to call to return doc string.
8063 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8064 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8065 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8066 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8067 arg list.
8068
8069 The result is used as is, so the function must explicitly handle
8070 the variables `eldoc-argument-case' and `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p',
8071 and the face `eldoc-highlight-function-argument', if they are to have any
8072 effect.
8073
8074 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8075 Emacs Lisp mode) that support ElDoc.")
8076
8077 ;;;***
8078 \f
8079 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elec-pair" "elec-pair.el" (21327 43559 923043
8080 ;;;;;; 0))
8081 ;;; Generated autoloads from elec-pair.el
8082
8083 (defvar electric-pair-text-pairs '((34 . 34)) "\
8084 Alist of pairs that should always be used in comments and strings.
8085
8086 Pairs of delimiters in this list are a fallback in case they have
8087 no syntax relevant to `electric-pair-mode' in the syntax table
8088 defined in `electric-pair-text-syntax-table'")
8089
8090 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-text-pairs "elec-pair" t)
8091
8092 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
8093 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
8094 See the command `electric-pair-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8095 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8096 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8097 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
8098
8099 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" nil)
8100
8101 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" "\
8102 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
8103 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
8104 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8105 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8106
8107 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
8108 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
8109 closing parenthesis. (Likewise for brackets, etc.).
8110
8111 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8112
8113 ;;;***
8114 \f
8115 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (21187 63826 213216
8116 ;;;;;; 0))
8117 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8118
8119 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8120 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8121
8122 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8123 an elided material again.
8124
8125 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8126
8127 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8128
8129 ;;;***
8130 \f
8131 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" (21195 23530
8132 ;;;;;; 495420 0))
8133 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8134
8135 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
8136 Lint the file FILE.
8137
8138 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8139
8140 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
8141 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
8142 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
8143
8144 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8145
8146 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
8147 Lint the current buffer.
8148 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8149
8150 \(fn)" t nil)
8151
8152 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
8153 Lint the function at point.
8154 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8155
8156 \(fn)" t nil)
8157
8158 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8159 Initialize elint.
8160 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
8161 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
8162
8163 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
8164
8165 ;;;***
8166 \f
8167 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (21240 46395 727291
8168 ;;;;;; 0))
8169 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8170
8171 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8172 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8173 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8174
8175 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8176
8177 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8178 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8179 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8180 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8181
8182 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8183
8184 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8185 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8186 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8187
8188 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8189
8190 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8191
8192 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8193 Display current profiling results.
8194 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8195 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8196 displayed.
8197
8198 \(fn)" t nil)
8199
8200 ;;;***
8201 \f
8202 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el" (21240 46395 727291
8203 ;;;;;; 0))
8204 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
8205
8206 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
8207 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
8208 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
8209 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
8210 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
8211 ARG is omitted or nil.
8212
8213 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
8214 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
8215 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
8216 used instead.
8217
8218 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
8219
8220 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
8221 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
8222 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
8223
8224 Other values are interpreted as usual.
8225
8226 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8227
8228 ;;;***
8229 \f
8230 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (21302 89 140834
8231 ;;;;;; 615000))
8232 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8233
8234 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8235 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8236 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8237
8238 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8239
8240 ;;;***
8241 \f
8242 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emerge" "vc/emerge.el" (21364 37926 837230
8243 ;;;;;; 0))
8244 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8245
8246 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8247 Run Emerge on two files.
8248
8249 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8250
8251 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8252 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8253
8254 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8255
8256 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8257 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8258
8259 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8260
8261 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8262 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8263
8264 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8265
8266 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8267
8268
8269 \(fn)" nil nil)
8270
8271 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8272
8273
8274 \(fn)" nil nil)
8275
8276 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8277
8278
8279 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8280
8281 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8282
8283
8284 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8285
8286 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8287 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8288
8289 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8290
8291 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8292 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8293
8294 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8295
8296 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8297
8298
8299 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8300
8301 ;;;***
8302 \f
8303 ;;;### (autoloads nil "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (21187 63826
8304 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
8305 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8306
8307 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8308 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8309 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8310 text/enriched format.
8311
8312 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8313 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8314 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8315
8316 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8317
8318 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8319 \"enriched.txt\" in `data-directory'.
8320
8321 Commands:
8322
8323 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8324
8325 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8326
8327 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8328
8329
8330 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8331
8332 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8333
8334
8335 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8336
8337 ;;;***
8338 \f
8339 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa" "epa.el" (21294 46247 414129 0))
8340 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8341
8342 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8343 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8344
8345 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8346
8347 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8348 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8349
8350 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8351
8352 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8353 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8354 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8355 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8356 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8357 the keys are listed.
8358 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8359
8360 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8361
8362 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8363 Decrypt DECRYPT-FILE into PLAIN-FILE.
8364 If you do not specify PLAIN-FILE, this functions prompts for the value to use.
8365
8366 \(fn DECRYPT-FILE &optional PLAIN-FILE)" t nil)
8367
8368 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8369 Verify FILE.
8370
8371 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8372
8373 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8374 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8375
8376 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8377
8378 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8379 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8380
8381 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8382
8383 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8384 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8385
8386 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
8387 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
8388 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
8389 proper place to insert the plaintext.
8390
8391 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
8392 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8393 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8394 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8395 should consider using the string based counterpart
8396 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8397 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8398
8399 For example:
8400
8401 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8402 (decode-coding-string
8403 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8404 'utf-8))
8405
8406 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
8407
8408 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8409 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8410
8411 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8412 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8413
8414 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8415
8416 (function-put 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
8417
8418 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8419 Verify the current region between START and END.
8420
8421 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8422 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8423 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8424 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8425 should consider using the string based counterpart
8426 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8427 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8428
8429 For example:
8430
8431 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8432 (decode-coding-string
8433 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8434 'utf-8))
8435
8436 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8437
8438 (function-put 'epa-verify-region 'interactive-only 't)
8439
8440 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8441 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8442 between START and END.
8443
8444 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8445 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8446
8447 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8448
8449 (function-put 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
8450
8451 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8452 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8453
8454 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8455 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8456 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8457 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8458 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8459 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8460
8461 For example:
8462
8463 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8464 (epg-sign-string
8465 context
8466 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8467
8468 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8469
8470 (function-put 'epa-sign-region 'interactive-only 't)
8471
8472 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8473 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8474
8475 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8476 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8477 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8478 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8479 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8480 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8481
8482 For example:
8483
8484 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8485 (epg-encrypt-string
8486 context
8487 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8488 nil))
8489
8490 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8491
8492 (function-put 'epa-encrypt-region 'interactive-only 't)
8493
8494 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8495 Delete selected KEYS.
8496
8497 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8498
8499 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8500 Import keys from FILE.
8501
8502 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8503
8504 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8505 Import keys from the region.
8506
8507 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8508
8509 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8510 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8511 between START and END.
8512
8513 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8514
8515 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8516 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8517
8518 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8519
8520 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8521 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8522
8523 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8524
8525 ;;;***
8526 \f
8527 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (21187 63826 213216
8528 ;;;;;; 0))
8529 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8530
8531 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8532 Decrypt marked files.
8533
8534 \(fn)" t nil)
8535
8536 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8537 Verify marked files.
8538
8539 \(fn)" t nil)
8540
8541 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8542 Sign marked files.
8543
8544 \(fn)" t nil)
8545
8546 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8547 Encrypt marked files.
8548
8549 \(fn)" t nil)
8550
8551 ;;;***
8552 \f
8553 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (21205 7349 58947
8554 ;;;;;; 0))
8555 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8556
8557 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8558
8559
8560 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8561
8562 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8563
8564
8565 \(fn)" t nil)
8566
8567 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8568
8569
8570 \(fn)" t nil)
8571
8572 ;;;***
8573 \f
8574 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (21294 46247 414129
8575 ;;;;;; 0))
8576 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8577
8578 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8579 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8580 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8581 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8582 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8583
8584 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8585
8586 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8587 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8588 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8589
8590 \(fn)" t nil)
8591
8592 (function-put 'epa-mail-decrypt 'interactive-only 't)
8593
8594 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8595 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8596 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8597
8598 \(fn)" t nil)
8599
8600 (function-put 'epa-mail-verify 'interactive-only 't)
8601
8602 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8603 Sign the current buffer.
8604 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8605
8606 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8607
8608 (function-put 'epa-mail-sign 'interactive-only 't)
8609
8610 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8611 Encrypt the outgoing mail message in the current buffer.
8612 Takes the recipients from the text in the header in the buffer
8613 and translates them through `epa-mail-aliases'.
8614 With prefix argument, asks you to select among them interactively
8615 and also whether and how to sign.
8616
8617 Called from Lisp, the optional argument RECIPIENTS is a list
8618 of recipient addresses, t to perform symmetric encryption,
8619 or nil meaning use the defaults.
8620
8621 SIGNERS is a list of keys to sign the message with.
8622
8623 \(fn &optional RECIPIENTS SIGNERS)" t nil)
8624
8625 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8626 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8627 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8628
8629 \(fn)" t nil)
8630
8631 (function-put 'epa-mail-import-keys 'interactive-only 't)
8632
8633 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8634 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8635 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8636 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8637 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8638 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8639
8640 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8641
8642 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8643 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8644 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8645 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8646 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8647
8648 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8649
8650 ;;;***
8651 \f
8652 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg" "epg.el" (21364 37926 837230 0))
8653 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8654 (push (purecopy '(epg 1 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
8655
8656 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8657 Return a context object.
8658
8659 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8660
8661 ;;;***
8662 \f
8663 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (21187 63826 213216
8664 ;;;;;; 0))
8665 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8666
8667 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8668 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8669
8670 \(fn)" nil nil)
8671
8672 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8673 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8674
8675 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8676
8677 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8678 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8679
8680 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8681
8682 ;;;***
8683 \f
8684 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc" "erc/erc.el" (21311 55332 986627 0))
8685 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8686 (push (purecopy '(erc 5 3)) package--builtin-versions)
8687
8688 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8689 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8690
8691 \(fn)" nil nil)
8692
8693 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8694 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8695 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8696
8697 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8698
8699 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8700 (server (erc-compute-server))
8701 (port (erc-compute-port))
8702 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8703 password
8704 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8705
8706 That is, if called with
8707
8708 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8709
8710 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8711 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8712 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8713
8714 \(fn &key (server (erc-compute-server)) (port (erc-compute-port)) (nick (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8715
8716 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8717
8718 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
8719 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
8720 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
8721
8722 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
8723
8724 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8725 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8726 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8727 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8728
8729 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8730
8731 ;;;***
8732 \f
8733 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (21240
8734 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
8735 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8736 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8737
8738 ;;;***
8739 \f
8740 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (21240 46395
8741 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
8742 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8743 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8744
8745 ;;;***
8746 \f
8747 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (21240 46395
8748 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
8749 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8750 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8751
8752 ;;;***
8753 \f
8754 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (21240 46395
8755 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
8756 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8757 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8758
8759 ;;;***
8760 \f
8761 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (21240 46395 727291
8762 ;;;;;; 0))
8763 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8764 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8765
8766 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8767 Parser for /dcc command.
8768 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8769 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8770 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8771
8772 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8773
8774 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8775 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8776
8777 \(fn)" nil nil)
8778
8779 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8780 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries.")
8781
8782 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8783 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8784 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8785 that subcommand.
8786
8787 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8788
8789 ;;;***
8790 \f
8791 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-desktop-notifications" "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el"
8792 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
8793 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el
8794 (autoload 'erc-notifications-mode "erc-desktop-notifications" "" t)
8795
8796 ;;;***
8797 \f
8798 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el" (21240
8799 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
8800 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8801
8802 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8803 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8804
8805 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8806
8807 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8808 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8809 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8810 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
8811
8812 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8813
8814 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8815
8816
8817 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8818
8819 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8820 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8821
8822 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8823
8824 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8825 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8826
8827 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8828
8829 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8830 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8831
8832 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8833
8834 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8835 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8836
8837 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8838
8839 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8840 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8841
8842 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8843
8844 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8845 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8846
8847 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8848
8849 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8850 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8851
8852 \(fn)" nil nil)
8853
8854 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8855 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8856
8857 \(fn)" nil nil)
8858
8859 ;;;***
8860 \f
8861 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (21240 46395 727291
8862 ;;;;;; 0))
8863 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8864 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8865
8866 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8867 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8868 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
8869
8870 \(fn)" nil nil)
8871
8872 ;;;***
8873 \f
8874 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-identd" "erc/erc-identd.el" (21240 46395
8875 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
8876 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
8877 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
8878
8879 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
8880 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
8881 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
8882 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
8883 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
8884 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
8885 system.
8886
8887 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
8888
8889 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
8890
8891
8892 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
8893
8894 ;;;***
8895 \f
8896 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el" (21240 46395
8897 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
8898 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
8899
8900 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
8901
8902
8903 \(fn)" nil nil)
8904
8905 ;;;***
8906 \f
8907 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (21240 46395 727291
8908 ;;;;;; 0))
8909 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
8910 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
8911
8912 ;;;***
8913 \f
8914 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (21308 46599 181916
8915 ;;;;;; 0))
8916 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
8917 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
8918
8919 ;;;***
8920 \f
8921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-log" "erc/erc-log.el" (21240 46395 727291
8922 ;;;;;; 0))
8923 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
8924 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
8925
8926 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
8927 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
8928 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
8929 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
8930 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
8931 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
8932
8933 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
8934
8935 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
8936 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
8937 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
8938 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
8939
8940 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
8941 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
8942 automatically.
8943
8944 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
8945 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
8946
8947 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
8948
8949 ;;;***
8950 \f
8951 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el" (21240 46395
8952 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
8953 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
8954 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
8955
8956 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
8957 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8958
8959 \(fn)" t nil)
8960
8961 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
8962 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8963
8964 \(fn)" t nil)
8965
8966 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
8967 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8968
8969 \(fn)" t nil)
8970
8971 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
8972 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8973
8974 \(fn)" t nil)
8975
8976 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
8977 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8978
8979 \(fn)" t nil)
8980
8981 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
8982 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8983
8984 \(fn)" t nil)
8985
8986 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8987 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8988
8989 \(fn)" t nil)
8990
8991 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8992 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8993
8994 \(fn)" t nil)
8995
8996 ;;;***
8997 \f
8998 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (21240 46395 727291
8999 ;;;;;; 0))
9000 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9001 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9002
9003 ;;;***
9004 \f
9005 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el" (21240
9006 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
9007 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9008 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9009
9010 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9011 Show who's gone.
9012
9013 \(fn)" nil nil)
9014
9015 ;;;***
9016 \f
9017 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-networks" "erc/erc-networks.el" (21260
9018 ;;;;;; 55795 711190 0))
9019 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9020
9021 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9022 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9023 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9024 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9025
9026 \(fn)" nil nil)
9027
9028 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9029 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9030
9031 \(fn)" t nil)
9032
9033 ;;;***
9034 \f
9035 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-notify" "erc/erc-notify.el" (21240 46395
9036 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
9037 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9038 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9039
9040 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9041 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9042 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
9043 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9044
9045 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9046
9047 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9048
9049
9050 \(fn)" nil nil)
9051
9052 ;;;***
9053 \f
9054 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (21240 46395 727291
9055 ;;;;;; 0))
9056 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9057 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9058
9059 ;;;***
9060 \f
9061 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (21240
9062 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
9063 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9064 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9065
9066 ;;;***
9067 \f
9068 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (21240 46395
9069 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
9070 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9071 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9072
9073 ;;;***
9074 \f
9075 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (21240 46395 727291
9076 ;;;;;; 0))
9077 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9078 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9079
9080 ;;;***
9081 \f
9082 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (21240
9083 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
9084 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9085 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9086
9087 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9088 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9089
9090 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9091
9092 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9093 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9094 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9095
9096 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9097
9098 ;;;***
9099 \f
9100 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (21240 46395
9101 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
9102 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9103 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9104
9105 ;;;***
9106 \f
9107 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el" (21240
9108 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
9109 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9110
9111 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9112 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9113 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9114
9115 \(fn)" t nil)
9116
9117 ;;;***
9118 \f
9119 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (21240
9120 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
9121 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9122 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9123
9124 ;;;***
9125 \f
9126 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (21240 46395
9127 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
9128 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9129 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9130
9131 ;;;***
9132 \f
9133 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (21240 46395
9134 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
9135 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9136
9137 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9138 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9139 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9140
9141 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9142
9143 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9144 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
9145 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
9146 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9147 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9148
9149 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
9150 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
9151 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
9152 keybindings will not do anything useful.
9153
9154 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9155 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9156
9157 ;;;***
9158 \f
9159 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (21240
9160 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
9161 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9162 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9163
9164 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9165 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9166 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9167 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9168
9169 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9170
9171 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9172 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9173 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9174
9175 \(fn)" t nil)
9176
9177 ;;;***
9178 \f
9179 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el" (21240 46395 727291
9180 ;;;;;; 0))
9181 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9182 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9183
9184 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9185 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9186
9187 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9188
9189 ;;;***
9190 \f
9191 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (21261 52533 628241
9192 ;;;;;; 0))
9193 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
9194
9195 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
9196 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
9197
9198 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
9199 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
9200
9201 `should', `should-not', `should-error' and `skip-unless' are
9202 useful for assertions in BODY.
9203
9204 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
9205
9206 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
9207 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
9208 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
9209
9210 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags '(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil (quote macro))
9211
9212 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
9213
9214 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9215
9216 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
9217 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
9218
9219 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
9220 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
9221 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
9222 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
9223
9224 Returns the stats object.
9225
9226 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9227
9228 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
9229 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
9230
9231 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
9232 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
9233 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
9234 the tests).
9235
9236 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9237
9238 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
9239 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
9240
9241 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
9242 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
9243 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
9244 and how to display message.
9245
9246 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
9247
9248 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
9249
9250 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
9251 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
9252
9253 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
9254
9255 ;;;***
9256 \f
9257 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el" (21187 63826
9258 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
9259 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
9260
9261 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9262
9263 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
9264 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
9265
9266 \(fn)" t nil)
9267
9268 ;;;***
9269 \f
9270 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (21213 1461
9271 ;;;;;; 513511 0))
9272 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9273
9274 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9275 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9276
9277 \(fn)" t nil)
9278
9279 ;;;***
9280 \f
9281 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (21187 63826 213216
9282 ;;;;;; 0))
9283 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9284 (push (purecopy '(eshell 2 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
9285
9286 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9287 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9288 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9289 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9290 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9291 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9292 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9293 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9294 buffer selected (or created).
9295
9296 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9297
9298 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9299 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9300 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9301
9302 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9303
9304 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9305 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9306 The result might be any Lisp object.
9307 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9308 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9309 corresponding to a successful execution.
9310
9311 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9312
9313 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9314
9315 ;;;***
9316 \f
9317 ;;;### (autoloads nil "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (21240 46395 727291
9318 ;;;;;; 0))
9319 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9320
9321 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9322 File name of tags table.
9323 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9324 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9325 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9326 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9327 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9328
9329 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9330 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9331 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9332 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9333
9334 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9335
9336 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9337 List of file names of tags tables to search.
9338 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9339 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9340 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9341 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9342
9343 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9344
9345 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9346 List of extensions tried by etags when `auto-compression-mode' is on.
9347 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.")
9348
9349 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9350
9351 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9352 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9353 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9354 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9355 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9356
9357 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9358
9359 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9360 Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9361 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9362 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9363
9364 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9365
9366 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9367 A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9368 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9369 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9370 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9371
9372 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9373
9374 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9375 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9376
9377 \(fn)" t nil)
9378
9379 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9380 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9381 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9382 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9383
9384 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9385 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9386 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9387 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9388 file the tag was in.
9389
9390 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9391
9392 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9393 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9394 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9395 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9396 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9397 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9398 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9399 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9400 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9401
9402 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9403
9404 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9405 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9406 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9407 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9408 without directory names.
9409
9410 \(fn)" nil nil)
9411 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9412 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9413 (progn
9414 (load "etags")
9415 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9416
9417 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9418 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9419 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9420 but does not select the buffer.
9421 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9422
9423 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9424 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9425 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9426 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9427 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9428
9429 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9430
9431 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9432 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9433 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9434
9435 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9436
9437 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9438
9439 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9440 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9441 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9442 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9443
9444 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9445 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9446 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9447 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9448 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9449
9450 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9451
9452 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9453 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9454 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9455
9456 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9457
9458 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9459 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9460
9461 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9462 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9463 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9464 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9465 around or before point.
9466
9467 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9468 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9469 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9470 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9471 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9472
9473 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9474
9475 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9476 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9477 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9478
9479 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9480
9481 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9482 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9483
9484 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9485 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9486 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9487 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9488 around or before point.
9489
9490 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9491 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9492 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9493 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9494 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9495
9496 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9497
9498 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9499 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9500 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9501
9502 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9503
9504 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9505 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9506
9507 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9508 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9509 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9510
9511 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9512 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9513 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9514 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9515 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9516
9517 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9518
9519 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9520 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9521 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9522
9523 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9524
9525 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9526 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9527 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9528
9529 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9530 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9531
9532 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9533 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9534 where they were found.
9535
9536 \(fn)" t nil)
9537
9538 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9539 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9540
9541 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9542 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9543 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9544
9545 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9546 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9547
9548 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9549 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9550
9551 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9552
9553 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9554 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9555 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9556 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9557
9558 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9559 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9560 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9561 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9562 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9563
9564 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9565 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9566
9567 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9568 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9569 Stops when a match is found.
9570 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9571
9572 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
9573 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
9574 restricted to these files.
9575
9576 Also see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
9577
9578 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9579
9580 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9581 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9582 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9583 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9584 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9585 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9586 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9587 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9588
9589 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9590 produce the list of files to search.
9591
9592 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9593
9594 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9595
9596 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9597 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9598 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9599 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9600 directory specification.
9601
9602 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9603
9604 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9605 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9606
9607 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9608
9609 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9610 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9611 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9612 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9613
9614 \(fn)" t nil)
9615
9616 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9617 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9618 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9619 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9620 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9621
9622 \(fn)" t nil)
9623
9624 ;;;***
9625 \f
9626 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (21187
9627 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
9628 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9629
9630 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9631
9632
9633 \(fn)" nil nil)
9634
9635 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9636 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9637
9638 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9639 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9640
9641 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9642 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9643 primary language.
9644
9645 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9646 even if the buffer is read-only.
9647
9648 See also the descriptions of the variables
9649 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9650
9651 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9652
9653 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9654 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9655
9656 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9657 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9658
9659 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9660 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9661 primary language.
9662
9663 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9664 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9665
9666 See also the descriptions of the variables
9667 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9668
9669 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9670
9671 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9672 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9673 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9674 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9675
9676 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9677
9678 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9679 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9680 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9681 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9682
9683 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9684 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9685 primary language.
9686
9687 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9688 buffer is read-only.
9689
9690 See also the descriptions of the variables
9691 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9692 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9693
9694 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9695
9696 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9697 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9698
9699 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9700 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9701
9702 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9703 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9704 the primary language.
9705
9706 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9707 buffer is read-only.
9708
9709 See also the descriptions of the variables
9710 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9711 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9712
9713 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9714
9715 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9716 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9717 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9718
9719 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9720
9721 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9722 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9723
9724 \(fn)" t nil)
9725
9726 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9727 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9728
9729 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9730 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9731 be 1, 2, or 3.
9732
9733 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9734 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9735 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9736
9737 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9738
9739 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9740
9741 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9742 This function is deprecated.
9743
9744 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9745
9746 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9747 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9748
9749 \(fn)" t nil)
9750
9751 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9752 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9753
9754 \(fn)" t nil)
9755
9756 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9757 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9758
9759 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9760 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9761
9762 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9763 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9764
9765 \(fn)" nil nil)
9766
9767 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9768 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9769
9770 \(fn)" nil nil)
9771
9772 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9773 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9774
9775 \(fn)" nil nil)
9776
9777 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9778 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9779
9780 \(fn)" nil nil)
9781
9782 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9783 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9784 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9785
9786 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9787
9788 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9789
9790
9791 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9792
9793 ;;;***
9794 \f
9795 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc" "net/eudc.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
9796 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9797
9798 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9799 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9800 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9801 server for future sessions.
9802
9803 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9804
9805 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9806 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9807 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9808
9809 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9810
9811 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9812 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9813 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9814
9815 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9816
9817 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9818 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9819 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9820 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9821 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9822 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9823 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9824 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9825 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9826 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9827 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9828 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9829
9830 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9831
9832 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9833 Display a form to query the directory server.
9834 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9835 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9836
9837 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9838
9839 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9840 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9841 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9842
9843 \(fn)" t nil)
9844
9845 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
9846
9847 ;;;***
9848 \f
9849 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (21187 63826 213216
9850 ;;;;;; 0))
9851 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9852
9853 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
9854 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9855
9856 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9857
9858 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
9859 Display URL and make it clickable.
9860
9861 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
9862
9863 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
9864 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9865
9866 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
9867
9868 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
9869 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9870
9871 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9872
9873 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
9874 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
9875
9876 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9877
9878 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
9879 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
9880
9881 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9882
9883 ;;;***
9884 \f
9885 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (21187 63826
9886 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
9887 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
9888
9889 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
9890 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
9891 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
9892
9893 \(fn)" t nil)
9894
9895 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
9896 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
9897
9898 \(fn)" t nil)
9899
9900 ;;;***
9901 \f
9902 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el" (21187
9903 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
9904 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
9905
9906 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
9907 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
9908
9909 \(fn)" t nil)
9910
9911 ;;;***
9912 \f
9913 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (21187 63826 213216
9914 ;;;;;; 0))
9915 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
9916
9917 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
9918 Create an empty ewoc.
9919
9920 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
9921
9922 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
9923 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
9924 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
9925 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
9926 `insert-before-markers'.
9927
9928 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
9929 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
9930 respectively, of the ewoc.
9931
9932 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
9933 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
9934 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
9935
9936 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
9937
9938 ;;;***
9939 \f
9940 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eww" "net/eww.el" (21271 29460 497806 0))
9941 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eww.el
9942
9943 (autoload 'eww "eww" "\
9944 Fetch URL and render the page.
9945 If the input doesn't look like an URL or a domain name, the
9946 word(s) will be searched for via `eww-search-prefix'.
9947
9948 \(fn URL)" t nil)
9949 (defalias 'browse-web 'eww)
9950
9951 (autoload 'eww-open-file "eww" "\
9952 Render a file using EWW.
9953
9954 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9955
9956 (autoload 'eww-browse-url "eww" "\
9957
9958
9959 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" nil nil)
9960
9961 ;;;***
9962 \f
9963 ;;;### (autoloads nil "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (21187
9964 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
9965 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
9966
9967 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
9968 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
9969 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
9970
9971 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
9972
9973 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
9974 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
9975 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
9976 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
9977 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
9978
9979 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
9980
9981 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
9982 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
9983 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
9984 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
9985 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
9986 executable.
9987
9988 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
9989
9990 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
9991 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
9992 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
9993
9994 \(fn)" t nil)
9995
9996 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
9997 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
9998 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
9999 file modes.
10000
10001 \(fn)" nil nil)
10002
10003 ;;;***
10004 \f
10005 ;;;### (autoloads nil "expand" "expand.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
10006 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10007
10008 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
10009 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
10010 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10011 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10012
10013 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10014
10015 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10016 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10017 to generate such functions.
10018
10019 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10020 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10021 beginning of the expanded text.
10022
10023 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10024 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10025 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10026 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10027
10028 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10029
10030 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10031
10032 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
10033 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10034 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10035
10036 \(fn)" nil nil)
10037
10038 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10039 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10040 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10041
10042 \(fn)" t nil)
10043
10044 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10045 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10046 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10047
10048 \(fn)" t nil)
10049 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10050 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10051
10052 ;;;***
10053 \f
10054 ;;;### (autoloads nil "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (21383 2343 498187
10055 ;;;;;; 0))
10056 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10057
10058 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10059 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10060 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10061
10062 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10063 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10064 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10065
10066 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10067
10068 Key definitions:
10069 \\{f90-mode-map}
10070
10071 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10072
10073 `f90-do-indent'
10074 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10075 `f90-if-indent'
10076 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10077 `f90-type-indent'
10078 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10079 `f90-program-indent'
10080 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10081 (default 2).
10082 `f90-associate-indent'
10083 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
10084 `f90-critical-indent'
10085 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
10086 `f90-continuation-indent'
10087 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10088 `f90-comment-region'
10089 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10090 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10091 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10092 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10093 (default \"!\").
10094 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10095 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10096 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10097 `f90-break-delimiters'
10098 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10099 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10100 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10101 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10102 (default t).
10103 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10104 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10105 `f90-smart-end'
10106 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10107 Allowed values are `blink', `no-blink', and nil, which determine
10108 whether to blink the matching beginning (default `blink').
10109 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10110 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10111 The possibilities are `downcase-word', `upcase-word', `capitalize-word'.
10112 `f90-leave-line-no'
10113 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10114
10115 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10116 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10117
10118 \(fn)" t nil)
10119
10120 ;;;***
10121 \f
10122 ;;;### (autoloads nil "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (21241 18251 378509
10123 ;;;;;; 0))
10124 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10125
10126 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
10127 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10128 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
10129 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10130
10131 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10132 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10133 of face attribute/value pairs. If more than one face is listed,
10134 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
10135 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
10136
10137 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
10138 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
10139 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
10140 priority). This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
10141 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
10142 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
10143 attributes.
10144
10145 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
10146 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
10147
10148 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10149
10150 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
10151 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
10152 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10153 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
10154
10155 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10156
10157 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
10158 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10159 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10160 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
10161
10162 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10163 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10164 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
10165
10166 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
10167 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
10168 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which means
10169 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
10170
10171 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10172
10173 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
10174 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
10175 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
10176
10177 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
10178 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10179 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
10180 the same amount).
10181
10182 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
10183
10184 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
10185 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10186 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10187
10188 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10189 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10190 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10191 will remove any scaling currently active.
10192
10193 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10194
10195 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
10196 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10197 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10198
10199 \(fn DEC)" t nil)
10200 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10201 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10202 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10203 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10204
10205 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
10206 Adjust the height of the default face by INC.
10207
10208 INC may be passed as a numeric prefix argument.
10209
10210 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10211 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10212
10213 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10214 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10215 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10216
10217 After adjusting, continue to read input events and further adjust
10218 the face height as long as the input event read
10219 \(with all modifiers removed) is one of the above characters.
10220
10221 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10222 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10223 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10224 will remove any scaling currently active.
10225
10226 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10227 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10228 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10229 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10230 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10231
10232 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10233
10234 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
10235 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10236 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10237 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10238 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
10239 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10240
10241 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10242
10243 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
10244 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10245 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10246 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10247 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10248 `face' text property. If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
10249 `buffer-face-mode'.
10250
10251 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
10252 local, and sets it to FACE.
10253
10254 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10255
10256 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
10257 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10258 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10259 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10260 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10261 `face' text property.
10262
10263 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10264 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if `buffer-face-mode'
10265 is disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other
10266 face, then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10267
10268 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10269 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10270
10271 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10272
10273 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
10274 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10275 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10276 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10277
10278 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10279
10280 ;;;***
10281 \f
10282 ;;;### (autoloads nil "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (21002 1963 769129
10283 ;;;;;; 0))
10284 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10285 (push (purecopy '(feedmail 11)) package--builtin-versions)
10286
10287 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10288 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10289 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10290 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10291
10292 \(fn)" nil nil)
10293
10294 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10295 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10296
10297 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10298
10299 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10300 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10301 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10302 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10303
10304 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10305
10306 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10307 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10308 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10309 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10310 backup file names and the like).
10311
10312 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10313
10314 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10315 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10316 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10317 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10318 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10319 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10320 internally by feedmail):
10321
10322 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10323 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10324 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10325 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10326
10327 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10328 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10329 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10330 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10331 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10332
10333 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10334
10335 ;;;***
10336 \f
10337 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ffap" "ffap.el" (21293 25385 120083 0))
10338 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10339
10340 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10341 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10342 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10343 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10344 Interactively: use a single prefix \\[universal-argument] to search backwards,
10345 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10346 Actual search is done by the function `ffap-next-guess'.
10347
10348 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10349
10350 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10351 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10352 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10353 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10354 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10355 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10356 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10357
10358 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10359
10360 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10361
10362 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10363 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10364 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10365 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10366 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10367 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10368
10369 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10370
10371 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10372 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10373 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10374 Return value:
10375 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10376 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10377 * otherwise, nil
10378
10379 \(fn E)" t nil)
10380
10381 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10382 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10383 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10384
10385 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10386
10387 (autoload 'ffap-guess-file-name-at-point "ffap" "\
10388 Try to get a file name at point.
10389 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
10390
10391 \(fn)" nil nil)
10392
10393 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10394 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10395
10396 \(fn)" t nil)
10397
10398 ;;;***
10399 \f
10400 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filecache" "filecache.el" (21265 49588 918402
10401 ;;;;;; 0))
10402 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10403
10404 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10405 Add all files in DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10406 If called from Lisp with a non-nil REGEXP argument is non-nil,
10407 only add files whose names match REGEXP.
10408
10409 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10410
10411 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10412 Add DIRECTORIES (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10413 If called interactively, read the directory names one by one.
10414 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10415 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10416 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10417
10418 \(fn DIRECTORIES &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10419
10420 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10421 Add FILE to the file cache.
10422
10423 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10424
10425 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10426 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10427 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10428
10429 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10430
10431 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10432 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10433 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10434
10435 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10436
10437 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10438 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10439 This function does not use any external programs.
10440 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10441 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10442 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10443
10444 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10445
10446 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10447 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10448 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10449 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10450 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10451 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10452 \(directories) is done.
10453
10454 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10455
10456 ;;;***
10457 \f
10458 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filenotify" "filenotify.el" (21187 63826 213216
10459 ;;;;;; 0))
10460 ;;; Generated autoloads from filenotify.el
10461
10462 (autoload 'file-notify-handle-event "filenotify" "\
10463 Handle file system monitoring event.
10464 If EVENT is a filewatch event, call its callback.
10465 Otherwise, signal a `file-notify-error'.
10466
10467 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10468
10469 ;;;***
10470 \f
10471 ;;;### (autoloads nil "files-x" "files-x.el" (21240 46395 727291
10472 ;;;;;; 0))
10473 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10474
10475 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10476 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10477
10478 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10479 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10480 Local Variables list.
10481
10482 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10483 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10484 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10485
10486 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10487
10488 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10489 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10490
10491 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10492
10493 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10494 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10495
10496 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10497 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10498 the -*- line.
10499
10500 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10501 then this function adds it.
10502
10503 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10504
10505 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10506 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10507
10508 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10509
10510 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10511 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10512
10513 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10514
10515 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10516 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10517
10518 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
10519
10520 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
10521 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10522
10523 \(fn)" t nil)
10524
10525 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10526 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10527
10528 \(fn)" t nil)
10529
10530 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10531 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10532
10533 \(fn)" t nil)
10534
10535 ;;;***
10536 \f
10537 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filesets" "filesets.el" (21240 46395 727291
10538 ;;;;;; 0))
10539 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10540
10541 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10542 Filesets initialization.
10543 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10544
10545 \(fn)" nil nil)
10546
10547 ;;;***
10548 \f
10549 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (21187 63826 213216
10550 ;;;;;; 0))
10551 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10552 (push (purecopy '(find-cmd 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
10553
10554 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10555 Initiate the building of a find command.
10556 For example:
10557
10558 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10559 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10560 (mtime \"+1\"))
10561 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10562
10563 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10564 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10565
10566 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10567
10568 ;;;***
10569 \f
10570 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (21264 57319 597552
10571 ;;;;;; 0))
10572 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10573
10574 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10575 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10576 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10577
10578 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10579
10580 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10581 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10582
10583 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10584
10585 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10586 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10587 and run Dired on those files.
10588 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10589 The default command run (after changing into DIR) is
10590
10591 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10592
10593 See `find-name-arg' to customize the arguments.
10594
10595 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10596
10597 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10598 Find files in DIR matching a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10599 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10600
10601 find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
10602 -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
10603
10604 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10605 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10606
10607 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10608
10609 ;;;***
10610 \f
10611 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-file" "find-file.el" (21240 46395 727291
10612 ;;;;;; 0))
10613 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10614
10615 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10616 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
10617 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10618 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10619 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10620 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10621 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10622
10623 (custom-autoload 'ff-special-constructs "find-file" t)
10624
10625 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10626 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10627 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10628
10629 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10630
10631 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10632
10633 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10634
10635 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10636 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10637 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10638
10639 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10640 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10641
10642 Variables of interest include:
10643
10644 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10645 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10646 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10647
10648 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10649 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10650 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10651
10652 - `ff-ignore-include'
10653 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10654
10655 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10656 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10657
10658 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10659 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10660
10661 - `ff-special-constructs'
10662 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10663 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10664 extracting the filename from that construct.
10665
10666 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10667 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10668
10669 - `ff-search-directories'
10670 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10671 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10672
10673 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10674 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10675
10676 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10677 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10678
10679 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10680 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10681
10682 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10683 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10684
10685 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10686 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10687
10688 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10689
10690 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10691 Visit the file you click on.
10692
10693 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10694
10695 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10696 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10697
10698 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10699
10700 ;;;***
10701 \f
10702 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (21230
10703 ;;;;;; 10550 983182 0))
10704 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10705
10706 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10707 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10708 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10709
10710 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10711
10712 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10713 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10714 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10715 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10716
10717 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10718 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10719 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10720 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10721
10722 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10723
10724 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10725 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10726
10727 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10728 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10729 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10730 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10731
10732 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
10733 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
10734 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
10735
10736 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10737 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10738 in `load-path'.
10739
10740 \(fn FUNCTION &optional LISP-ONLY)" nil nil)
10741
10742 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10743 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10744
10745 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10746 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10747 places point before the definition.
10748 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10749
10750 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10751 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10752 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10753
10754 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10755
10756 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10757 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10758
10759 See `find-function' for more details.
10760
10761 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10762
10763 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10764 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10765
10766 See `find-function' for more details.
10767
10768 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10769
10770 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10771 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10772
10773 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10774 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10775 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10776
10777 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10778 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10779
10780 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10781
10782 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10783 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10784
10785 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10786 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10787 places point before the definition.
10788
10789 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10790
10791 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10792 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10793 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10794
10795 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10796
10797 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10798 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10799
10800 See `find-variable' for more details.
10801
10802 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10803
10804 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10805 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10806
10807 See `find-variable' for more details.
10808
10809 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10810
10811 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10812 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10813 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10814 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10815 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10816 buffer nor display it.
10817
10818 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10819 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10820
10821 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10822
10823 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10824 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10825
10826 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10827 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10828 places point before the definition.
10829
10830 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10831
10832 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10833 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10834 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10835
10836 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
10837
10838 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10839 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10840 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10841
10842 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10843
10844 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
10845 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10846
10847 \(fn)" t nil)
10848
10849 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
10850 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10851
10852 \(fn)" t nil)
10853
10854 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
10855 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10856
10857 \(fn)" nil nil)
10858
10859 ;;;***
10860 \f
10861 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (21187 63826 213216
10862 ;;;;;; 0))
10863 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10864
10865 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
10866 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10867
10868 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10869
10870 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
10871 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10872
10873 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
10874
10875 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
10876 Change the filter on a `find-lisp-find-dired' buffer to REGEXP.
10877
10878 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10879
10880 ;;;***
10881 \f
10882 ;;;### (autoloads nil "finder" "finder.el" (21283 26898 123687 848000))
10883 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10884 (push (purecopy '(finder 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
10885
10886 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
10887 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10888
10889 \(fn)" t nil)
10890
10891 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
10892 Display FILE's commentary section.
10893 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
10894
10895 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10896
10897 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
10898 Find packages matching a given keyword.
10899
10900 \(fn)" t nil)
10901
10902 ;;;***
10903 \f
10904 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-ctrl" "flow-ctrl.el" (21240 46395 727291
10905 ;;;;;; 0))
10906 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
10907
10908 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
10909 Toggle flow control handling.
10910 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
10911 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
10912
10913 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
10914
10915 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
10916 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
10917 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
10918 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
10919 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
10920 to get the effect of a C-q.
10921
10922 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
10923
10924 ;;;***
10925 \f
10926 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el" (21187 63826
10927 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
10928 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
10929
10930 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
10931
10932
10933 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10934
10935 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
10936
10937
10938 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
10939
10940 ;;;***
10941 \f
10942 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (21245 64312
10943 ;;;;;; 799897 0))
10944 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
10945 (push (purecopy '(flymake 0 3)) package--builtin-versions)
10946
10947 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
10948 Toggle Flymake mode on or off.
10949 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flymake mode if ARG is
10950 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
10951 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
10952 \\{flymake-mode-map}
10953
10954 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10955
10956 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
10957 Turn flymake mode on.
10958
10959 \(fn)" nil nil)
10960
10961 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
10962 Turn flymake mode off.
10963
10964 \(fn)" nil nil)
10965
10966 (autoload 'flymake-find-file-hook "flymake" "\
10967
10968
10969 \(fn)" nil nil)
10970
10971 ;;;***
10972 \f
10973 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (21240 46395
10974 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
10975 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
10976
10977 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
10978 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
10979
10980 \(fn)" t nil)
10981 (defvar flyspell-mode nil "Non-nil if Flyspell mode is enabled.")
10982
10983 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
10984 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
10985 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
10986 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
10987 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
10988
10989 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
10990 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
10991 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
10992
10993 Bindings:
10994 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
10995 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
10996 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
10997 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
10998
10999 Hooks:
11000 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
11001
11002 Remark:
11003 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11004 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
11005 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11006
11007 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11008 consider adding:
11009 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11010 in your init file.
11011
11012 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11013 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11014
11015 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11016
11017 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11018 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11019
11020 \(fn)" nil nil)
11021
11022 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11023 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11024
11025 \(fn)" nil nil)
11026
11027 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11028 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11029
11030 \(fn)" nil nil)
11031
11032 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11033 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11034
11035 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11036
11037 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11038 Flyspell whole buffer.
11039
11040 \(fn)" t nil)
11041
11042 ;;;***
11043 \f
11044 ;;;### (autoloads nil "foldout" "foldout.el" (21240 46395 727291
11045 ;;;;;; 0))
11046 ;;; Generated autoloads from foldout.el
11047 (push (purecopy '(foldout 1 10)) package--builtin-versions)
11048
11049 ;;;***
11050 \f
11051 ;;;### (autoloads nil "follow" "follow.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
11052 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11053
11054 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11055 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11056
11057 \(fn)" nil nil)
11058
11059 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11060 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11061
11062 \(fn)" nil nil)
11063
11064 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11065 Toggle Follow mode.
11066 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
11067 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11068 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11069
11070 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
11071 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
11072
11073 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11074 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11075 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11076
11077 * Should point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11078 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11079 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11080 movement commands.
11081
11082 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11083 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11084 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11085 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11086 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11087 mileage may vary).
11088
11089 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11090 `\\[split-window-right]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11091
11092 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11093
11094 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11095
11096 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11097 \\{follow-mode-map}
11098
11099 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11100
11101 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11102 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11103
11104 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11105 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11106 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11107 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11108 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11109 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11110
11111 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11112 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11113 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11114
11115 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11116
11117 ;;;***
11118 \f
11119 ;;;### (autoloads nil "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (21187 63826
11120 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
11121 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11122 (push (purecopy '(footnote 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
11123
11124 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11125 Toggle Footnote mode.
11126 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
11127 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11128 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11129
11130 Footnode mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
11131 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
11132 play around with the following keys:
11133 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
11134
11135 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11136
11137 ;;;***
11138 \f
11139 ;;;### (autoloads nil "forms" "forms.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
11140 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11141
11142 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11143 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11144
11145 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11146 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11147 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11148 C-c < forms-first-record <
11149 C-c > forms-last-record >
11150 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11151 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11152 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11153 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11154 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11155 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11156 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11157 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11158 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11159 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11160
11161 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11162
11163 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11164 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11165
11166 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11167
11168 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11169 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11170
11171 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11172
11173 ;;;***
11174 \f
11175 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el" (21187 63826
11176 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
11177 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11178
11179 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11180 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11181 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11182
11183 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11184 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11185
11186 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11187
11188 Key definitions:
11189 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11190
11191 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11192
11193 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11194 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11195 `fortran-do-indent'
11196 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11197 `fortran-if-indent'
11198 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11199 `fortran-structure-indent'
11200 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11201 (default 3)
11202 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11203 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11204 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11205 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11206 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11207 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11208 nil don't change the indentation
11209 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11210 value of either
11211 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11212 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11213 depending on the continuation format in use.
11214 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11215 indentation for a line of code.
11216 (default 'fixed)
11217 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11218 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11219 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11220 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11221 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11222 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11223 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11224 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11225 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11226 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11227 column 5.
11228 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11229 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11230 statements (default nil).
11231 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11232 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11233 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11234 `fortran-continuation-string'
11235 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11236 line (default \"$\").
11237 `fortran-comment-region'
11238 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11239 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11240 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11241 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11242 as typed (default t).
11243 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11244 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11245
11246 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11247 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11248
11249 \(fn)" t nil)
11250
11251 ;;;***
11252 \f
11253 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (21187 63826 213216
11254 ;;;;;; 0))
11255 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11256
11257 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11258 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11259
11260 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11261 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11262
11263 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11264
11265 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11266 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11267
11268 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11269 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11270
11271 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11272
11273 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11274 Compile fortune file.
11275
11276 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11277 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11278
11279 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11280
11281 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11282 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11283
11284 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11285 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11286 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11287 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11288
11289 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11290
11291 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11292 Display a fortune cookie.
11293 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11294 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11295 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11296 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11297
11298 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11299
11300 ;;;***
11301 \f
11302 ;;;### (autoloads nil "frameset" "frameset.el" (21300 27302 473448
11303 ;;;;;; 0))
11304 ;;; Generated autoloads from frameset.el
11305
11306 (defvar frameset-session-filter-alist '((name . :never) (left . frameset-filter-iconified) (minibuffer . frameset-filter-minibuffer) (top . frameset-filter-iconified)) "\
11307 Minimum set of parameters to filter for live (on-session) framesets.
11308 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11309
11310 (defvar frameset-persistent-filter-alist (nconc '((background-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (buffer-list . :never) (buffer-predicate . :never) (buried-buffer-list . :never) (font . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (foreground-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (fullscreen . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (GUI:font . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:fullscreen . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:height . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:width . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (height . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (outer-window-id . :never) (parent-id . :never) (tty . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (tty-type . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (width . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (window-id . :never) (window-system . :never)) frameset-session-filter-alist) "\
11311 Parameters to filter for persistent framesets.
11312 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11313
11314 (defvar frameset-filter-alist frameset-persistent-filter-alist "\
11315 Alist of frame parameters and filtering functions.
11316
11317 This alist is the default value of the FILTERS argument of
11318 `frameset-save' and `frameset-restore' (which see).
11319
11320 Initially, `frameset-filter-alist' is set to, and shares the value of,
11321 `frameset-persistent-filter-alist'. You can override any item in
11322 this alist by `push'ing a new item onto it. If, for some reason, you
11323 intend to modify existing values, do
11324
11325 (setq frameset-filter-alist (copy-tree frameset-filter-alist))
11326
11327 before changing anything.
11328
11329 On saving, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist of each frame processed,
11330 and FILTERED is the parameter alist that gets saved to the frameset.
11331
11332 On restoring, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist extracted from the
11333 frameset, and FILTERED is the resulting frame parameter alist used
11334 to restore the frame.
11335
11336 Elements of `frameset-filter-alist' are conses (PARAM . ACTION),
11337 where PARAM is a parameter name (a symbol identifying a frame
11338 parameter), and ACTION can be:
11339
11340 nil The parameter is copied to FILTERED.
11341 :never The parameter is never copied to FILTERED.
11342 :save The parameter is copied only when saving the frame.
11343 :restore The parameter is copied only when restoring the frame.
11344 FILTER A filter function.
11345
11346 FILTER can be a symbol FILTER-FUN, or a list (FILTER-FUN ARGS...).
11347 FILTER-FUN is invoked with
11348
11349 (apply FILTER-FUN CURRENT FILTERED PARAMETERS SAVING ARGS)
11350
11351 where
11352
11353 CURRENT A cons (PARAM . VALUE), where PARAM is the one being
11354 filtered and VALUE is its current value.
11355 FILTERED The resulting alist (so far).
11356 PARAMETERS The complete alist of parameters being filtered,
11357 SAVING Non-nil if filtering before saving state, nil if filtering
11358 before restoring it.
11359 ARGS Any additional arguments specified in the ACTION.
11360
11361 FILTER-FUN is allowed to modify items in FILTERED, but no other arguments.
11362 It must return:
11363 nil Skip CURRENT (do not add it to FILTERED).
11364 t Add CURRENT to FILTERED as is.
11365 (NEW-PARAM . NEW-VALUE) Add this to FILTERED instead of CURRENT.
11366
11367 Frame parameters not on this alist are passed intact, as if they were
11368 defined with ACTION = nil.")
11369
11370 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id "frameset" "\
11371 Return the frame id of FRAME, if it has one; else, return nil.
11372 A frame id is a string that uniquely identifies a frame.
11373 It is persistent across `frameset-save' / `frameset-restore'
11374 invocations, and once assigned is never changed unless the same
11375 frame is duplicated (via `frameset-restore'), in which case the
11376 newest frame keeps the id and the old frame's is set to nil.
11377
11378 \(fn FRAME)" nil nil)
11379
11380 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id-equal-p "frameset" "\
11381 Return non-nil if FRAME's id matches ID.
11382
11383 \(fn FRAME ID)" nil nil)
11384
11385 (autoload 'frameset-frame-with-id "frameset" "\
11386 Return the live frame with id ID, if exists; else nil.
11387 If FRAME-LIST is a list of frames, check these frames only.
11388 If nil, check all live frames.
11389
11390 \(fn ID &optional FRAME-LIST)" nil nil)
11391
11392 (autoload 'frameset-save "frameset" "\
11393 Return a frameset for FRAME-LIST, a list of frames.
11394 Dead frames and non-frame objects are silently removed from the list.
11395 If nil, FRAME-LIST defaults to the output of `frame-list' (all live frames).
11396 APP, NAME and DESCRIPTION are optional data; see the docstring of the
11397 `frameset' defstruct for details.
11398 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of the variable
11399 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11400 PREDICATE is a predicate function, which must return non-nil for frames that
11401 should be saved; if PREDICATE is nil, all frames from FRAME-LIST are saved.
11402 PROPERTIES is a user-defined property list to add to the frameset.
11403
11404 \(fn FRAME-LIST &key APP NAME DESCRIPTION FILTERS PREDICATE PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
11405
11406 (autoload 'frameset-restore "frameset" "\
11407 Restore a FRAMESET into the current display(s).
11408
11409 PREDICATE is a function called with two arguments, the parameter alist
11410 and the window-state of the frame being restored, in that order (see
11411 the docstring of the `frameset' defstruct for additional details).
11412 If PREDICATE returns nil, the frame described by that parameter alist
11413 and window-state is not restored.
11414
11415 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of
11416 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11417
11418 REUSE-FRAMES selects the policy to reuse frames when restoring:
11419 t All existing frames can be reused.
11420 nil No existing frame can be reused.
11421 match Only frames with matching frame ids can be reused.
11422 PRED A predicate function; it receives as argument a live frame,
11423 and must return non-nil to allow reusing it, nil otherwise.
11424
11425 FORCE-DISPLAY can be:
11426 t Frames are restored in the current display.
11427 nil Frames are restored, if possible, in their original displays.
11428 delete Frames in other displays are deleted instead of restored.
11429 PRED A function called with two arguments, the parameter alist and
11430 the window state (in that order). It must return t, nil or
11431 `delete', as above but affecting only the frame that will
11432 be created from that parameter alist.
11433
11434 FORCE-ONSCREEN can be:
11435 t Force onscreen only those frames that are fully offscreen.
11436 nil Do not force any frame back onscreen.
11437 all Force onscreen any frame fully or partially offscreen.
11438 PRED A function called with three arguments,
11439 - the live frame just restored,
11440 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the frame,
11441 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the workarea.
11442 It must return non-nil to force the frame onscreen, nil otherwise.
11443
11444 CLEANUP-FRAMES allows to \"clean up\" the frame list after restoring a frameset:
11445 t Delete all frames that were not created or restored upon.
11446 nil Keep all frames.
11447 FUNC A function called with two arguments:
11448 - FRAME, a live frame.
11449 - ACTION, which can be one of
11450 :rejected Frame existed, but was not a candidate for reuse.
11451 :ignored Frame existed, was a candidate, but wasn't reused.
11452 :reused Frame existed, was a candidate, and restored upon.
11453 :created Frame didn't exist, was created and restored upon.
11454 Return value is ignored.
11455
11456 Note the timing and scope of the operations described above: REUSE-FRAMES
11457 affects existing frames; PREDICATE, FILTERS and FORCE-DISPLAY affect the frame
11458 being restored before that happens; FORCE-ONSCREEN affects the frame once
11459 it has been restored; and CLEANUP-FRAMES affects all frames alive after the
11460 restoration, including those that have been reused or created anew.
11461
11462 All keyword parameters default to nil.
11463
11464 \(fn FRAMESET &key PREDICATE FILTERS REUSE-FRAMES FORCE-DISPLAY FORCE-ONSCREEN CLEANUP-FRAMES)" nil nil)
11465
11466 (autoload 'frameset--jump-to-register "frameset" "\
11467 Restore frameset from DATA stored in register.
11468 Called from `jump-to-register'. Internal use only.
11469
11470 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11471
11472 (autoload 'frameset--print-register "frameset" "\
11473 Print basic info about frameset stored in DATA.
11474 Called from `list-registers' and `view-register'. Internal use only.
11475
11476 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11477
11478 (autoload 'frameset-to-register "frameset" "\
11479 Store the current frameset in register REGISTER.
11480 Use \\[jump-to-register] to restore the frameset.
11481 Argument is a character, naming the register.
11482
11483 Interactively, reads the register using `register-read-with-preview'.
11484
11485 \(fn REGISTER)" t nil)
11486
11487 ;;;***
11488 \f
11489 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gamegrid" "play/gamegrid.el" (21187 63826
11490 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
11491 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gamegrid.el
11492 (push (purecopy '(gamegrid 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
11493
11494 ;;;***
11495 \f
11496 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el" (21350 58112
11497 ;;;;;; 380040 0))
11498 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
11499
11500 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11501 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
11502 See the command `gdb-enable-debug' for a description of this minor mode.")
11503
11504 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" nil)
11505
11506 (autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" "\
11507 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
11508 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
11509 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
11510 being transferred. This list may grow up to a size of
11511 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
11512 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
11513
11514 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11515
11516 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
11517 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11518 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11519 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11520
11521 COMMAND-LINE is the shell command for starting the gdb session.
11522 It should be a string consisting of the name of the gdb
11523 executable followed by command line options. The command line
11524 options should include \"-i=mi\" to use gdb's MI text interface.
11525 Note that the old \"--annotate\" option is no longer supported.
11526
11527 If option `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11528 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11529 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11530 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11531
11532 If option `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11533 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
11534 shown in some of the buffers.
11535
11536 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11537
11538 The following commands help control operation :
11539
11540 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11541 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11542
11543 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11544 detailed description of this mode.
11545
11546
11547 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11548 | GDB Toolbar |
11549 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11550 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11551 | | |
11552 | | |
11553 | | |
11554 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11555 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11556 | | (comint-mode) |
11557 | | |
11558 | | |
11559 | | |
11560 | | |
11561 | | |
11562 | | |
11563 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11564 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11565 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11566 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11567 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11568 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11569
11570 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11571
11572 ;;;***
11573 \f
11574 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (21202 31159
11575 ;;;;;; 541460 0))
11576 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11577
11578 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11579 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11580 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11581 instead (which see).")
11582
11583 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11584 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11585
11586 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11587 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11588 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11589 documentation string instead.
11590
11591 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11592 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11593 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11594 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11595 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11596 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11597 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11598 enders are actually possible.
11599
11600 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11601 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11602
11603 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11604 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11605 `font-lock-keywords'.
11606
11607 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11608 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11609 runs the macro expansion.
11610
11611 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11612 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11613 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11614
11615 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11616
11617 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t)
11618
11619 (function-put 'define-generic-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
11620
11621 (function-put 'define-generic-mode 'doc-string-elt '7)
11622
11623 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11624 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11625
11626 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11627
11628 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11629 Enter generic mode MODE.
11630
11631 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11632 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11633 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11634
11635 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11636 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11637
11638 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11639
11640 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11641 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11642 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11643 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11644 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11645 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11646 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11647 `font-lock-keywords'.
11648
11649 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11650
11651 (make-obsolete 'generic-make-keywords-list 'regexp-opt '"24.4")
11652
11653 ;;;***
11654 \f
11655 ;;;### (autoloads nil "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el" (21187 63826
11656 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
11657 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11658
11659 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11660 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11661 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11662 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11663 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
11664 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
11665
11666 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11667
11668 ;;;***
11669 \f
11670 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (21326 22692
11671 ;;;;;; 123234 0))
11672 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11673
11674 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11675 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11676 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11677
11678 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11679
11680 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11681 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11682
11683 Guideline for numbers:
11684 1 - error messages
11685 3 - non-serious error messages
11686 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11687 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11688 9 - messages inside loops.
11689
11690 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11691
11692 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11693 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11694 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11695
11696 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11697
11698 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11699 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11700
11701 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11702
11703 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11704 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11705
11706 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11707 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11708 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11709 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11710 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11711 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11712
11713 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11714 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11715 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11716 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11717 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11718
11719 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11720
11721 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11722
11723 ;;;***
11724 \f
11725 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (21296 1575 438327 0))
11726 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11727 (push (purecopy '(gnus 5 13)) package--builtin-versions)
11728 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11729 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11730
11731 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11732 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11733
11734 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11735
11736 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11737 Read network news.
11738 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11739 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11740 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11741 name of an NNTP server to use.
11742 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11743 server.
11744
11745 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11746
11747 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11748 Read news as a slave.
11749
11750 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11751
11752 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11753 Pop up a frame to read news.
11754 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11755 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11756 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise pop up a Gnus frame and run the
11757 command specified by `gnus-other-frame-resume-function'.
11758 The optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11759 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11760 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11761 current display is used.
11762
11763 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11764
11765 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11766 Read network news.
11767 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11768 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11769 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11770
11771 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11772
11773 ;;;***
11774 \f
11775 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (21274 64565
11776 ;;;;;; 737222 0))
11777 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11778
11779 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11780 Start Gnus unplugged.
11781
11782 \(fn)" t nil)
11783
11784 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11785 Start Gnus plugged.
11786
11787 \(fn)" t nil)
11788
11789 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11790 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11791
11792 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11793
11794 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11795 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11796
11797 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11798 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11799 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11800
11801 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11802 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11803 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11804
11805 \(fn)" t nil)
11806
11807 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11808 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11809
11810 \(fn)" nil nil)
11811
11812 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11813 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11814 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11815 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11816 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11817 supported.
11818
11819 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11820
11821 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11822 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11823 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11824 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11825 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11826 supported.
11827
11828 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11829
11830 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11831 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11832
11833 \(fn)" nil nil)
11834
11835 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11836 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11837 downloaded into the agent.
11838
11839 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11840
11841 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11842 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11843 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11844 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11845
11846 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11847
11848 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11849 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11850
11851 \(fn)" t nil)
11852
11853 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11854 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11855
11856 \(fn)" t nil)
11857
11858 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11859 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11860 CLEAN is obsolete and ignored.
11861
11862 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11863
11864 ;;;***
11865 \f
11866 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el" (21365 58789
11867 ;;;;;; 638999 0))
11868 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11869
11870 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11871 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11872
11873 \(fn)" nil nil)
11874
11875 ;;;***
11876 \f
11877 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (21187
11878 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
11879 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11880
11881 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
11882 Set a bookmark for this article.
11883
11884 \(fn)" t nil)
11885
11886 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
11887 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11888
11889 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
11890
11891 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
11892 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11893 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11894 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11895 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11896
11897 \(fn)" t nil)
11898
11899 ;;;***
11900 \f
11901 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (21296 1575
11902 ;;;;;; 438327 0))
11903 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11904
11905 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
11906 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11907
11908 Usage:
11909 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11910
11911 \(fn)" t nil)
11912
11913 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
11914 Generate the cache active file.
11915
11916 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11917
11918 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
11919 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11920
11921 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11922
11923 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
11924 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11925 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11926 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11927 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11928 supported.
11929
11930 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11931
11932 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
11933 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11934 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11935 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11936 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11937 supported.
11938
11939 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11940
11941 ;;;***
11942 \f
11943 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (21187 63826
11944 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
11945 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11946
11947 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
11948 Delay this article by some time.
11949 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11950
11951 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11952 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11953
11954 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11955 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11956
11957 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11958 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11959
11960 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11961
11962 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
11963 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11964
11965 \(fn)" t nil)
11966
11967 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
11968 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11969 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11970 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11971
11972 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11973 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11974
11975 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11976
11977 ;;;***
11978 \f
11979 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (21187 63826
11980 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
11981 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11982
11983 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
11984
11985
11986 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11987
11988 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
11989
11990
11991 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11992
11993 ;;;***
11994 \f
11995 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el" (21187 63826
11996 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
11997 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11998
11999 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
12000 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
12001
12002 \(fn)" t nil)
12003
12004 ;;;***
12005 \f
12006 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el" (21187 63826
12007 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
12008 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
12009
12010 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
12011 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
12012
12013 \(fn)" t nil)
12014
12015 ;;;***
12016 \f
12017 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (21355 22953
12018 ;;;;;; 61816 0))
12019 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12020
12021 (autoload 'gnus--random-face-with-type "gnus-fun" "\
12022 Return file from DIR with extension EXT, omitting matches of OMIT, processed by FUN.
12023
12024 \(fn DIR EXT OMIT FUN)" nil nil)
12025
12026 (autoload 'message-goto-eoh "message" nil t)
12027
12028 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
12029 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12030
12031 Files matching `gnus-x-face-omit-files' are not considered.
12032
12033 \(fn)" t nil)
12034
12035 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12036 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12037
12038 \(fn)" t nil)
12039
12040 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12041 Insert an X-Face header based on an image FILE.
12042
12043 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
12044 different input formats.
12045
12046 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12047
12048 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12049 Return a Face header based on an image FILE.
12050
12051 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
12052 different input formats.
12053
12054 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12055
12056 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
12057 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12058 The PNG is returned as a string.
12059
12060 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12061
12062 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
12063 Convert FILE to a Face.
12064 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12065 726 bytes.
12066
12067 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12068
12069 (autoload 'gnus-random-face "gnus-fun" "\
12070 Return randomly chosen Face from `gnus-face-directory'.
12071
12072 Files matching `gnus-face-omit-files' are not considered.
12073
12074 \(fn)" t nil)
12075
12076 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12077 Insert a randome Face header from `gnus-face-directory'.
12078
12079 \(fn)" nil nil)
12080
12081 ;;;***
12082 \f
12083 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (21187
12084 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
12085 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
12086
12087 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12088 Display gravatar in the From header.
12089 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
12090
12091 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12092
12093 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12094 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
12095 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
12096
12097 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12098
12099 ;;;***
12100 \f
12101 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (21296 1575
12102 ;;;;;; 438327 0))
12103 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12104
12105 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
12106 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12107 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
12108 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12109
12110 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12111
12112 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
12113 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12114
12115 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12116
12117 ;;;***
12118 \f
12119 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-html" "gnus/gnus-html.el" (21296 1575
12120 ;;;;;; 438327 0))
12121 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
12122
12123 (autoload 'gnus-article-html "gnus-html" "\
12124
12125
12126 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil)
12127
12128 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images "gnus-html" "\
12129
12130
12131 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil)
12132
12133 ;;;***
12134 \f
12135 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" (21187 63826
12136 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
12137 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12138
12139 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
12140
12141 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
12142 Run batched scoring.
12143 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12144
12145 \(fn)" t nil)
12146
12147 ;;;***
12148 \f
12149 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (21187 63826 213216
12150 ;;;;;; 0))
12151 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12152
12153 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12154
12155
12156 \(fn)" nil nil)
12157
12158 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12159 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12160 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12161
12162 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12163
12164 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12165 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12166
12167 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12168
12169 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12170
12171 ;;;***
12172 \f
12173 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el" (21296 1575
12174 ;;;;;; 438327 0))
12175 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12176
12177 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12178 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12179 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12180 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12181 group parameters.
12182
12183 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12184 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12185 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12186 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12187
12188 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12189 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12190 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12191 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12192 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12193 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12194 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12195 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12196 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12197 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12198
12199 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12200
12201 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12202 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12203 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12204 nil CATCH-ALL).
12205
12206 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12207 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12208
12209 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12210
12211 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12212 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12213 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12214
12215 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12216
12217 \(fn)" nil nil)
12218
12219 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12220 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12221 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12222
12223 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12224
12225 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12226 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12227 existing groups are considered.
12228
12229 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12230 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12231 returned.
12232
12233 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12234 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12235 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12236 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12237 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12238 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12239 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12240 clauses will be generated.
12241
12242 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12243 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12244 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12245 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12246 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12247 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12248
12249 For example, given the following group parameters:
12250
12251 nnml:mail.bar:
12252 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12253 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12254 nnml:mail.foo:
12255 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12256 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12257 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12258 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12259 nnml:mail.others:
12260 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12261
12262 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12263
12264 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12265 \"mail.bar\")
12266 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12267 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12268 \"mail.others\")
12269
12270 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12271
12272 ;;;***
12273 \f
12274 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (21235 28473
12275 ;;;;;; 29431 0))
12276 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12277
12278 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12279 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12280 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12281 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12282 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
12283 instead.
12284
12285 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
12286
12287 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12288 Mail to ADDRESS.
12289
12290 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12291
12292 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12293 Like `message-reply'.
12294
12295 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12296
12297 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12298
12299 ;;;***
12300 \f
12301 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
12302 ;;;;;; (21296 1575 438327 0))
12303 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
12304
12305 (autoload 'gnus-notifications "gnus-notifications" "\
12306 Send a notification on new message.
12307 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
12308 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
12309 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
12310
12311 This is typically a function to add in
12312 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
12313
12314 \(fn)" nil nil)
12315
12316 ;;;***
12317 \f
12318 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el" (21296 1575
12319 ;;;;;; 438327 0))
12320 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12321
12322 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12323 Display picons in the From header.
12324 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12325
12326 \(fn)" t nil)
12327
12328 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12329 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12330 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12331
12332 \(fn)" t nil)
12333
12334 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12335 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12336 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12337
12338 \(fn)" t nil)
12339
12340 ;;;***
12341 \f
12342 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-range" "gnus/gnus-range.el" (21187 63826
12343 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
12344 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12345
12346 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12347 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12348 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12349 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12350
12351 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12352
12353 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12354 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12355 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12356 LIST1 is modified.
12357
12358 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12359
12360 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12361 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12362 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12363
12364 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12365
12366 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12367
12368
12369 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12370
12371 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12372 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12373 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12374
12375 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12376
12377 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12378 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12379 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12380
12381 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12382
12383 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12384
12385 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12386 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12387 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12388
12389 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12390
12391 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12392 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12393 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12394
12395 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12396
12397 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12398 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12399 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12400
12401 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12402
12403 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12404 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12405
12406 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12407
12408 ;;;***
12409 \f
12410 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (21350
12411 ;;;;;; 58112 380040 0))
12412 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12413
12414 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12415 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12416
12417 \(fn)" t nil)
12418
12419 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12420 Install the registry hooks.
12421
12422 \(fn)" t nil)
12423
12424 ;;;***
12425 \f
12426 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (21187 63826
12427 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
12428 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12429
12430 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12431 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12432 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12433 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12434 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12435 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12436
12437 \(fn)" t nil)
12438
12439 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12440 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12441 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12442 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12443 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12444
12445 \(fn)" t nil)
12446
12447 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12448
12449
12450 \(fn)" t nil)
12451
12452 ;;;***
12453 \f
12454 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" (21296 1575
12455 ;;;;;; 438327 0))
12456 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12457
12458 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12459 Update the format specification near point.
12460
12461 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12462
12463 ;;;***
12464 \f
12465 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (21296 1575
12466 ;;;;;; 438327 0))
12467 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12468
12469 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12470 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12471
12472 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12473
12474 ;;;***
12475 \f
12476 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" (21296 1575 438327
12477 ;;;;;; 0))
12478 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
12479
12480 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump "gnus-sum" "\
12481 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
12482 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
12483
12484 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
12485
12486 ;;;***
12487 \f
12488 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (21187 63826
12489 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
12490 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
12491
12492 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize "gnus-sync" "\
12493 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
12494
12495 \(fn)" t nil)
12496
12497 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks "gnus-sync" "\
12498 Install the sync hooks.
12499
12500 \(fn)" t nil)
12501
12502 ;;;***
12503 \f
12504 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" (21187 63826
12505 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
12506 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12507
12508 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12509 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12510
12511 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12512
12513 ;;;***
12514 \f
12515 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el" (21187 63826 213216
12516 ;;;;;; 0))
12517 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
12518
12519 (defvar gnutls-min-prime-bits 256 "\
12520 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
12521 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
12522 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
12523 rejected. (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
12524 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
12525
12526 A value of nil says to use the default GnuTLS value.")
12527
12528 (custom-autoload 'gnutls-min-prime-bits "gnutls" t)
12529
12530 ;;;***
12531 \f
12532 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (21240 46395 727291
12533 ;;;;;; 0))
12534 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12535
12536 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12537 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12538
12539 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
12540 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12541 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12542
12543 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12544 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12545 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12546
12547 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12548 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12549
12550 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12551 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12552
12553 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12554
12555 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12556
12557 ;;;***
12558 \f
12559 ;;;### (autoloads nil "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (21240 46395
12560 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
12561 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12562
12563 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12564
12565 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12566 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12567 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12568 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12569 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12570
12571 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12572
12573 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12574 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12575 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12576 or to send e-mail.
12577 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12578 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12579
12580 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12581 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12582
12583 \(fn)" t nil)
12584 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12585
12586 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12587 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12588 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12589 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12590 if ARG is omitted or nil.
12591
12592 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12593
12594 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12595 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
12596
12597 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12598
12599 ;;;***
12600 \f
12601 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el" (21296 1575 438327
12602 ;;;;;; 0))
12603 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
12604
12605 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve "gravatar" "\
12606 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12607 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12608
12609 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
12610
12611 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously "gravatar" "\
12612 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12613
12614 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12615
12616 ;;;***
12617 \f
12618 ;;;### (autoloads nil "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (21356 43818 957743
12619 ;;;;;; 0))
12620 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12621
12622 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12623 Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12624
12625 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12626
12627 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12628 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12629 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12630 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12631 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12632
12633 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12634 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12635 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12636
12637 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
12638
12639 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12640 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12641 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12642 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12643 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12644
12645 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
12646
12647 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12648 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12649
12650 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12651
12652 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)\\2" 1 3 ((lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12653 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12654
12655 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
12656 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12657 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12658
12659 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
12660 The default find program.
12661 This is used by commands like `grep-find-command', `find-dired'
12662 and others.")
12663
12664 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
12665 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12666 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12667 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12668
12669 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12670 How to invoke find and grep.
12671 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12672 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12673 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12674 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12675
12676 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12677
12678 (defvar grep-history nil "\
12679 History list for grep.")
12680
12681 (defvar grep-find-history nil "\
12682 History list for grep-find.")
12683
12684 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12685 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12686 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12687
12688 \(fn)" nil nil)
12689
12690 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12691
12692
12693 \(fn)" nil nil)
12694
12695 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12696 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12697
12698 \(fn)" nil nil)
12699
12700 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12701 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12702 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12703 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where grep found
12704 matches. To kill the grep job before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12705
12706 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12707 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12708
12709 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12710 can easily repeat a grep command.
12711
12712 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12713 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12714 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12715 list is empty).
12716
12717 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12718
12719 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12720 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12721 Collect output in a buffer.
12722 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12723 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12724
12725 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12726 easily repeat a find command.
12727
12728 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12729
12730 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12731
12732 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12733 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12734 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12735 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12736 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12737
12738 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12739 before it is executed.
12740 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12741
12742 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12743 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12744 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12745
12746 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12747
12748 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12749
12750 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12751 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12752 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12753 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12754 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12755
12756 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12757 before it is executed.
12758 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12759
12760 Collect output in a buffer. While the recursive grep is running,
12761 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12762 to visit the lines where matches were found. To kill the job
12763 before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12764
12765 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12766
12767 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
12768 to specify a command to run.
12769
12770 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12771
12772 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
12773 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
12774 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
12775 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
12776
12777 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM TEMPLATE)" t nil)
12778
12779 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
12780
12781 ;;;***
12782 \f
12783 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gs" "gs.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
12784 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12785
12786 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12787 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12788 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12789 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12790 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12791
12792 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12793
12794 ;;;***
12795 \f
12796 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (21240 46395 727291
12797 ;;;;;; 0))
12798 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12799
12800 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12801 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12802 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12803 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12804
12805 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12806
12807 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12808 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12809 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12810 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12811
12812 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12813
12814 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12815 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12816 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12817 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12818
12819 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12820
12821 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12822 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12823 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12824 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12825
12826 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12827 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12828
12829 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12830
12831 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12832 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12833 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12834 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12835
12836 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12837
12838 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12839 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12840 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12841 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12842
12843 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12844
12845 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12846 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12847 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12848 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12849 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12850
12851 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12852 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12853 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12854 original source file access method.
12855
12856 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12857 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12858
12859 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12860
12861 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12862 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12863
12864 \(fn)" t nil)
12865
12866 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
12867 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12868 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12869 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12870 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12871 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12872
12873 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
12874
12875 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
12876 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12877 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
12878 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
12879 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
12880
12881 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12882
12883 ;;;***
12884 \f
12885 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gv" "emacs-lisp/gv.el" (21255 45558 780901
12886 ;;;;;; 0))
12887 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/gv.el
12888
12889 (autoload 'gv-get "gv" "\
12890 Build the code that applies DO to PLACE.
12891 PLACE must be a valid generalized variable.
12892 DO must be a function; it will be called with 2 arguments: GETTER and SETTER,
12893 where GETTER is a (copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value of PLACE,
12894 and SETTER is a function which returns the code to set PLACE when called
12895 with a (not necessarily copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value to
12896 set it to.
12897 DO must return an Elisp expression.
12898
12899 \(fn PLACE DO)" nil nil)
12900
12901 (autoload 'gv-letplace "gv" "\
12902 Build the code manipulating the generalized variable PLACE.
12903 GETTER will be bound to a copyable expression that returns the value
12904 of PLACE.
12905 SETTER will be bound to a function that takes an expression V and returns
12906 a new expression that sets PLACE to V.
12907 BODY should return some Elisp expression E manipulating PLACE via GETTER
12908 and SETTER.
12909 The returned value will then be an Elisp expression that first evaluates
12910 all the parts of PLACE that can be evaluated and then runs E.
12911
12912 \(fn (GETTER SETTER) PLACE &rest BODY)" nil t)
12913
12914 (function-put 'gv-letplace 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12915
12916 (autoload 'gv-define-expander "gv" "\
12917 Use HANDLER to handle NAME as a generalized var.
12918 NAME is a symbol: the name of a function, macro, or special form.
12919 HANDLER is a function which takes an argument DO followed by the same
12920 arguments as NAME. DO is a function as defined in `gv-get'.
12921
12922 \(fn NAME HANDLER)" nil t)
12923
12924 (function-put 'gv-define-expander 'lisp-indent-function '1)
12925
12926 (autoload 'gv--defun-declaration "gv" "\
12927
12928
12929 \(fn SYMBOL NAME ARGS HANDLER &optional FIX)" nil nil)
12930
12931 (or (assq 'gv-expander defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-expander ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-expander)) defun-declarations-alist))
12932
12933 (or (assq 'gv-setter defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-setter ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-setter)) defun-declarations-alist))
12934
12935 (autoload 'gv-define-setter "gv" "\
12936 Define a setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12937 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12938 well for simple place forms.
12939 Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are expanded by binding the argument
12940 forms (VAL ARGS...) according to ARGLIST, then executing BODY, which must
12941 return a Lisp form that does the assignment.
12942 The first arg in ARGLIST (the one that receives VAL) receives an expression
12943 which can do arbitrary things, whereas the other arguments are all guaranteed
12944 to be pure and copyable. Example use:
12945 (gv-define-setter aref (v a i) `(aset ,a ,i ,v))
12946
12947 \(fn NAME ARGLIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
12948
12949 (function-put 'gv-define-setter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12950
12951 (autoload 'gv-define-simple-setter "gv" "\
12952 Define a simple setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12953 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12954 well for simple place forms. Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are
12955 turned into calls of the form (SETTER ARGS... VAL).
12956
12957 If FIX-RETURN is non-nil, then SETTER is not assumed to return VAL and
12958 instead the assignment is turned into something equivalent to
12959 (let ((temp VAL))
12960 (SETTER ARGS... temp)
12961 temp)
12962 so as to preserve the semantics of `setf'.
12963
12964 \(fn NAME SETTER &optional FIX-RETURN)" nil t)
12965
12966 (autoload 'setf "gv" "\
12967 Set each PLACE to the value of its VAL.
12968 This is a generalized version of `setq'; the PLACEs may be symbolic
12969 references such as (car x) or (aref x i), as well as plain symbols.
12970 For example, (setf (cadr x) y) is equivalent to (setcar (cdr x) y).
12971 The return value is the last VAL in the list.
12972
12973 \(fn PLACE VAL PLACE VAL ...)" nil t)
12974
12975 (put 'gv-place 'edebug-form-spec 'edebug-match-form)
12976
12977 (autoload 'gv-ref "gv" "\
12978 Return a reference to PLACE.
12979 This is like the `&' operator of the C language.
12980 Note: this only works reliably with lexical binding mode, except for very
12981 simple PLACEs such as (function-symbol 'foo) which will also work in dynamic
12982 binding mode.
12983
12984 \(fn PLACE)" nil t)
12985
12986 ;;;***
12987 \f
12988 ;;;### (autoloads nil "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (21207 49087
12989 ;;;;;; 974317 0))
12990 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12991
12992 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
12993 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12994 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12995 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12996
12997 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
12998 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
12999 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
13000 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
13001
13002 \(fn)" t nil)
13003
13004 ;;;***
13005 \f
13006 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el" (21240 46395 727291
13007 ;;;;;; 0))
13008 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
13009
13010 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
13011 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
13012
13013 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
13014
13015 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
13016 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
13017 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
13018 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
13019
13020 Repent before ring 31 moves.
13021
13022 \(fn)" t nil)
13023
13024 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
13025 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
13026 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
13027 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
13028 to be updated.
13029
13030 \(fn)" t nil)
13031
13032 ;;;***
13033 \f
13034 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (21296 1575 438327
13035 ;;;;;; 0))
13036 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
13037
13038 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
13039 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13040
13041 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13042
13043 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13044 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13045 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
13046
13047 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13048
13049 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
13050 Verify a hashcash payment
13051
13052 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
13053
13054 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
13055 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13056 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13057 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
13058 `mail-add-payment-async').
13059
13060 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
13061
13062 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13063 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13064 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13065 Calculation is asynchronous.
13066
13067 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13068
13069 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
13070 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
13071 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
13072
13073 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13074
13075 ;;;***
13076 \f
13077 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (21231 31415 579137
13078 ;;;;;; 0))
13079 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
13080
13081 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
13082 Return the help-echo string at point.
13083 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
13084 property, or nil, is returned.
13085 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
13086 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
13087 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
13088
13089 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
13090
13091 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
13092 Return the keyboard help string at point.
13093 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
13094 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
13095 If this produces no string either, return nil.
13096
13097 \(fn)" nil nil)
13098
13099 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
13100 Display local help in the echo area.
13101 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
13102 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
13103 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
13104 printed instead.
13105
13106 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
13107 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
13108 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
13109
13110 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13111
13112 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13113 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13114 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13115
13116 \(fn)" t nil)
13117
13118 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13119 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13120 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
13121
13122 \(fn)" t nil)
13123
13124 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
13125 Automatically show local help on point-over.
13126 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
13127 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
13128 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13129 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13130 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
13131 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13132 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
13133 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
13134 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13135
13136 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13137 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
13138 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
13139 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13140 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13141
13142 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13143 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13144 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
13145 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13146 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
13147 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13148 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13149 The default is `never'.")
13150
13151 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
13152
13153 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
13154 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13155 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13156 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13157 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13158 considered different regions.
13159
13160 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13161 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13162 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13163 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13164 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13165 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13166 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13167 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13168 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13169
13170 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13171
13172 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
13173 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13174 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13175 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13176 different regions.
13177
13178 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13179 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13180 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13181 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13182 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13183 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13184 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13185 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13186
13187 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13188 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13189 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13190 rarely happens in practice.
13191
13192 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13193
13194 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
13195 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13196 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13197 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13198 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13199 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
13200
13201 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13202
13203 ;;;***
13204 \f
13205 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (21355 22953 61816
13206 ;;;;;; 0))
13207 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13208
13209 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
13210 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13211
13212 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13213
13214 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
13215 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13216 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13217
13218 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13219
13220 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
13221 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
13222 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
13223 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
13224 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
13225 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
13226 If TYPE is the value returned by `symbol-function' for a function symbol,
13227 search for a function definition.
13228
13229 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
13230 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
13231 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
13232 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
13233 suitable file is found, return nil.
13234
13235 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
13236
13237 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
13238
13239
13240 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13241
13242 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
13243 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13244 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13245 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13246
13247 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13248
13249 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
13250 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13251 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13252 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13253 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13254 it is displayed along with the global value.
13255
13256 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13257
13258 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
13259 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13260 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13261 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13262
13263 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13264
13265 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
13266 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13267 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13268 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13269 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13270
13271 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13272
13273 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man "help-fns" "\
13274 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
13275
13276 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13277
13278 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info "help-fns" "\
13279 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
13280
13281 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13282
13283 ;;;***
13284 \f
13285 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-macro" "help-macro.el" (21240 46395 727291
13286 ;;;;;; 0))
13287 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13288
13289 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13290 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13291 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
13292 window listing and describing the options.
13293 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
13294 gives the window that lists the options.")
13295
13296 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
13297
13298 ;;;***
13299 \f
13300 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (21240 46395 727291
13301 ;;;;;; 0))
13302 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13303
13304 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
13305 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13306 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13307 Commands:
13308 \\{help-mode-map}
13309
13310 \(fn)" t nil)
13311
13312 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13313
13314
13315 \(fn)" nil nil)
13316
13317 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13318
13319
13320 \(fn)" nil nil)
13321
13322 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13323 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13324
13325 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13326 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13327 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13328 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13329
13330 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13331 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13332 restore it properly when going back.
13333
13334 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13335
13336 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13337 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
13338 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
13339 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
13340 from `help-mode'.
13341 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
13342 it does not already exist.
13343
13344 \(fn)" nil nil)
13345
13346 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13347 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13348
13349 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13350 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13351 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13352 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13353 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13354 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13355 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13356 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13357
13358 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13359 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13360 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13361 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13362
13363 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13364 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13365 that.
13366
13367 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13368
13369 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13370 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13371 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13372 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13373 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13374 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13375
13376 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13377
13378 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13379 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13380 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13381 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13382 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13383
13384 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13385
13386 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13387 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13388
13389 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13390
13391 (autoload 'help-bookmark-jump "help-mode" "\
13392 Jump to help-mode bookmark BOOKMARK.
13393 Handler function for record returned by `help-bookmark-make-record'.
13394 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
13395
13396 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
13397
13398 ;;;***
13399 \f
13400 ;;;### (autoloads nil "helper" "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (21240 46395
13401 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
13402 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13403
13404 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13405 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13406
13407 \(fn)" t nil)
13408
13409 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13410 Provide help for current mode.
13411
13412 \(fn)" t nil)
13413
13414 ;;;***
13415 \f
13416 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hexl" "hexl.el" (21271 1974 113743 0))
13417 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13418
13419 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13420 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13421 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13422 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13423 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13424
13425 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13426 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13427
13428 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13429 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13430 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13431 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits, and as their ASCII values).
13432
13433 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13434 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced by
13435 periods.
13436
13437 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13438 in hexl format.
13439
13440 A sample format:
13441
13442 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13443 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13444 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13445 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13446 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13447 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13448 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13449 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13450 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13451 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13452 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13453 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13454 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13455 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13456 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13457
13458 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer.
13459 Most cursor movement bindings are the same: use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13460 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up.
13461
13462 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13463 also supported.
13464
13465 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13466
13467 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13468 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13469 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13470
13471 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13472 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13473 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13474
13475 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13476 into the buffer at the current point.
13477
13478 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13479 into the buffer at the current point.
13480
13481 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13482 into the buffer at the current point.
13483
13484 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit `hexl-mode'.
13485
13486 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13487 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13488
13489 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13490
13491 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13492
13493 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13494
13495 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13496 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13497 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13498 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13499
13500 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13501
13502 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13503 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13504 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13505
13506 \(fn)" t nil)
13507
13508 ;;;***
13509 \f
13510 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (21383 2343 498187 0))
13511 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13512
13513 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13514 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
13515 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
13516 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13517 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13518
13519 Hi Lock mode is automatically enabled when you invoke any of the
13520 highlighting commands listed below, such as \\[highlight-regexp].
13521 To enable Hi Lock mode in all buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode'
13522 or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1) to your init file.
13523
13524 In buffers where Font Lock mode is enabled, patterns are
13525 highlighted using font lock. In buffers where Font Lock mode is
13526 disabled, patterns are applied using overlays; in this case, the
13527 highlighting will not be updated as you type.
13528
13529 When Hi Lock mode is enabled, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu
13530 is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
13531 which can be called interactively, are:
13532
13533 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13534 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13535
13536 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13537 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13538 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13539 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13540
13541 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13542 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13543
13544 \\[highlight-symbol-at-point]
13545 Highlight the symbol found near point without prompting, using the next
13546 available face automatically.
13547
13548 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13549 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13550
13551 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13552 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13553 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13554 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13555 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13556 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13557 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13558 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13559 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13560 function returns t.
13561
13562 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13563 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13564
13565 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13566 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13567 form:
13568 Hi-lock: FOO
13569
13570 where FOO is a list of patterns. The patterns must start before
13571 position (number of characters into buffer)
13572 `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns will be read until
13573 Hi-lock: end is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list
13574 `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13575
13576 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13577
13578 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13579 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13580 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13581 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13582 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13583 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13584
13585 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13586
13587 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13588 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
13589 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
13590 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13591 ARG is omitted or nil.
13592
13593 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
13594 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13595 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13596
13597 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13598
13599 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13600
13601 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13602 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13603 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13604 Use the global history list for FACE.
13605
13606 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13607 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13608 highlighting will not update as you type.
13609
13610 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13611
13612 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13613
13614 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13615 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13616 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13617 Use the global history list for FACE.
13618
13619 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13620 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13621 highlighting will not update as you type.
13622
13623 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13624
13625 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13626
13627 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13628 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13629 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13630 Use the global history list for FACE.
13631
13632 When called interactively, replace whitespace in user-provided
13633 regexp with arbitrary whitespace, and make initial lower-case
13634 letters case-insensitive, before highlighting with `hi-lock-set-pattern'.
13635
13636 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13637 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13638 highlighting will not update as you type.
13639
13640 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13641
13642 (defalias 'highlight-symbol-at-point 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point)
13643
13644 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point "hi-lock" "\
13645 Highlight each instance of the symbol at point.
13646 Uses the next face from `hi-lock-face-defaults' without prompting,
13647 unless you use a prefix argument.
13648 Uses `find-tag-default-as-symbol-regexp' to retrieve the symbol at point.
13649
13650 This uses Font lock mode if it is enabled; otherwise it uses overlays,
13651 in which case the highlighting will not update as you type.
13652
13653 \(fn)" t nil)
13654
13655 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13656
13657 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13658 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13659 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP, accepting only regexps
13660 previously inserted by hi-lock interactive functions.
13661 If REGEXP is t (or if \\[universal-argument] was specified interactively),
13662 then remove all hi-lock highlighting.
13663
13664 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13665
13666 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13667 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13668
13669 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13670 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13671 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13672
13673 \(fn)" t nil)
13674
13675 ;;;***
13676 \f
13677 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (21292 4516
13678 ;;;;;; 491683 0))
13679 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13680
13681 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13682 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
13683 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
13684 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13685 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13686
13687 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
13688 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
13689 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
13690 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
13691
13692 `hide-ifdef-env'
13693 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13694 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13695 is used.
13696
13697 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13698 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13699 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13700 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13701 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13702
13703 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13704 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13705 #endif lines when hiding.
13706
13707 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13708 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13709 is activated.
13710
13711 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13712 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13713 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13714
13715 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13716
13717 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13718
13719 ;;;***
13720 \f
13721 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (21381 47015
13722 ;;;;;; 637535 0))
13723 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13724
13725 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
13726 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13727 Each element has the form
13728 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13729
13730 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13731 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13732
13733 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13734 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13735
13736 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13737 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13738 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13739 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13740 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13741 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13742
13743 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13744 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13745
13746 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13747 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13748
13749 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13750 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13751 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13752
13753 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13754 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13755 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
13756 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
13757 if ARG is omitted or nil.
13758
13759 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13760 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13761 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13762
13763 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13764 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13765 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13766
13767 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13768 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13769
13770 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13771
13772 Key bindings:
13773 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13774
13775 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13776
13777 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
13778 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13779
13780 \(fn)" nil nil)
13781
13782 ;;;***
13783 \f
13784 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (21271 1974 113743
13785 ;;;;;; 0))
13786 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13787
13788 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13789 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
13790 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
13791 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
13792 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13793
13794 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
13795 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
13796 command \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggle
13797 this on and off.
13798
13799 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13800 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13801 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13802 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13803 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
13804 through various faces.
13805 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13806 buffer with the contents of a file
13807 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
13808
13809 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13810
13811 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13812 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
13813 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
13814 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
13815 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13816
13817 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
13818 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
13819 in a distinctive face.
13820
13821 The default value can be customized with variable
13822 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
13823
13824 This command does not itself set Highlight Changes mode.
13825
13826 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13827
13828 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
13829 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13830 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13831
13832 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13833
13834 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
13835 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13836
13837 \(fn)" t nil)
13838
13839 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
13840 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13841
13842 \(fn)" t nil)
13843
13844 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
13845 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
13846
13847 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13848 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13849 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13850 shown in the last face in the list.
13851
13852 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13853 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13854 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13855
13856 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13857
13858 \(fn)" t nil)
13859
13860 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
13861 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13862
13863 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13864
13865 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13866 to save the file.
13867
13868 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13869 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13870
13871 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13872 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13873 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13874
13875 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13876
13877 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
13878 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13879
13880 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13881 this function is called interactively.
13882
13883 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13884 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13885 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13886
13887 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13888 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13889 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13890
13891 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13892
13893 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
13894 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
13895 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13896 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13897 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13898 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
13899
13900 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
13901
13902 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13903 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
13904 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
13905 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13906 ARG is omitted or nil.
13907
13908 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
13909 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
13910 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
13911
13912 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13913
13914 ;;;***
13915 \f
13916 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hippie-exp" "hippie-exp.el" (21379 5287 607434
13917 ;;;;;; 0))
13918 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13919 (push (purecopy '(hippie-exp 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
13920
13921 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
13922 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13923 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13924 or insert functions in this list.")
13925
13926 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
13927
13928 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
13929 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13930 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13931 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13932 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13933 expansions.
13934 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13935 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13936 undoes the expansion.
13937
13938 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13939
13940 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
13941 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13942 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13943 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13944
13945 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil t)
13946
13947 ;;;***
13948 \f
13949 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (21240 46395 727291
13950 ;;;;;; 0))
13951 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13952
13953 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13954 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
13955 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13956 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13957 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13958
13959 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
13960 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13961 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13962 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13963 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13964 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13965
13966 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13967 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13968 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13969 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13970
13971 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13972
13973 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13974 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13975 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13976 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13977 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13978 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13979
13980 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
13981
13982 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13983 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
13984 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13985 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13986 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13987
13988 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
13989 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all
13990 windows.
13991
13992 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13993 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13994
13995 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13996
13997 ;;;***
13998 \f
13999 ;;;### (autoloads nil "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el" (21187 63826
14000 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
14001 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
14002
14003 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'general-holidays 'holiday-general-holidays "23.1")
14004
14005 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
14006 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
14007 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14008
14009 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
14010
14011 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14012
14013 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'oriental-holidays 'holiday-oriental-holidays "23.1")
14014
14015 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
14016 Oriental holidays.
14017 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14018
14019 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
14020
14021 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14022
14023 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'local-holidays 'holiday-local-holidays "23.1")
14024
14025 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
14026 Local holidays.
14027 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14028
14029 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
14030
14031 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14032
14033 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'other-holidays 'holiday-other-holidays "23.1")
14034
14035 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
14036 User defined holidays.
14037 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14038
14039 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
14040
14041 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14042
14043 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-julian 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) year) (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (setq year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21)) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))) "\
14044 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14045
14046 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
14047
14048 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 10 10 h-year)) 7)) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))) "\
14049 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14050
14051 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
14052
14053 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (mapcar 'purecopy '((if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (h-year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y 1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y)))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 7 1 h-year)) 7)) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (calendar-extract-day s-s))) day) "Shabbat Shirah")))) "\
14054 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14055
14056 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
14057
14058 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (and calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))))) (= 21 (% year 28))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av)))) "\
14059 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14060
14061 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
14062
14063 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'hebrew-holidays 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "23.1")
14064
14065 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
14066 Jewish holidays.
14067 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14068
14069 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
14070
14071 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14072
14073 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'christian-holidays 'holiday-christian-holidays "23.1")
14074
14075 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Christmas (Julian calendar)") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
14076 Christian holidays.
14077 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14078
14079 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
14080
14081 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14082
14083 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'islamic-holidays 'holiday-islamic-holidays "23.1")
14084
14085 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
14086 Islamic holidays.
14087 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14088
14089 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
14090
14091 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14092
14093 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'bahai-holidays 'holiday-bahai-holidays "23.1")
14094
14095 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá'u'lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá'u'lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Bahá"))))) "\
14096 Bahá'í holidays.
14097 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14098
14099 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
14100
14101 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14102
14103 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'solar-holidays 'holiday-solar-holidays "23.1")
14104
14105 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
14106 Sun-related holidays.
14107 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14108
14109 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
14110
14111 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14112
14113 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14114
14115 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
14116 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
14117 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
14118 This function is suitable for execution in a init file.
14119
14120 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14121
14122 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
14123 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
14124 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
14125 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
14126 displayed, use a different list. For example,
14127
14128 (list-holidays 2006 2006
14129 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
14130
14131 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
14132 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
14133
14134 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
14135 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
14136 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
14137 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
14138 of a holiday list.
14139
14140 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
14141
14142 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
14143
14144 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
14145
14146 ;;;***
14147 \f
14148 ;;;### (autoloads nil "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (21187 63826
14149 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
14150 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
14151
14152 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
14153 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
14154
14155 \(fn)" t nil)
14156
14157 ;;;***
14158 \f
14159 ;;;### (autoloads nil "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (21383 2343
14160 ;;;;;; 498187 0))
14161 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
14162 (push (purecopy '(htmlfontify 0 21)) package--builtin-versions)
14163
14164 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer "htmlfontify" "\
14165 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
14166 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
14167 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
14168 as possible.
14169
14170 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
14171 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
14172 fontified display.
14173
14174 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
14175 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
14176
14177 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
14178 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
14179 hyperlinks as appropriate.
14180
14181 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil)
14182
14183 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir "htmlfontify" "\
14184 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
14185 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
14186
14187 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
14188
14189 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil)
14190
14191 ;;;***
14192 \f
14193 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (21187 63826 213216
14194 ;;;;;; 0))
14195 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14196
14197 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14198 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14199
14200 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14201 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14202 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14203
14204 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14205 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14206 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14207 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14208 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14209 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14210
14211 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14212 title of the column.
14213
14214 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14215 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14216 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14217 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14218 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14219
14220 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14221
14222 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14223 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14224 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14225 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14226 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14227
14228 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14229 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14230 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14231
14232 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14233
14234 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14235 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14236 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14237 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14238 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14239 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14240
14241 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14242 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14243 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14244 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14245 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14246 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14247 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14248 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14249 values are:
14250 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14251 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14252 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14253 buffer's modification flag.
14254 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14255 prompted before performing this operation.
14256 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14257 operation is complete, in the form:
14258 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14259 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14260 confirmation message, in the form:
14261 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14262 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14263 macro for exactly what it does.
14264
14265 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14266
14267 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14268 Define a filter named NAME.
14269 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14270 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14271 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14272
14273 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14274 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14275 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14276 bound to the current value of the filter.
14277
14278 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14279
14280 ;;;***
14281 \f
14282 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (21187 63826 213216
14283 ;;;;;; 0))
14284 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14285
14286 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14287 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14288 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14289 buffers which are visiting a file.
14290
14291 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14292
14293 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14294 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14295 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14296 buffers which are visiting a file.
14297
14298 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14299
14300 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14301 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14302 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14303
14304 All arguments are optional.
14305 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14306 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14307 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14308 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14309 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14310 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14311 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14312 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14313 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14314 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14315 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14316 that value locally in this buffer.
14317
14318 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14319
14320 ;;;***
14321 \f
14322 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icalendar" "calendar/icalendar.el" (21187
14323 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
14324 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14325 (push (purecopy '(icalendar 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
14326
14327 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14328 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14329 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14330 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14331
14332 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14333
14334 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14335 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14336 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14337 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14338 ICAL-FILENAME.
14339 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14340 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14341 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14342
14343 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14344
14345 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14346 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14347 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14348 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14349 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14350 non-marking or not.
14351
14352 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14353
14354 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14355 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14356
14357 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14358 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14359 DIARY-FILE.
14360
14361 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14362 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14363 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14364
14365 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14366 non-marking.
14367
14368 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14369 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14370 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14371
14372 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14373
14374 ;;;***
14375 \f
14376 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (21268 25782 576189
14377 ;;;;;; 0))
14378 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14379
14380 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14381 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14382 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14383 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14384 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14385 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14386
14387 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14388
14389 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14390 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
14391 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
14392 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14393 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14394
14395 When this global minor mode is enabled, typing in the minibuffer
14396 continuously displays a list of possible completions that match
14397 the string you have typed. See `icomplete-completions' for a
14398 description of how prospective completions are displayed.
14399
14400 For more information, see Info node `(emacs)Icomplete'.
14401 For options you can set, `\\[customize-group] icomplete'.
14402
14403 You can use the following key bindings to navigate and select
14404 completions:
14405
14406 \\{icomplete-minibuffer-map}
14407
14408 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14409
14410 ;;;***
14411 \f
14412 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (21187 63826 213216
14413 ;;;;;; 0))
14414 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14415
14416 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14417 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14418 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14419 Tab indents for Icon code.
14420 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14421 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14422 \\{icon-mode-map}
14423 Variables controlling indentation style:
14424 icon-tab-always-indent
14425 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14426 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14427 icon-auto-newline
14428 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14429 inserted in Icon code.
14430 icon-indent-level
14431 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14432 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14433 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14434 icon-continued-statement-offset
14435 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14436 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14437 icon-continued-brace-offset
14438 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14439 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14440 icon-brace-offset
14441 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14442 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14443 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14444 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14445
14446 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14447 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14448
14449 \(fn)" t nil)
14450
14451 ;;;***
14452 \f
14453 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el" (21195
14454 ;;;;;; 23530 495420 0))
14455 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14456
14457 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14458 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14459 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14460 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14461
14462 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14463 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14464 separate frames.
14465
14466 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14467 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14468
14469 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14470 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14471 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14472
14473 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14474
14475 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14476
14477 ;;;***
14478 \f
14479 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el" (21339 34726
14480 ;;;;;; 39547 0))
14481 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14482 (push (purecopy '(idlwave 6 1 22)) package--builtin-versions)
14483
14484 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14485 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14486
14487 The main features of this mode are
14488
14489 1. Indentation and Formatting
14490 --------------------------
14491 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14492 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14493
14494 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14495 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14496 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14497 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14498
14499 Comments are indented as follows:
14500
14501 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14502 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14503 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14504
14505 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14506
14507 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14508 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14509 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14510 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14511 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14512 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14513
14514 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14515 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14516 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14517 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14518
14519 2. Routine Info
14520 ------------
14521 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14522 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14523 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14524 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14525 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14526 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14527 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14528 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14529 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14530 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14531
14532 3. Online IDL Help
14533 ---------------
14534
14535 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14536 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14537 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14538 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14539
14540 4. Completion
14541 ----------
14542 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14543 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14544 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14545 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14546 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14547 upper case.
14548
14549 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14550 --------------------------------
14551 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14552 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples:
14553
14554 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14555 \\fu FUNCTION template
14556 \\c CASE statement template
14557 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14558 \\f FOR loop template
14559 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14560 \\w WHILE loop template
14561 \\i IF statement template
14562 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14563 \\b BEGIN
14564
14565 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14566 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14567
14568 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14569 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14570 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14571 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14572
14573 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14574 -------------------------
14575 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14576 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14577
14578 7. Automatic END completion
14579 ------------------------
14580 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14581 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14582
14583 8. Hooks
14584 -----
14585 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14586 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14587
14588 9. Documentation and Customization
14589 -------------------------------
14590 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14591 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14592 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14593 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL `http://idlwave.org'.
14594 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14595
14596 10.Keybindings
14597 -----------
14598 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14599 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14600 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14601
14602 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14603
14604 \(fn)" t nil)
14605
14606 ;;;***
14607 \f
14608 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ido" "ido.el" (21268 25782 576189 0))
14609 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14610
14611 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14612 Determines for which buffer/file Ido should be enabled.
14613 The following values are possible:
14614 - `buffer': Turn only on Ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14615 displaying...)
14616 - `file': Turn only on Ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14617 - `both': Turn on Ido buffer and file behavior.
14618 - nil: Turn off any Ido switching.
14619
14620 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14621 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14622
14623 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14624
14625 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14626 Toggle Ido mode on or off.
14627 With ARG, turn Ido mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14628 Turning on Ido mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14629 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14630 commands to the Ido versions of these functions.
14631 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14632 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14633 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14634
14635 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14636
14637 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14638 Switch to another buffer.
14639 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14640 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14641 in another frame.
14642
14643 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14644 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14645 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14646 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14647 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14648
14649 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches.
14650 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14651
14652 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14653
14654 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14655 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14656 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14657 all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14658 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14659 in a separate window.
14660 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14661 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14662 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14663 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14664 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14665 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14666 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14667 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14668 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14669
14670 \(fn)" t nil)
14671
14672 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14673 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14674 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14675 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14676
14677 \(fn)" t nil)
14678
14679 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14680 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14681 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14682 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14683
14684 \(fn)" t nil)
14685
14686 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14687 Kill a buffer.
14688 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14689 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14690
14691 \(fn)" t nil)
14692
14693 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14694 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14695 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14696 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14697
14698 \(fn)" t nil)
14699
14700 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14701 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14702 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14703 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14704
14705 \(fn)" t nil)
14706
14707 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14708 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14709
14710 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14711
14712 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14713 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14714 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14715 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14716 in another frame.
14717
14718 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14719 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14720 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14721 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14722 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14723 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14724
14725 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches.
14726 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14727
14728 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14729
14730 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14731 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14732 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14733 all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14734 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14735 in a separate window.
14736 \\[ido-magic-delete-char] Open the specified directory in Dired mode.
14737 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14738 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] Go to previous directory in work directory history.
14739 \\[ido-next-work-directory] Go to next directory in work directory history.
14740 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] Search for file in the work directory history.
14741 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] Remove current directory from the work directory history.
14742 \\[ido-prev-work-file] Cycle to previous file in work file history.
14743 \\[ido-next-work-file] Cycle to next file in work file history.
14744 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] Prompt for a file and use find to locate it.
14745 \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] Prompt for a directory and use find to locate it.
14746 \\[ido-make-directory] Prompt for a directory to create in current directory.
14747 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-Ido version of current command.
14748 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14749 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14750 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14751 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14752 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14753 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14754
14755 \(fn)" t nil)
14756
14757 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14758 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14759 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14760 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14761
14762 \(fn)" t nil)
14763
14764 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14765 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14766 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14767 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14768
14769 \(fn)" t nil)
14770
14771 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14772 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14773 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14774 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14775
14776 \(fn)" t nil)
14777
14778 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
14779 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14780 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14781 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14782
14783 \(fn)" t nil)
14784
14785 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
14786 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14787 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14788 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14789
14790 \(fn)" t nil)
14791
14792 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
14793 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14794 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14795 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14796
14797 \(fn)" t nil)
14798
14799 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
14800 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14801 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14802 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14803
14804 \(fn)" t nil)
14805
14806 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
14807 Write current buffer to a file.
14808 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14809 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14810
14811 \(fn)" t nil)
14812
14813 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
14814 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14815 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14816 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14817
14818 \(fn)" t nil)
14819
14820 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
14821 Call `dired' the Ido way.
14822 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14823 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14824
14825 \(fn)" t nil)
14826
14827 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
14828 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14829 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14830 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14831 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14832 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14833
14834 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14835
14836 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
14837 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14838 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14839 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14840
14841 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14842
14843 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
14844 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14845 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14846 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14847
14848 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14849
14850 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
14851 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14852 Read a string in the minibuffer with Ido-style completion.
14853 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14854 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14855 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD are currently ignored; they are included
14856 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
14857 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14858 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14859 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14860 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14861 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14862 with point positioned at the end.
14863 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14864 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14865
14866 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
14867
14868 ;;;***
14869 \f
14870 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ielm" "ielm.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
14871 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14872
14873 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
14874 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14875 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14876 See `inferior-emacs-lisp-mode' for details.
14877
14878 \(fn)" t nil)
14879
14880 ;;;***
14881 \f
14882 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iimage" "iimage.el" (21289 28325 826818 0))
14883 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14884
14885 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode 'iimage-mode "24.1")
14886
14887 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
14888 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
14889 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
14890 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14891 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
14892 \\{iimage-mode-map}
14893
14894 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14895
14896 ;;;***
14897 \f
14898 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image" "image.el" (21261 4487 230861 399000))
14899 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14900
14901 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
14902 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14903 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14904 be determined.
14905
14906 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14907
14908 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
14909 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14910 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14911 be determined.
14912
14913 \(fn)" nil nil)
14914
14915 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
14916 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14917 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14918 be determined.
14919
14920 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14921
14922 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
14923 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14924 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14925 be determined.
14926
14927 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14928
14929 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
14930 Determine and return image type.
14931 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
14932 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14933 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14934 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
14935 use its file extension as image type.
14936 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
14937
14938 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14939
14940 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
14941 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14942 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14943
14944 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14945
14946 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
14947 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14948 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
14949
14950 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
14951 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
14952 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
14953 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
14954 must be available.
14955
14956 \(fn)" nil nil)
14957
14958 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
14959 Create an image.
14960 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14961 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14962 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14963 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14964 use its file extension as image type.
14965 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14966 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14967 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14968 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14969
14970 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14971
14972 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
14973 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
14974 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
14975
14976 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14977
14978 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
14979 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14980 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14981 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14982 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14983 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14984 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
14985 POS may be an integer or marker.
14986 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14987 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14988 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14989 means display it in the right marginal area.
14990
14991 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
14992
14993 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
14994 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14995 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14996 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
14997 defaults to a single space if you omit it.
14998 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14999 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15000 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15001 means display it in the right marginal area.
15002 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
15003 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
15004 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
15005 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
15006 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
15007
15008 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
15009
15010 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
15011 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15012 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15013 with a `display' property whose value is the image. The default
15014 STRING is a single space.
15015 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15016 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15017 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15018 means display it in the right marginal area.
15019 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
15020
15021 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
15022
15023 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
15024 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
15025 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
15026 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
15027
15028 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
15029
15030 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
15031 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15032
15033 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15034
15035 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15036 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15037 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15038 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15039 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15040 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15041 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15042 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15043 satisfied.
15044
15045 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15046
15047 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15048
15049 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15050
15051 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
15052 Define SYMBOL as an image, and return SYMBOL.
15053
15054 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15055 documentation string.
15056
15057 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15058 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15059 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15060 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15061 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15062 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15063 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15064 define SYMBOL.
15065
15066 Example:
15067
15068 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15069 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15070
15071 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil t)
15072
15073 (function-put 'defimage 'doc-string-elt '3)
15074
15075 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types "image" "\
15076 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
15077 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
15078 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
15079
15080 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
15081 Emacs visits them in Image mode. They are also added to
15082 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
15083 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
15084
15085 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
15086
15087 \(fn)" nil nil)
15088
15089 ;;;***
15090 \f
15091 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (21194 37048
15092 ;;;;;; 599945 0))
15093 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15094 (push (purecopy '(image-dired 0 4 11)) package--builtin-versions)
15095
15096 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15097 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
15098 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
15099 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
15100 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
15101 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
15102
15103 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15104
15105 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
15106 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15107
15108 Convenience command that:
15109
15110 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15111 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15112 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15113
15114 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15115 image files in dired and type
15116 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15117
15118 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15119
15120 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15121 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15122
15123 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15124
15125 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15126 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15127 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15128 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15129 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15130 another one).
15131
15132 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15133 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15134 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15135
15136 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15137 instead of erasing it first.
15138
15139 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15140 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15141 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15142 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15143 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15144 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15145
15146 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15147
15148 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15149 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15150 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15151 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15152 displayed.
15153
15154 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
15155
15156 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15157
15158 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'tumme 'image-dired "24.4")
15159
15160 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15161 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15162
15163 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15164
15165 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15166 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15167 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15168
15169 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15170
15171 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15172 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15173
15174 \(fn)" t nil)
15175
15176 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15177 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15178 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15179 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15180
15181 \(fn)" t nil)
15182
15183 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15184 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15185
15186 \(fn)" t nil)
15187
15188 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15189 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15190
15191 \(fn)" t nil)
15192
15193 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15194 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15195
15196 \(fn)" t nil)
15197
15198 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15199 Display current image file.
15200 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15201 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15202
15203 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15204
15205 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15206 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15207
15208 \(fn)" t nil)
15209
15210 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15211 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15212 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15213 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15214 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15215 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15216 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
15217
15218 \(fn)" t nil)
15219
15220 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15221 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15222 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15223 easy-to-use form.
15224
15225 \(fn)" t nil)
15226
15227 ;;;***
15228 \f
15229 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-file" "image-file.el" (21187 63826 213216
15230 ;;;;;; 0))
15231 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15232
15233 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
15234 A list of image-file filename extensions.
15235 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15236 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15237
15238 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15239 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15240 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15241 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15242
15243 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15244
15245 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15246 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15247 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15248 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15249
15250 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15251 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15252 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15253 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15254
15255 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15256
15257 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15258 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15259
15260 \(fn)" nil nil)
15261
15262 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15263 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15264 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15265 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15266
15267 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15268
15269 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15270 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15271 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15272 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15273 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15274 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15275
15276 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15277
15278 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15279 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
15280 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
15281 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15282 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15283
15284 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
15285 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15286 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15287
15288 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15289
15290 ;;;***
15291 \f
15292 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (21334 16805 699731
15293 ;;;;;; 0))
15294 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15295
15296 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15297 Major mode for image files.
15298 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15299 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15300
15301 Key bindings:
15302 \\{image-mode-map}
15303
15304 \(fn)" t nil)
15305
15306 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15307 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
15308 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
15309 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15310 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15311
15312 Image minor mode provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display],
15313 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
15314 actual image.
15315
15316 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15317
15318 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text "image-mode" "\
15319 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
15320 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
15321 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
15322 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
15323 to display an image file as the actual image.
15324
15325 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
15326 to display an image file as text initially.
15327
15328 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
15329 on these modes.
15330
15331 \(fn)" t nil)
15332
15333 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15334
15335
15336 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15337
15338 ;;;***
15339 \f
15340 ;;;### (autoloads nil "imenu" "imenu.el" (21257 55477 969423 0))
15341 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15342
15343 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15344 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15345
15346 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15347
15348 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15349 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15350 in the buffer.
15351
15352 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15353
15354 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15355 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15356 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15357
15358 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15359
15360 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15361 List of definition matchers for creating an Imenu index.
15362 Each element of this list should have the form
15363
15364 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX [FUNCTION] [ARGUMENTS...])
15365
15366 MENU-TITLE should be nil (in which case the matches for this
15367 element are put in the top level of the buffer index) or a
15368 string (which specifies the title of a submenu into which the
15369 matches are put).
15370 REGEXP is a regular expression matching a definition construct
15371 which is to be displayed in the menu. REGEXP may also be a
15372 function, called without arguments. It is expected to search
15373 backwards. It must return true and set `match-data' if it finds
15374 another element.
15375 INDEX is an integer specifying which subexpression of REGEXP
15376 matches the definition's name; this subexpression is displayed as
15377 the menu item.
15378 FUNCTION, if present, specifies a function to call when the index
15379 item is selected by the user. This function is called with
15380 arguments consisting of the item name, the buffer position, and
15381 the ARGUMENTS.
15382
15383 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not
15384 the regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist'
15385 can be used to alter the syntax table for the search.
15386
15387 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15388 create a buffer index.
15389
15390 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression'
15391 used by `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to
15392 give the characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax
15393 \"word\" syntax during matching.")
15394 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
15395
15396 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15397
15398 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15399 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15400
15401 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15402 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15403 called within a `save-excursion'.
15404
15405 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15406
15407 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15408
15409 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15410 Function for finding the next index position.
15411
15412 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15413 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15414 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15415 file.
15416
15417 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15418 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15419
15420 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15421
15422 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15423 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15424
15425 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15426 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15427 It should return the name for that index item.")
15428
15429 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15430
15431 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15432 Function to compare string with index item.
15433
15434 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15435 non-nil if they match.
15436
15437 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15438 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15439 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15440 arguments match\".")
15441
15442 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15443
15444 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15445 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15446 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15447
15448 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15449 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
15450
15451 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15452
15453 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15454
15455 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15456 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15457 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15458 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15459
15460 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15461
15462 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15463 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15464
15465 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15466
15467 \(fn)" t nil)
15468
15469 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15470 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15471 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15472 for more information.
15473
15474 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15475
15476 ;;;***
15477 \f
15478 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (21187 63826
15479 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
15480 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15481
15482 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15483 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15484
15485 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15486
15487 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15488
15489
15490 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15491
15492 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15493
15494
15495 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15496
15497 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15498
15499
15500 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15501
15502 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15503 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15504
15505 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15506
15507 ;;;***
15508 \f
15509 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (21187 63826
15510 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
15511 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15512
15513 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15514 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15515 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15516 to that buffer.
15517 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15518 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15519 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15520 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15521
15522 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15523
15524 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15525
15526 ;;;***
15527 \f
15528 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info" "info.el" (21359 20005 772941 0))
15529 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15530
15531 (defcustom Info-default-directory-list (let* ((config-dir (file-name-as-directory (or (and (featurep 'ns) (let ((dir (expand-file-name "../info" data-directory))) (if (file-directory-p dir) dir))) configure-info-directory))) (prefixes (prune-directory-list '("/usr/local/" "/usr/" "/opt/" "/"))) (suffixes '("share/" "" "gnu/" "gnu/lib/" "gnu/lib/emacs/" "emacs/" "lib/" "lib/emacs/")) (standard-info-dirs (apply #'nconc (mapcar (lambda (pfx) (let ((dirs (mapcar (lambda (sfx) (concat pfx sfx "info/")) suffixes))) (prune-directory-list dirs))) prefixes))) (dirs (if (member config-dir standard-info-dirs) (nconc standard-info-dirs (list config-dir)) (cons config-dir standard-info-dirs)))) (if (not (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) dirs (let* ((instdir (file-name-directory invocation-directory)) (dir1 (expand-file-name "../info/" instdir)) (dir2 (expand-file-name "../../../info/" instdir))) (cond ((file-exists-p dir1) (append dirs (list dir1))) ((file-exists-p dir2) (append dirs (list dir2))) (t dirs))))) "\
15532 Default list of directories to search for Info documentation files.
15533 They are searched in the order they are given in the list.
15534 Therefore, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs
15535 normally should come last (so that local files override standard ones),
15536 unless Emacs is installed into a non-standard directory. In the latter
15537 case, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs should be
15538 first in this list.
15539
15540 Once Info is started, the list of directories to search
15541 comes from the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15542 This variable `Info-default-directory-list' is used as the default
15543 for initializing `Info-directory-list' when Info is started, unless
15544 the environment variable INFOPATH is set.
15545
15546 Although this is a customizable variable, that is mainly for technical
15547 reasons. Normally, you should either set INFOPATH or customize
15548 `Info-additional-directory-list', rather than changing this variable." :initialize (quote custom-initialize-delay) :type (quote (repeat directory)) :group (quote info))
15549
15550 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15551 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15552
15553 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15554 (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15555
15556 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15557 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15558 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15559 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15560 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15561 \"(FILENAME)NODENAME\".
15562 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15563 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15564 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15565 with the top-level Info directory.
15566
15567 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15568 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15569
15570 A numeric prefix argument N selects an Info buffer named
15571 \"*info*<%s>\".
15572
15573 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15574 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15575 in all the directories in that path.
15576
15577 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15578
15579 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15580
15581 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15582 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15583
15584 \(fn)" t nil)
15585
15586 (autoload 'info-emacs-bug "info" "\
15587 Display the \"Reporting Bugs\" section of the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15588
15589 \(fn)" t nil)
15590
15591 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15592 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15593 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15594 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15595
15596 \(fn)" nil nil)
15597
15598 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15599 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15600 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15601 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15602
15603 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15604
15605 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15606 Go to the Info directory node.
15607
15608 \(fn)" t nil)
15609
15610 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15611 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15612 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15613 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15614 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15615 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15616
15617 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15618
15619 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15620 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15621 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15622
15623 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15624
15625 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
15626 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
15627 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
15628 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
15629 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
15630
15631 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
15632
15633 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15634 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15635 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15636 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15637 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15638
15639 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15640 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15641
15642 Selecting other nodes:
15643 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15644 Follow a node reference you click on.
15645 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15646 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15647 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15648 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15649 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15650 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15651 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15652 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15653 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15654 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15655 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15656 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15657 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15658 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15659 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15660 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15661 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15662 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15663 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15664 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15665
15666 Moving within a node:
15667 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15668 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15669 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15670 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15671 move up to the parent node.
15672 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15673 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15674 if there is none.
15675 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15676
15677 Advanced commands:
15678 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15679 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15680 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15681 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15682 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15683 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15684 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
15685 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15686 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15687 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15688 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15689 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15690 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15691 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15692 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15693 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15694
15695 \(fn)" t nil)
15696 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15697
15698 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15699 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15700 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15701 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15702 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15703 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15704
15705 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15706 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15707
15708 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15709 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15710 KEY is a string.
15711 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15712 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15713 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15714 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15715
15716 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15717
15718 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15719 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15720 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15721
15722 \(fn)" t nil)
15723
15724 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
15725 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
15726 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
15727
15728 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15729
15730 (autoload 'info-display-manual "info" "\
15731 Display an Info buffer displaying MANUAL.
15732 If there is an existing Info buffer for MANUAL, display it.
15733 Otherwise, visit the manual in a new Info buffer.
15734
15735 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil)
15736
15737 ;;;***
15738 \f
15739 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-look" "info-look.el" (21238 4664 559807
15740 ;;;;;; 0))
15741 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15742
15743 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15744 Throw away all cached data.
15745 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15746 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15747 system.
15748
15749 \(fn)" t nil)
15750 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15751
15752 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15753 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15754 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15755 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15756 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15757 one found at point.
15758
15759 With prefix arg MODE a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15760
15761 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15762 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15763
15764 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15765 Display the documentation of a file.
15766 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15767 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15768 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15769 The default file name is the one found at point.
15770
15771 With prefix arg MODE a query for the file help mode is offered.
15772
15773 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15774
15775 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15776 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15777
15778 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15779
15780 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15781 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15782
15783 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15784
15785 ;;;***
15786 \f
15787 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (21187 63826 213216
15788 ;;;;;; 0))
15789 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15790 (push (purecopy '(info-xref 3)) package--builtin-versions)
15791
15792 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
15793 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15794 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
15795 current info file is the default.
15796
15797 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
15798 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
15799 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
15800 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
15801 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
15802
15803 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
15804 validate node references within it. A message is given for
15805 missing target files once per source document. It could be
15806 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
15807 mistake in the reference.
15808
15809 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
15810 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
15811 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
15812
15813 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
15814 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
15815 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
15816 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
15817
15818 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15819
15820 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
15821 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
15822 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
15823 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
15824 checked.
15825
15826 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
15827 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
15828 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
15829 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
15830 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
15831 should be harmless.
15832
15833 \(fn)" t nil)
15834
15835 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
15836 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15837 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
15838 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
15839
15840 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
15841 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
15842 and can take a long time.
15843
15844 \(fn)" t nil)
15845
15846 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings "info-xref" "\
15847 Check docstring info node references in source files.
15848 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
15849
15850 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
15851
15852 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
15853 as per `info-xref-check' does.
15854
15855 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
15856 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default. Usually this
15857 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
15858 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
15859 all builtins).
15860
15861 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
15862 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
15863 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
15864 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
15865 the sources handy.
15866
15867 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil)
15868
15869 ;;;***
15870 \f
15871 ;;;### (autoloads nil "informat" "informat.el" (21240 46395 727291
15872 ;;;;;; 0))
15873 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15874
15875 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
15876 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15877
15878 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15879
15880 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
15881 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
15882
15883 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
15884
15885 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
15886 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15887 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
15888 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
15889
15890 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15891 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15892 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15893
15894 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15895 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15896 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15897 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15898
15899 \(fn)" t nil)
15900
15901 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
15902 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15903 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15904
15905 \(fn)" t nil)
15906
15907 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
15908 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15909 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15910 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15911 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15912
15913 \(fn)" nil nil)
15914
15915 ;;;***
15916 \f
15917 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inversion" "cedet/inversion.el" (21187 63826
15918 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
15919 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/inversion.el
15920 (push (purecopy '(inversion 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
15921
15922 (autoload 'inversion-require-emacs "inversion" "\
15923 Declare that you need either EMACS-VER, XEMACS-VER or SXEMACS-ver.
15924 Only checks one based on which kind of Emacs is being run.
15925
15926 \(fn EMACS-VER XEMACS-VER SXEMACS-VER)" nil nil)
15927
15928 ;;;***
15929 \f
15930 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el" (21187
15931 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
15932 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15933
15934 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15935 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15936
15937 \(fn)" t nil)
15938
15939 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15940 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15941
15942 \(fn)" t nil)
15943
15944 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
15945
15946
15947 \(fn LAST-CHAR &optional COUNT)" nil nil)
15948
15949 ;;;***
15950 \f
15951 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (21240 46395 727291
15952 ;;;;;; 0))
15953 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15954 (push (purecopy '(isearchb 1 5)) package--builtin-versions)
15955
15956 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
15957 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15958 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15959 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15960 accessed via isearchb.
15961
15962 \(fn)" t nil)
15963
15964 ;;;***
15965 \f
15966 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-cvt" "international/iso-cvt.el" (21187
15967 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
15968 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15969
15970 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
15971 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15972 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15973 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
15974 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15975
15976 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15977
15978 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
15979 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15980 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
15981 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
15982 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15983
15984 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15985
15986 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
15987 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15988 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15989 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
15990 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15991
15992 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15993
15994 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15995 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15996 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15997 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
15998 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15999
16000 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16001
16002 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16003 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16004 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16005 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
16006 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16007
16008 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16009
16010 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
16011 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
16012 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16013 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
16014 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16015
16016 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16017
16018 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
16019 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
16020 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16021 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
16022 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16023
16024 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16025
16026 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
16027 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
16028 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16029 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16030
16031 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16032
16033 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16034 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16035 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16036 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16037
16038 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16039
16040 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
16041 Warn that format is read-only.
16042
16043 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16044
16045 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
16046 Warn that format is write-only.
16047
16048 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16049
16050 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
16051 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
16052
16053 \(fn)" t nil)
16054
16055 ;;;***
16056 \f
16057 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16058 ;;;;;; (21240 46395 727291 0))
16059 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16060 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
16061 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
16062
16063 ;;;***
16064 \f
16065 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (21356 43818
16066 ;;;;;; 957743 0))
16067 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16068
16069 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16070
16071 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16072 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16073 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
16074 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
16075 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
16076
16077 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
16078
16079 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16080
16081 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16082 Key map for ispell menu.")
16083
16084 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16085 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16086 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16087 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16088
16089 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
16090
16091 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil 'clear)) :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
16092
16093 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16094
16095 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16096
16097 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
16098 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16099 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16100 Valid forms include:
16101 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16102 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16103 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16104 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16105
16106 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
16107 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16108 First list is used raw.
16109 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16110
16111 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16112 for skipping in latex mode.")
16113
16114 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16115 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16116 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
16117 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16118 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16119 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
16120 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16121
16122 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
16123 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16124 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16125 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16126
16127 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16128 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16129 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16130 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16131 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16132
16133 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16134 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16135
16136 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16137 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16138
16139 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16140 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16141
16142 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16143 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16144
16145 Return values:
16146 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16147 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16148 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16149 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16150 quit spell session exited.
16151
16152 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16153
16154 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16155 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16156 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16157
16158 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16159
16160 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16161 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16162
16163 Selections are:
16164
16165 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16166 SPC: Accept word this time.
16167 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16168 `a': Accept word for this session.
16169 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16170 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16171 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16172 `?': Show these commands.
16173 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16174 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16175 the aborted check to be completed later.
16176 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16177 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16178 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16179 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16180 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16181 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16182 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16183
16184 \(fn)" nil nil)
16185
16186 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16187 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16188 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16189 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
16190
16191 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR CLEAR)" t nil)
16192
16193 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16194 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16195 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16196 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16197
16198 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16199
16200 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16201
16202 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16203 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16204 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
16205 amount for last line processed.
16206
16207 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16208
16209 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16210 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16211
16212 \(fn)" t nil)
16213
16214 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16215 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16216
16217 \(fn)" t nil)
16218
16219 (autoload 'ispell-buffer-with-debug "ispell" "\
16220 `ispell-buffer' with some output sent to `ispell-debug-buffer' buffer.
16221 Use APPEND to append the info to previous buffer if exists.
16222
16223 \(fn &optional APPEND)" t nil)
16224
16225 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16226 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16227
16228 \(fn)" t nil)
16229
16230 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16231 Try to complete the word before or under point.
16232 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16233 sequence inside of a word.
16234
16235 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16236
16237 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16238
16239 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16240 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16241
16242 \(fn)" t nil)
16243
16244 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16245 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16246 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16247 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16248
16249 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16250 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16251 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16252 available on the net.
16253
16254 \(fn)" t nil)
16255
16256 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16257 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
16258 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
16259 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16260 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16261
16262 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled,
16263 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
16264 spelled.
16265
16266 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
16267 read them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word]
16268 SPC.
16269
16270 For spell-checking \"on the fly\", not just after typing SPC or
16271 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
16272
16273 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16274
16275 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16276 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16277 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16278 Don't check included messages.
16279
16280 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16281 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16282 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
16283
16284 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16285 in your init file:
16286 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16287 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16288 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16289 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16290
16291 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16292 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16293 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16294
16295 \(fn)" t nil)
16296
16297 ;;;***
16298 \f
16299 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iswitchb" "obsolete/iswitchb.el" (21300 29848
16300 ;;;;;; 351552 156000))
16301 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/iswitchb.el
16302
16303 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
16304 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
16305 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16306 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16307 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16308 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
16309
16310 (custom-autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" nil)
16311
16312 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "\
16313 Toggle Iswitchb mode.
16314 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iswitchb mode if ARG is
16315 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16316 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16317
16318 Iswitchb mode is a global minor mode that enables switching
16319 between buffers using substrings. See `iswitchb' for details.
16320
16321 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16322
16323 (make-obsolete 'iswitchb-mode "use `icomplete-mode' or `ido-mode' instead." "24.4")
16324
16325 ;;;***
16326 \f
16327 ;;;### (autoloads nil "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (21187
16328 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
16329 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16330
16331 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16332
16333
16334 \(fn)" nil nil)
16335
16336 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16337 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16338 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16339 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16340 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16341 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16342 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16343 necessary to represent OBJ.
16344
16345 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16346
16347 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16348 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16349 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16350 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16351
16352 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16353
16354 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16355 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16356 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16357 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16358 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16359
16360 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16361
16362 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16363 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16364 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16365 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16366
16367 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16368
16369 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16370 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16371 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16372 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16373
16374 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16375
16376 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16377 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16378
16379 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16380
16381 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16382 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16383 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16384 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16385 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16386
16387 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16388
16389 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16390 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16391 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16392 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16393 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16394
16395 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16396
16397 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16398 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16399 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16400
16401 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16402
16403 ;;;***
16404 \f
16405 ;;;### (autoloads nil "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (21240 46395 727291
16406 ;;;;;; 0))
16407 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16408
16409 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16410 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16411 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16412 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16413
16414 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16415
16416
16417 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16418
16419 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16420 Uninstall jka-compr.
16421 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16422 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
16423 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16424
16425 \(fn)" nil nil)
16426
16427 ;;;***
16428 \f
16429 ;;;### (autoloads nil "js" "progmodes/js.el" (21350 58112 380040
16430 ;;;;;; 0))
16431 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
16432 (push (purecopy '(js 9)) package--builtin-versions)
16433
16434 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
16435 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
16436
16437 \(fn)" t nil)
16438 (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
16439
16440 ;;;***
16441 \f
16442 ;;;### (autoloads nil "json" "json.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
16443 ;;; Generated autoloads from json.el
16444 (push (purecopy '(json 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
16445
16446 ;;;***
16447 \f
16448 ;;;### (autoloads nil "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el" (21187 63826
16449 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
16450 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16451
16452 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16453 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16454 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16455 decimal key must be specified.")
16456
16457 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16458
16459 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16460 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16461 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16462 decimal key must be specified.")
16463
16464 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16465
16466 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16467 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16468 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16469 decimal key must be specified.")
16470
16471 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16472
16473 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16474 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16475 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16476 decimal key must be specified.")
16477
16478 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16479
16480 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16481 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16482 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16483 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16484 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16485 keys are bound.
16486
16487 Setup Binding
16488 -------------------------------------------------------------
16489 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16490 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16491 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16492 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16493 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16494 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16495 in the global and local keymaps.
16496
16497 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16498 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16499
16500 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16501
16502 ;;;***
16503 \f
16504 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el" (21187
16505 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
16506 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16507
16508 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16509 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16510 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16511
16512 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16513 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16514 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16515 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16516 shorter.
16517
16518 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16519 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16520 the context of text formatting.
16521
16522 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16523
16524 ;;;***
16525 \f
16526 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (21187 63826 213216
16527 ;;;;;; 0))
16528 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16529
16530 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16531 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16532 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16533 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16534 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16535 positions that contains the current selection.")
16536
16537 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16538 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16539 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16540 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16541 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16542 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16543 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16544
16545 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16546
16547 ;;;***
16548 \f
16549 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (21244 11875 194797 0))
16550 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16551 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16552 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16553 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16554 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16555 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16556 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16557 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16558
16559 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16560 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16561 ARG is the number of times to execute the item.
16562
16563 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16564
16565 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16566 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16567 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16568 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16569 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16570
16571 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16572
16573 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16574 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16575 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16576
16577 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16578 defining the macro.
16579
16580 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16581 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16582 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16583
16584 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16585 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16586
16587 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16588
16589 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16590 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16591 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16592 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16593 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16594 under that name.
16595
16596 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16597 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16598 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16599
16600 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16601
16602 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16603 Call the keyboard MACRO that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16604 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16605 MACRO defaults to `last-kbd-macro'.
16606
16607 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16608 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16609 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16610 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16611
16612 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16613 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16614
16615 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO MACRO)" t nil)
16616
16617 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16618 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16619 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16620
16621 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16622 macro.
16623
16624 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16625 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16626
16627 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16628 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16629 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16630
16631 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16632 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16633
16634 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16635
16636 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16637 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16638 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16639 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16640
16641 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16642
16643 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16644 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16645 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16646 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16647
16648 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16649 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16650
16651 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16652
16653 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16654 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16655 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16656
16657 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16658
16659 ;;;***
16660 \f
16661 ;;;### (autoloads nil "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (21187
16662 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
16663 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16664
16665 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
16666 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16667 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16668
16669 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16670
16671
16672 \(fn)" nil nil)
16673
16674 ;;;***
16675 \f
16676 ;;;### (autoloads nil "landmark" "play/landmark.el" (21187 63826
16677 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
16678 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16679
16680 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'landmark-test-run)
16681
16682 (autoload 'landmark-test-run "landmark" "\
16683 Run 100 Landmark games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16684
16685 \(fn)" t nil)
16686
16687 (autoload 'landmark "landmark" "\
16688 Start or resume an Landmark game.
16689 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16690 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16691
16692 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16693 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16694 none / 1 | yes | no
16695 2 | yes | yes
16696 3 | no | yes
16697 4 | no | no
16698
16699 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[landmark-start-robot],
16700 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16701 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16702
16703 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16704
16705 ;;;***
16706 \f
16707 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (21187 63826
16708 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
16709 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16710
16711 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16712
16713
16714 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16715
16716 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16717 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16718 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16719 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16720 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16721 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16722
16723 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16724 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16725
16726 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16727
16728 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16729 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16730
16731 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16732
16733 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16734
16735
16736 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16737
16738 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16739
16740
16741 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16742
16743 ;;;***
16744 \f
16745 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (21187
16746 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
16747 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16748
16749 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16750 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16751 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16752 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16753
16754 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16755
16756 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16757 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16758 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16759
16760 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16761
16762 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16763 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16764 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16765
16766 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16767
16768 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16769 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16770 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16771 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16772
16773 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16774
16775 ;;;***
16776 \f
16777 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
16778 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
16779 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16780
16781 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16782 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16783 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16784 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16785 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16786 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16787 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16788 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16789
16790 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16791 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16792
16793 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16794 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16795
16796 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16797
16798 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16799 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16800 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16801 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16802 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16803 `latin1-display-setup'.
16804
16805 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16806
16807 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16808 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16809 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16810 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16811
16812 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16813 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16814
16815 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16816
16817 ;;;***
16818 \f
16819 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el" (21187
16820 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
16821 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16822
16823 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16824 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16825
16826 \(fn)" t nil)
16827
16828 ;;;***
16829 \f
16830 ;;;### (autoloads nil "life" "play/life.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
16831 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16832
16833 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16834 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16835 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16836 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16837 generations (this defaults to 1).
16838
16839 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16840
16841 ;;;***
16842 \f
16843 ;;;### (autoloads nil "linum" "linum.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
16844 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
16845 (push (purecopy '(linum 0 9 24)) package--builtin-versions)
16846
16847 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
16848 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
16849 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
16850 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
16851 if ARG is omitted or nil.
16852
16853 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
16854
16855 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16856
16857 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
16858 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
16859 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16860 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16861 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16862 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
16863
16864 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
16865
16866 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
16867 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
16868 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Linum mode if ARG is positive;
16869 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
16870 ARG is omitted or nil.
16871
16872 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
16873 `linum-on' would do it.
16874 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
16875
16876 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16877
16878 ;;;***
16879 \f
16880 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (21240 46395 727291
16881 ;;;;;; 0))
16882 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16883
16884 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
16885 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
16886 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16887 is nil, raise an error.
16888
16889 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
16890 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
16891 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
16892 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
16893 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
16894 defined by the library.
16895
16896 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
16897 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
16898 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
16899 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
16900 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
16901 proceeds.
16902
16903 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
16904 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
16905 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
16906 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
16907
16908 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16909
16910 ;;;***
16911 \f
16912 ;;;### (autoloads nil "locate" "locate.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
16913 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16914
16915 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
16916 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16917 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16918
16919 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
16920
16921 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
16922 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16923 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16924 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16925
16926 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16927 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16928 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16929 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16930 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16931 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16932 the version.)
16933
16934 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16935 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16936
16937 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16938 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16939
16940 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
16941 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
16942
16943 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
16944
16945 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
16946 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16947 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16948 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16949 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16950 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16951 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16952 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16953 to constrain a big search.
16954
16955 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
16956
16957 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16958 except that FILTER is not optional.
16959
16960 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
16961
16962 ;;;***
16963 \f
16964 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (21239 25528 651427
16965 ;;;;;; 0))
16966 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
16967
16968 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
16969 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16970 The buffer is put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode' if MODE is nil.
16971 \\<log-edit-mode-map>
16972 If SETUP is non-nil, erase the buffer and run `log-edit-hook'.
16973 Set mark and point around the entire contents of the buffer, so
16974 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with
16975 \\[kill-region]. Once the user is done editing the message,
16976 invoking the command \\[log-edit-done] (`log-edit-done') will
16977 call CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16978
16979 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist of variables and buffer-local
16980 values to give them in the Log Edit buffer. Possible keys and
16981 associated values:
16982 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
16983 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
16984 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
16985 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
16986 `vc-log-fileset' -- the VC fileset to be committed (if any).
16987
16988 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it
16989 to edit the log message and go back to the current buffer when
16990 done. Otherwise, it uses the current buffer.
16991
16992 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16993
16994 ;;;***
16995 \f
16996 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (21195 57908 940910
16997 ;;;;;; 0))
16998 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
16999
17000 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
17001 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
17002
17003 \(fn)" t nil)
17004
17005 ;;;***
17006 \f
17007 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lpr" "lpr.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
17008 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
17009
17010 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
17011 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
17012
17013 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)) "\
17014 Non-nil if running on a system type that uses the \"lp\" command.")
17015
17016 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
17017 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
17018 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
17019
17020 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
17021 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
17022
17023 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
17024 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
17025 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
17026 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
17027 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
17028 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
17029 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
17030
17031 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
17032
17033 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
17034 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
17035 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
17036 switch on this list.
17037 See `lpr-command'.")
17038
17039 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
17040
17041 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
17042 Name of program for printing a file.
17043
17044 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17045 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17046 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17047 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17048 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17049 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17050 argument.")
17051
17052 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
17053
17054 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
17055 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17056 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17057 for customization of the printer command.
17058
17059 \(fn)" t nil)
17060
17061 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
17062 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17063
17064 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17065 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17066 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17067 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17068
17069 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17070 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17071
17072 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17073 for further customization of the printer command.
17074
17075 \(fn)" t nil)
17076
17077 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
17078 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17079 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17080 for customization of the printer command.
17081
17082 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17083
17084 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
17085 Paginate and print the region contents.
17086
17087 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17088 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17089 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17090 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17091
17092 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17093 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17094
17095 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17096 for further customization of the printer command.
17097
17098 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17099
17100 ;;;***
17101 \f
17102 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (21240 46395 727291
17103 ;;;;;; 0))
17104 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17105
17106 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17107 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17108 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17109
17110 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17111
17112 ;;;***
17113 \f
17114 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (21187 63826 213216
17115 ;;;;;; 0))
17116 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17117
17118 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
17119 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17120 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
17121 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
17122
17123 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17124
17125 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'phases-of-moon 'lunar-phases "23.1")
17126
17127 ;;;***
17128 \f
17129 ;;;### (autoloads nil "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (21187 63826
17130 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
17131 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17132
17133 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17134 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17135
17136 \(fn)" t nil)
17137
17138 ;;;***
17139 \f
17140 ;;;### (autoloads nil "macros" "macros.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
17141 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17142
17143 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17144 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17145 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17146 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17147 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17148
17149 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17150
17151 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17152 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro MACRONAME, as Lisp code.
17153 MACRONAME should be a symbol.
17154 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17155 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17156
17157 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17158 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17159 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17160 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17161 bindings.
17162
17163 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17164 use this command, and then save the file.
17165
17166 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17167
17168 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17169 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17170 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17171 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17172 each time the macro executes.
17173 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17174 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17175 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17176 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17177 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17178 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17179 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17180
17181 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17182
17183 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17184 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17185 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17186 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17187
17188 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17189 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17190 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17191 execute.
17192
17193 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17194 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17195
17196 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17197 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17198 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17199 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17200 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17201
17202 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17203 looked like this:
17204
17205 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17206 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17207 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17208
17209 You could enter the names in this format:
17210
17211 foo
17212 bar
17213 baz
17214
17215 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17216
17217 \\C-x (
17218 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17219 \\C-x )
17220
17221 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17222 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17223
17224 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17225 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17226
17227 ;;;***
17228 \f
17229 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-extr" "mail/mail-extr.el" (21240 46395
17230 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
17231 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17232
17233 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17234 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17235 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17236 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17237 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17238 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17239
17240 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17241 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17242 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17243 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17244 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17245
17246 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17247 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17248 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17249 consing a string.)
17250
17251 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17252
17253 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17254 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17255
17256 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17257
17258 ;;;***
17259 \f
17260 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el" (21187 63826
17261 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
17262 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17263
17264 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17265 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17266
17267 \(fn)" nil nil)
17268
17269 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17270
17271
17272 \(fn)" nil nil)
17273
17274 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17275 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17276
17277 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17278
17279 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17280 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17281 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17282 message.
17283
17284 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17285
17286 \(fn)" nil nil)
17287
17288 ;;;***
17289 \f
17290 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (21240 46395
17291 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
17292 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17293
17294 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17295 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17296 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17297 often correct parser.")
17298
17299 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17300
17301 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
17302 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
17303 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
17304 a value which excludes your own email address.
17305
17306 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
17307 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
17308
17309 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
17310
17311 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17312 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17313
17314 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17315
17316 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17317 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding if necessary.
17318 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
17319 we return it unconverted.
17320
17321 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17322 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17323
17324 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17325
17326 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17327 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17328 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17329 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17330
17331 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17332
17333 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17334 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17335 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17336 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17337
17338 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17339
17340 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17341 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17342 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17343 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17344 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
17345 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
17346 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
17347 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17348 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17349 as Rmail does.
17350
17351 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17352
17353 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17354 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17355 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17356 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17357 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17358 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17359 matches may be returned from the message body.
17360
17361 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17362
17363 ;;;***
17364 \f
17365 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (21240 46395
17366 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
17367 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17368
17369 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17370 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17371 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17372 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17373 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17374 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17375
17376 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17377
17378 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17379 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
17380 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
17381 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17382 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17383
17384 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
17385 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
17386 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
17387 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17388
17389 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17390
17391 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17392 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17393
17394 \(fn)" nil nil)
17395
17396 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17397 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17398 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17399
17400 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17401
17402 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17403 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17404 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17405
17406 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17407 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
17408 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17409 double-quotes.
17410
17411 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17412
17413 ;;;***
17414 \f
17415 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (21240 46395
17416 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
17417 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17418
17419 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17420 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17421 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17422 king@grassland.com
17423 If `parens', they look like:
17424 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17425 If `angles', they look like:
17426 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17427
17428 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17429
17430 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17431 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17432 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17433 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17434 their `Resent-' variants.
17435
17436 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17437 removed from alias expansions.
17438
17439 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17440
17441 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17442 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17443 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17444
17445 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17446 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17447 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17448 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17449
17450 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17451
17452 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
17453 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
17454 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
17455
17456 \(fn)" nil nil)
17457
17458 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17459 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17460 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17461 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
17462
17463 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17464
17465 (make-obsolete 'mail-complete 'mail-completion-at-point-function '"24.1")
17466
17467 ;;;***
17468 \f
17469 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el" (21215 8898
17470 ;;;;;; 840126 623000))
17471 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17472
17473 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17474 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17475 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17476 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17477
17478 \(fn)" nil nil)
17479
17480 ;;;***
17481 \f
17482 ;;;### (autoloads nil "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (21240
17483 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
17484 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17485
17486 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17487 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17488
17489 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17490 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17491 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17492 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17493 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17494 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17495
17496 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17497 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17498 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17499 dependency, despite the colon.
17500
17501 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17502
17503 In the browser, use the following keys:
17504
17505 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17506
17507 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17508
17509 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17510 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17511
17512 `makefile-target-colon':
17513 The string that gets appended to all target names
17514 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17515 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17516
17517 `makefile-macro-assign':
17518 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17519 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17520 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17521 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17522 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17523 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17524
17525 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17526 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17527 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17528
17529 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17530 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17531
17532 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17533 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17534 up or down in the browser.
17535
17536 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17537 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17538
17539 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17540 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17541
17542 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17543 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17544 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17545 has been selected in the browser.
17546
17547 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17548 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17549 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17550 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17551 filenames are omitted.
17552
17553 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17554 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17555 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17556 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17557 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17558 the backslash itself intact.
17559 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17560 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17561
17562 `makefile-browser-hook':
17563 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17564 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17565
17566 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17567 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17568 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17569 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17570
17571 \(fn)" t nil)
17572
17573 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17574 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17575
17576 \(fn)" t nil)
17577
17578 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17579 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17580
17581 \(fn)" t nil)
17582
17583 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17584 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17585
17586 \(fn)" t nil)
17587
17588 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17589 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17590
17591 \(fn)" t nil)
17592
17593 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17594 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17595
17596 \(fn)" t nil)
17597
17598 ;;;***
17599 \f
17600 ;;;### (autoloads nil "makesum" "makesum.el" (21240 46395 727291
17601 ;;;;;; 0))
17602 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17603
17604 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17605 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17606 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17607
17608 \(fn)" t nil)
17609
17610 ;;;***
17611 \f
17612 ;;;### (autoloads nil "man" "man.el" (21356 43818 957743 0))
17613 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17614
17615 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17616
17617 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17618 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17619 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It
17620 runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
17621 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
17622 buffer. See variable `Man-notify-method' for what happens when
17623 the buffer is ready. If a buffer already exists for this man
17624 page, it will display immediately.
17625
17626 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
17627 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
17628 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
17629
17630 cat(1)
17631 1 cat
17632
17633 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
17634 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
17635 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
17636 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
17637
17638 -a chmod
17639
17640 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
17641 otherwise look like a page name.
17642
17643 /my/file/name.1.gz
17644 -l somefile.1
17645
17646 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
17647 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
17648 \"egrep\" style regexp.
17649
17650 -k pattern
17651
17652 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17653
17654 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17655 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17656
17657 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17658
17659 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17660 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17661
17662 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17663
17664 ;;;***
17665 \f
17666 ;;;### (autoloads nil "master" "master.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
17667 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17668 (push (purecopy '(master 1 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
17669
17670 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17671 Toggle Master mode.
17672 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
17673 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17674 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17675
17676 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
17677 using the following commands:
17678
17679 \\{master-mode-map}
17680
17681 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17682 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17683 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17684
17685 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17686
17687 ;;;***
17688 \f
17689 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el" (21187 63826 213216
17690 ;;;;;; 0))
17691 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17692
17693 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17694 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17695 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17696 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17697 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17698 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17699
17700 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17701
17702 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17703 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17704 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
17705 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
17706 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17707
17708 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
17709 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
17710 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
17711 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17712
17713 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17714
17715 ;;;***
17716 \f
17717 ;;;### (autoloads nil "md4" "md4.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
17718 ;;; Generated autoloads from md4.el
17719 (push (purecopy '(md4 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17720
17721 ;;;***
17722 \f
17723 ;;;### (autoloads nil "message" "gnus/message.el" (21326 22692 123234
17724 ;;;;;; 0))
17725 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17726
17727 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17728
17729 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17730 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17731 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17732 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17733 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17734 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17735 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17736 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17737 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17738 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17739 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17740 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17741 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17742 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17743 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17744 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17745 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17746 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17747 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17748 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17749 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17750 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17751 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17752 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17753 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17754 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17755 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17756 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17757 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17758 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17759 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17760 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17761 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17762 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17763 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17764 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17765 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17766 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17767
17768 \(fn)" t nil)
17769
17770 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17771 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17772 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17773 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17774 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17775
17776 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
17777
17778 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17779 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17780
17781 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17782
17783 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17784 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17785
17786 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
17787
17788 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17789 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17790
17791 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17792
17793 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17794 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17795 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17796
17797 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17798
17799 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17800 Cancel an article you posted.
17801 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17802
17803 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17804
17805 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17806 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17807 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17808 header line with the old Message-ID.
17809
17810 \(fn)" t nil)
17811
17812 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17813 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17814
17815 \(fn)" t nil)
17816
17817 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17818 Forward the current message via mail.
17819 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17820 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17821
17822 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17823
17824 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17825
17826
17827 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17828
17829 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17830
17831
17832 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17833
17834 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17835 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17836
17837 \(fn)" t nil)
17838
17839 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17840 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17841
17842 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17843
17844 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17845 Re-mail the current message.
17846 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17847 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17848 you.
17849
17850 \(fn)" t nil)
17851
17852 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17853 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17854
17855 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17856
17857 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17858 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17859
17860 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17861
17862 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17863 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17864
17865 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17866
17867 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17868 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17869
17870 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17871
17872 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
17873 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17874 Works by overstriking characters.
17875 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17876 which specify the range to operate on.
17877
17878 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17879
17880 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
17881 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17882 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17883 which specify the range to operate on.
17884
17885 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17886
17887 ;;;***
17888 \f
17889 ;;;### (autoloads nil "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el" (21187
17890 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
17891 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17892 (push (purecopy '(meta-mode 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17893
17894 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
17895 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17896
17897 \(fn)" t nil)
17898
17899 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
17900 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17901
17902 \(fn)" t nil)
17903
17904 ;;;***
17905 \f
17906 ;;;### (autoloads nil "metamail" "mail/metamail.el" (21187 63826
17907 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
17908 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17909
17910 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
17911 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17912 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17913
17914 \(fn)" t nil)
17915
17916 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
17917 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17918 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17919 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17920 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17921 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17922 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17923
17924 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17925
17926 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
17927 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17928 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17929 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17930 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17931 means current).
17932 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17933 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17934
17935 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17936
17937 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
17938 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17939 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17940 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17941 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17942 means current).
17943 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17944 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17945
17946 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17947
17948 ;;;***
17949 \f
17950 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (21187 63826 213216
17951 ;;;;;; 0))
17952 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17953
17954 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
17955 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17956 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17957
17958 \(fn)" t nil)
17959
17960 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
17961 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17962 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17963
17964 \(fn)" t nil)
17965
17966 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
17967 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17968
17969 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17970 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17971 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17972
17973 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17974 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17975
17976 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17977 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17978
17979 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17980
17981 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
17982
17983 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
17984 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17985 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17986 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17987 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17988 as `compose-mail'.
17989
17990 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17991 initial Subject field, respectively.
17992
17993 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17994 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17995 are strings.
17996
17997 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
17998 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
17999
18000 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18001
18002 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
18003 Save draft and send message.
18004
18005 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
18006 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
18007 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
18008 Mail Delivery*\".
18009
18010 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
18011 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
18012 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
18013
18014 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
18015 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
18016 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
18017 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
18018 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
18019 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
18020
18021 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
18022 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
18023
18024 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
18025 message and scan line.
18026
18027 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18028
18029 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
18030 Quit editing and delete draft message.
18031
18032 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
18033 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18034 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
18035 delete the draft message.
18036
18037 \(fn)" t nil)
18038
18039 ;;;***
18040 \f
18041 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (21356 43818 957743 0))
18042 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18043 (push (purecopy '(mh-e 8 5 -4)) package--builtin-versions)
18044
18045 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18046
18047 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
18048
18049 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18050
18051 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
18052 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18053
18054 \(fn)" t nil)
18055
18056 ;;;***
18057 \f
18058 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-folder" "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (21286 52150
18059 ;;;;;; 476720 0))
18060 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18061
18062 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
18063 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18064 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18065
18066 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18067 the MH mail system.
18068
18069 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18070
18071 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
18072 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18073 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18074
18075 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18076 the MH mail system.
18077
18078 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18079
18080 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
18081 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18082
18083 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18084 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18085 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18086 separate command.
18087
18088 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18089 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18090 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18091 format.
18092
18093 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18094
18095 Ranges
18096 ======
18097 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18098 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18099 can be used in several ways.
18100
18101 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18102 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18103 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18104 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18105 page):
18106
18107 <num1>-<num2>
18108 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18109 The range must be nonempty.
18110
18111 <num>:N
18112 <num>:+N
18113 <num>:-N
18114 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18115 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18116 last.
18117
18118 first:N
18119 prev:N
18120 next:N
18121 last:N
18122 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18123
18124 all
18125 All of the messages.
18126
18127 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18128 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18129
18130 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18131 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18132 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18133
18134 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18135
18136 \(fn)" t nil)
18137
18138 ;;;***
18139 \f
18140 ;;;### (autoloads nil "midnight" "midnight.el" (21187 63826 213216
18141 ;;;;;; 0))
18142 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18143
18144 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18145 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18146 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18147 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18148 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18149 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18150 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18151 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18152 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18153 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18154 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18155
18156 \(fn)" t nil)
18157
18158 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18159 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18160 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18161 to its second argument TM.
18162
18163 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18164
18165 ;;;***
18166 \f
18167 ;;;### (autoloads nil "minibuf-eldef" "minibuf-eldef.el" (21187 63826
18168 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
18169 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18170
18171 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18172 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18173 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18174 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18175 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18176 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18177
18178 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18179
18180 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18181 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18182 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
18183 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
18184 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18185
18186 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
18187 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
18188 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
18189 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
18190 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
18191 is modified to remove the default indication.
18192
18193 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18194
18195 ;;;***
18196 \f
18197 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misc" "misc.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
18198 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
18199
18200 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
18201 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
18202 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
18203 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
18204 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
18205 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
18206 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
18207 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
18208 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
18209
18210 \(fn)" t nil)
18211
18212 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
18213 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
18214 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
18215 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
18216 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
18217 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
18218 \"*Dynamic Libraries*\".
18219 The return value is always nil.
18220
18221 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
18222
18223 ;;;***
18224 \f
18225 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misearch" "misearch.el" (21245 64312 799897
18226 ;;;;;; 0))
18227 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
18228 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
18229
18230 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
18231 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18232
18233 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18234 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18235 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18236 next occurrence.
18237
18238 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
18239 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
18240 end of the search space).
18241
18242 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18243 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
18244 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
18245 direction is backward (when option `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18246 should return the previous buffer to search.
18247
18248 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
18249 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
18250 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
18251
18252 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18253 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18254 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18255 Isearch starts.")
18256
18257 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18258 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18259 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18260
18261 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18262 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18263 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18264
18265 \(fn)" nil nil)
18266
18267 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18268 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18269 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18270 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18271 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18272 whose names match the specified regexp.
18273
18274 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18275
18276 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18277 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18278 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18279 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18280 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18281 whose names match the specified regexp.
18282
18283 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18284
18285 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18286 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18287 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18288 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18289 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18290 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18291 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18292
18293 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18294
18295 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18296 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18297 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18298 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18299 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18300 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18301 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18302
18303 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18304
18305 ;;;***
18306 \f
18307 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el" (21187
18308 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
18309 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18310 (push (purecopy '(mixal-mode 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
18311
18312 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18313 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18314
18315 \(fn)" t nil)
18316
18317 ;;;***
18318 \f
18319 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el" (21187 63826
18320 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
18321 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
18322
18323 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
18324 Return a default encoding for FILE.
18325
18326 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
18327
18328 ;;;***
18329 \f
18330 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (21296 1575
18331 ;;;;;; 438327 0))
18332 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18333
18334 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18335 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18336
18337 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18338
18339 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18340 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18341 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18342 the entire message.
18343 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18344
18345 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18346
18347 ;;;***
18348 \f
18349 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el" (21187 63826
18350 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
18351 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18352
18353 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18354 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18355 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18356 the entire message.
18357 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18358
18359 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18360
18361 ;;;***
18362 \f
18363 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (21296 1575 438327
18364 ;;;;;; 0))
18365 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18366
18367 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18368 Insert file contents of URL.
18369 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18370
18371 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18372
18373 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18374 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18375
18376 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18377
18378 ;;;***
18379 \f
18380 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" (21363 17065 850322
18381 ;;;;;; 0))
18382 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18383
18384 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18385 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18386 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18387 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18388 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18389
18390 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18391
18392 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18393 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18394 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18395
18396 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18397
18398 ;;;***
18399 \f
18400 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml" "gnus/mml.el" (21296 1575 438327 0))
18401 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
18402
18403 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
18404 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
18405
18406 \(fn)" nil nil)
18407
18408 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
18409 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
18410 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
18411 `\\[message-send-and-exit]' or `\\[message-send]' in Message mode,
18412 or `\\[mail-send-and-exit]' or `\\[mail-send]' in Mail mode.
18413
18414 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
18415 content-type, a string of the form \"type/subtype\". DESCRIPTION
18416 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
18417 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
18418 be either \"inline\" (displayed automatically within the message
18419 body) or \"attachment\" (separate from the body).
18420
18421 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
18422
18423 ;;;***
18424 \f
18425 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el" (21296 1575 438327
18426 ;;;;;; 0))
18427 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18428
18429 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18430
18431
18432 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18433
18434 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18435
18436
18437 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18438
18439 ;;;***
18440 \f
18441 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (21356 43818 957743
18442 ;;;;;; 0))
18443 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18444
18445 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18446
18447
18448 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18449
18450 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18451
18452
18453 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18454
18455 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18456
18457
18458 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18459
18460 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18461
18462
18463 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18464
18465 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18466
18467
18468 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18469
18470 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18471
18472
18473 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18474
18475 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18476
18477
18478 \(fn)" nil nil)
18479
18480 ;;;***
18481 \f
18482 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" (21187 63826
18483 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
18484 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
18485
18486 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
18487
18488 ;;;***
18489 \f
18490 ;;;### (autoloads nil "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (21282 19826
18491 ;;;;;; 403614 0))
18492 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18493
18494 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
18495
18496 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
18497 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18498 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18499 followed by the first character of the construct.
18500 \\<m2-mode-map>
18501 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18502 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18503 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18504 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18505 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18506 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18507 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18508 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18509 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18510 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18511 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18512 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18513 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18514 \\[m2-link] link
18515
18516 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18517 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18518 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18519
18520 \(fn)" t nil)
18521
18522 ;;;***
18523 \f
18524 ;;;### (autoloads nil "morse" "play/morse.el" (21187 63826 213216
18525 ;;;;;; 0))
18526 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18527
18528 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18529 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18530
18531 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18532
18533 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18534 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18535
18536 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18537
18538 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
18539 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
18540
18541 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18542
18543 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
18544 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18545
18546 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18547
18548 ;;;***
18549 \f
18550 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mouse-drag" "mouse-drag.el" (21202 31159 541460
18551 ;;;;;; 0))
18552 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18553
18554 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18555 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18556
18557 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18558 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18559 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18560
18561 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18562 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18563 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18564
18565 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18566 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18567
18568 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18569 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18570 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18571 hemisphere you're in.)
18572
18573 To test this function, evaluate:
18574 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
18575
18576 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18577
18578 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18579 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18580
18581 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18582 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18583
18584 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18585 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18586 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18587
18588 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18589 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18590
18591 To test this function, evaluate:
18592 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
18593
18594 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18595
18596 ;;;***
18597 \f
18598 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpc" "mpc.el" (21361 61732 646433 0))
18599 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
18600
18601 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
18602 Main entry point for MPC.
18603
18604 \(fn)" t nil)
18605
18606 ;;;***
18607 \f
18608 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
18609 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18610
18611 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18612 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18613
18614 \(fn)" t nil)
18615
18616 ;;;***
18617 \f
18618 ;;;### (autoloads nil "msb" "msb.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
18619 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18620
18621 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18622 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18623 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18624 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18625 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18626 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18627
18628 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18629
18630 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18631 Toggle Msb mode.
18632 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
18633 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
18634 if ARG is omitted or nil.
18635
18636 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18637 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18638
18639 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18640
18641 ;;;***
18642 \f
18643 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" (21187
18644 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
18645 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18646
18647 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18648 Display a list of all character sets.
18649
18650 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18651 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18652 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18653 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18654 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18655
18656 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18657 but still shows the full information.
18658
18659 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18660
18661 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18662 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18663 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18664
18665 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18666 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18667 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18668 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18669 meanings of these arguments.
18670
18671 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18672
18673 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18674 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18675
18676 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18677
18678 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18679 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18680
18681 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18682
18683 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18684 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18685
18686 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18687
18688 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18689 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18690
18691 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18692 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18693 in place of `..':
18694 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18695 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18696 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18697 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18698 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18699 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18700 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18701 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18702 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18703 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18704 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18705 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18706 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18707 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18708 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18709 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18710
18711 \(fn)" t nil)
18712
18713 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18714 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18715
18716 \(fn)" t nil)
18717
18718 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18719 Display a list of all coding systems.
18720 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18721
18722 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18723 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18724
18725 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18726
18727 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18728 Display a list of all coding categories.
18729
18730 \(fn)" nil nil)
18731
18732 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18733 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18734 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18735
18736 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18737
18738 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18739 Display information about FONTSET.
18740 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18741
18742 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18743
18744 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18745 Display a list of all fontsets.
18746 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18747 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18748 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18749
18750 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18751
18752 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18753 Display information about all input methods.
18754
18755 \(fn)" t nil)
18756
18757 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18758 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18759
18760 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18761 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18762 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18763 system which uses fontsets).
18764
18765 \(fn)" t nil)
18766
18767 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
18768 Show log of font listing and opening.
18769 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
18770 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
18771
18772 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
18773
18774 ;;;***
18775 \f
18776 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (21187
18777 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
18778 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18779
18780 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18781 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18782
18783 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18784 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18785
18786 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18787 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18788
18789 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18790
18791 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18792 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18793 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18794 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18795 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18796 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18797 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18798
18799 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18800 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18801 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18802 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18803 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18804 middle of a character in STR.
18805
18806 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18807 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18808
18809 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18810 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18811 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18812 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18813 defaults to \"...\".
18814
18815 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18816
18817 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18818 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18819
18820 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18821 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18822 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18823
18824 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18825 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18826 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18827
18828 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18829 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18830 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18831 are considered.
18832 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18833 longer than KEYSEQ.
18834 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18835
18836 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18837
18838 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18839 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18840 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18841 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18842 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18843 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18844 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18845 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18846 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18847 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18848 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18849
18850 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18851
18852 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18853 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18854
18855 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18856
18857 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18858 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18859
18860 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18861
18862 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18863 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18864
18865 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18866
18867 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18868 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
18869
18870 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18871
18872 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
18873 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
18874 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
18875 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
18876 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
18877
18878 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil t)
18879 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
18880
18881 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
18882 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18883 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18884 coding systems ordered by priority.
18885
18886 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil t)
18887
18888 (make-obsolete 'detect-coding-with-priority 'with-coding-priority '"23.1")
18889
18890 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
18891 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18892 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18893 language environment LANG-ENV.
18894
18895 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18896
18897 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
18898 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18899 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18900 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
18901 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
18902 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
18903
18904 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18905
18906 ;;;***
18907 \f
18908 ;;;### (autoloads nil "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (21187 63826
18909 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
18910 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18911
18912 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
18913 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
18914
18915 \(fn)" t nil)
18916
18917 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
18918 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
18919
18920 \(fn)" t nil)
18921
18922 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
18923 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
18924
18925 \(fn)" t nil)
18926
18927 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
18928 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
18929
18930 \(fn)" t nil)
18931
18932 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
18933 Run route and display diagnostic output.
18934
18935 \(fn)" t nil)
18936
18937 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
18938 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18939
18940 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18941
18942 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
18943 Ping HOST.
18944 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18945 `ping-program-options'.
18946
18947 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18948
18949 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
18950 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18951
18952 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18953
18954 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
18955 Run nslookup program.
18956
18957 \(fn)" t nil)
18958
18959 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
18960 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18961
18962 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18963
18964 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
18965 Run dig program.
18966
18967 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18968
18969 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
18970 Run ftp program.
18971
18972 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18973
18974 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
18975 Finger USER on HOST.
18976
18977 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18978
18979 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
18980 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18981 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18982 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18983
18984 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18985
18986 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
18987
18988
18989 \(fn)" t nil)
18990
18991 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
18992 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18993
18994 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18995
18996 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
18997 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18998
18999 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
19000
19001 ;;;***
19002 \f
19003 ;;;### (autoloads nil "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (21187 63826 213216
19004 ;;;;;; 0))
19005 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
19006
19007 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
19008 Return a user name/password pair.
19009 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
19010 listed in the PORTS list.
19011
19012 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
19013
19014 ;;;***
19015 \f
19016 ;;;### (autoloads nil "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el" (21187
19017 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
19018 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
19019
19020 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
19021 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
19022 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
19023 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
19024 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
19025 closes it.
19026
19027 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
19028 make it unique.
19029 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
19030 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
19031 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
19032 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
19033 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer specifying
19034 a port number to connect to.
19035
19036 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
19037 values:
19038
19039 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
19040 nil or `network'
19041 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
19042 the parameters :success and :capability-command
19043 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
19044 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
19045 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
19046 an unencrypted connection.
19047 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
19048 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
19049 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
19050 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
19051 returned object is a killed process.
19052 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
19053 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
19054 `shell' -- A shell connection.
19055
19056 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
19057 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
19058 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
19059 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
19060 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
19061 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
19062 or nil if none could be found.
19063 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
19064 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
19065
19066 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
19067
19068 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
19069 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
19070 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
19071
19072 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
19073 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
19074 should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
19075
19076 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
19077 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
19078 \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
19079
19080 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
19081 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
19082 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
19083 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
19084
19085 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
19086 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
19087
19088 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
19089 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
19090 element is the certificate file name itself, or `t', which
19091 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
19092 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
19093 or STARTTLS connections.
19094
19095 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
19096 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
19097
19098 :nogreeting is a boolean that can be used to inhibit waiting for
19099 a greeting from the server.
19100
19101 :nowait is a boolean that says the connection should be made
19102 asynchronously, if possible.
19103
19104 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
19105
19106 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
19107
19108 ;;;***
19109 \f
19110 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-backend" "net/newst-backend.el" (21260
19111 ;;;;;; 57908 370145 500000))
19112 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19113
19114 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19115 Check whether newsticker is running.
19116 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19117 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19118
19119 \(fn)" nil nil)
19120
19121 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19122 Start the newsticker.
19123 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19124 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19125 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19126 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19127
19128 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19129
19130 ;;;***
19131 \f
19132 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19133 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
19134 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19135
19136 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19137 Start newsticker plainview.
19138
19139 \(fn)" t nil)
19140
19141 ;;;***
19142 \f
19143 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el" (21187
19144 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
19145 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19146
19147 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19148 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
19149
19150 \(fn)" t nil)
19151
19152 ;;;***
19153 \f
19154 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (21187
19155 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
19156 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19157
19158 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19159 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19160 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19161 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19162 empty.
19163
19164 \(fn)" nil nil)
19165
19166 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19167 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19168 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19169 running already.
19170
19171 \(fn)" t nil)
19172
19173 ;;;***
19174 \f
19175 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el" (21187
19176 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
19177 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19178
19179 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19180 Start newsticker treeview.
19181
19182 \(fn)" t nil)
19183
19184 ;;;***
19185 \f
19186 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newsticker" "net/newsticker.el" (21194 37048
19187 ;;;;;; 599945 0))
19188 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
19189 (push (purecopy '(newsticker 1 99)) package--builtin-versions)
19190
19191 ;;;***
19192 \f
19193 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el" (21204 37210 187838
19194 ;;;;;; 0))
19195 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19196
19197 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19198 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19199
19200 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19201
19202 ;;;***
19203 \f
19204 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (21187 63826 213216
19205 ;;;;;; 0))
19206 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19207
19208 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19209 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19210 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19211 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19212 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19213 symbol in the alist.
19214
19215 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19216
19217 ;;;***
19218 \f
19219 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el" (21296 1575 438327
19220 ;;;;;; 0))
19221 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19222
19223 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19224 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19225 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19226
19227 \(fn)" t nil)
19228
19229 ;;;***
19230 \f
19231 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
19232 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19233
19234 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19235 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19236
19237 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19238
19239 ;;;***
19240 \f
19241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "novice" "novice.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
19242 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19243
19244 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19245
19246 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19247 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19248 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19249
19250 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19251
19252
19253 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
19254
19255 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19256 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19257 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19258 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19259 to future sessions.
19260
19261 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19262
19263 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19264 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19265 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19266 This command alters your init file so that this choice applies to
19267 future sessions.
19268
19269 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19270
19271 ;;;***
19272 \f
19273 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el" (21240
19274 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
19275 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19276
19277 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19278 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19279 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19280 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19281 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19282 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19283
19284 \(fn)" t nil)
19285
19286 ;;;***
19287 \f
19288 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ntlm" "net/ntlm.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
19289 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ntlm.el
19290 (push (purecopy '(ntlm 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
19291
19292 ;;;***
19293 \f
19294 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el" (21293 25385
19295 ;;;;;; 120083 0))
19296 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19297
19298 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19299 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19300 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19301 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19302
19303 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19304
19305 ;;;***
19306 \f
19307 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (21383 2343
19308 ;;;;;; 498187 0))
19309 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19310
19311 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19312 Major mode for editing XML.
19313
19314 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19315 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19316 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19317 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19318 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19319 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19320 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19321
19322 \\[completion-at-point] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19323
19324 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19325 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19326
19327 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19328 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19329 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19330 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19331 instead of C-c.
19332
19333 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19334 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19335 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19336 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19337 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19338 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19339
19340 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19341 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19342 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19343
19344 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19345 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19346 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19347
19348 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19349 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19350 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19351 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19352 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19353 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19354 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19355 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19356 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19357
19358 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19359
19360 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19361 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19362
19363 \(fn)" t nil)
19364 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
19365
19366 ;;;***
19367 \f
19368 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-uchnm" "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (21293 25385
19369 ;;;;;; 120083 0))
19370 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19371
19372 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19373 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19374 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19375 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19376
19377 \(fn)" t nil)
19378
19379 ;;;***
19380 \f
19381 ;;;### (autoloads nil "octave" "progmodes/octave.el" (21322 25639
19382 ;;;;;; 363230 0))
19383 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave.el
19384
19385 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave" "\
19386 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19387
19388 Octave is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19389 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface
19390 for solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function
19391 definitions can also be stored in files and used in batch mode.
19392
19393 See Info node `(octave-mode) Using Octave Mode' for more details.
19394
19395 Key bindings:
19396 \\{octave-mode-map}
19397
19398 \(fn)" t nil)
19399
19400 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave" "\
19401 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19402 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19403
19404 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19405
19406 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19407 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19408
19409 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19410 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19411 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19412
19413 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19414
19415 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19416
19417 ;;;***
19418 \f
19419 ;;;### (autoloads nil "opascal" "progmodes/opascal.el" (21282 19826
19420 ;;;;;; 403614 0))
19421 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/opascal.el
19422
19423 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'delphi-mode 'opascal-mode "24.4")
19424
19425 (autoload 'opascal-mode "opascal" "\
19426 Major mode for editing OPascal code.\\<opascal-mode-map>
19427 \\[opascal-find-unit] - Search for a OPascal source file.
19428 \\[opascal-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
19429 \\[opascal-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
19430
19431 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
19432
19433 Customization:
19434
19435 `opascal-indent-level' (default 3)
19436 Indentation of OPascal statements with respect to containing block.
19437 `opascal-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
19438 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
19439 `opascal-case-label-indent' (default 0)
19440 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
19441 `opascal-search-path' (default .)
19442 Directories to search when finding external units.
19443 `opascal-verbose' (default nil)
19444 If true then OPascal token processing progress is reported to the user.
19445
19446 Coloring:
19447
19448 `opascal-keyword-face' (default `font-lock-keyword-face')
19449 Face used to color OPascal keywords.
19450
19451 \(fn)" t nil)
19452
19453 ;;;***
19454 \f
19455 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org" "org/org.el" (21383 2343 498187 0))
19456 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19457
19458 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19459 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19460
19461 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19462
19463 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "org" "\
19464 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org-mode FILE.
19465 This function exports the source code using `org-babel-tangle'
19466 and then loads the resulting file using `load-file'. With prefix
19467 arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg) COMPILE the tangled Emacs Lisp
19468 file to byte-code before it is loaded.
19469
19470 \(fn FILE &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
19471
19472 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
19473 Show the org-mode version in the echo area.
19474 With prefix argument HERE, insert it at point.
19475 When FULL is non-nil, use a verbose version string.
19476 When MESSAGE is non-nil, display a message with the version.
19477
19478 \(fn &optional HERE FULL MESSAGE)" t nil)
19479
19480 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
19481 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19482
19483 \(fn)" nil nil)
19484
19485 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org" "\
19486 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
19487
19488 \(fn)" nil nil)
19489
19490 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19491 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19492 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19493
19494 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19495 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19496 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19497 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19498 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19499 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19500 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19501 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19502 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19503 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19504
19505 The following commands are available:
19506
19507 \\{org-mode-map}
19508
19509 \(fn)" t nil)
19510
19511 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19512 TAB-action and visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19513
19514 This is the command invoked in Org-mode by the TAB key. Its main purpose
19515 is outline visibility cycling, but it also invokes other actions
19516 in special contexts.
19517
19518 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19519 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19520 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19521 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19522 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19523 When called with two `C-u C-u' prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
19524 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
19525 properties in the buffer.
19526 When called with three `C-u C-u C-u' prefixed, show the entire buffer,
19527 including any drawers.
19528
19529 - When inside a table, re-align the table and move to the next field.
19530
19531 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19532 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19533 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19534 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19535 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19536 and zoom in further.
19537 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19538 If there is no subtree, switch directly from CHILDREN to FOLDED.
19539
19540 - When point is at the beginning of an empty headline and the variable
19541 `org-cycle-level-after-item/entry-creation' is set, cycle the level
19542 of the headline by demoting and promoting it to likely levels. This
19543 speeds up creation document structure by pressing TAB once or several
19544 times right after creating a new headline.
19545
19546 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19547 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19548 is negative, go up that many levels.
19549
19550 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
19551 binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line. See the option
19552 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19553
19554 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19555 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg
19556 (C-u TAB, same as S-TAB) also when called without prefix arg.
19557 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19558
19559 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19560
19561 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19562 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19563 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19564 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19565
19566 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19567 (put 'orgstruct-heading-prefix-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19568
19569 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19570 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19571 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19572 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19573 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19574 defined by Org-mode).
19575
19576 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19577
19578 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19579 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19580
19581 \(fn)" nil nil)
19582
19583 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19584 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19585
19586 \(fn)" nil nil)
19587
19588 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19589 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19590 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19591 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19592 call CMD.
19593
19594 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19595
19596 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19597 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19598 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19599 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19600
19601 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted.
19602 For links to Usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19603 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19604
19605 A double prefix arg force skipping storing functions that are not
19606 part of Org's core.
19607
19608 A triple prefix arg force storing a link for each line in the
19609 active region.
19610
19611 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19612
19613 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19614 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19615 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19616
19617 \(fn)" t nil)
19618
19619 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19620 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19621 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19622 Org-mode syntax.
19623
19624 \(fn)" t nil)
19625
19626 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19627 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19628
19629 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19630
19631 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19632 Switch between Org buffers.
19633 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
19634 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19635
19636 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19637 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19638
19639 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19640
19641 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
19642
19643 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
19644
19645 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19646 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19647 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19648 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19649
19650 \(fn)" t nil)
19651
19652 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
19653 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
19654
19655 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
19656
19657 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
19658 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
19659 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
19660
19661 \(fn)" t nil)
19662
19663 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
19664 Reload all org lisp files.
19665 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
19666
19667 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
19668
19669 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19670 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19671
19672 \(fn)" t nil)
19673
19674 ;;;***
19675 \f
19676 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (21335 37672
19677 ;;;;;; 97862 0))
19678 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19679
19680 (autoload 'org-toggle-sticky-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19681 Toggle `org-agenda-sticky'.
19682
19683 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19684
19685 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19686 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19687 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19688 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19689
19690 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19691 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19692 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19693 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19694 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19695 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19696 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19697 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19698 e Export views to associated files.
19699 s Search entries for keywords.
19700 S Search entries for keywords, only with TODO keywords.
19701 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
19702 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19703 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
19704 Press several times to get the desired effect.
19705 > Remove a previous restriction.
19706 # List \"stuck\" projects.
19707 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
19708 C Configure custom agenda commands.
19709
19710 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19711 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19712 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19713
19714 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19715 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19716 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19717 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19718 \(if active).
19719
19720 \(fn &optional ARG ORG-KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19721
19722 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19723 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19724 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19725 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19726 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19727 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19728 before running the agenda command.
19729
19730 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19731
19732 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
19733 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19734 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19735 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19736 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19737 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19738 before running the agenda command.
19739
19740 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19741 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19742
19743 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19744
19745 category The category of the item
19746 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19747 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
19748 todo selected in TODO match
19749 tagsmatch selected in tags match
19750 diary imported from diary
19751 deadline a deadline on given date
19752 scheduled scheduled on given date
19753 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
19754 closed entry was closed on given date
19755 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
19756 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
19757 block entry has date block including g. date
19758 todo The todo keyword, if any
19759 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19760 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19761 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
19762 extra Sting with extra planning info
19763 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
19764 priority-n The computed numerical priority
19765 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
19766
19767 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19768
19769 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19770 Store agenda views.
19771
19772 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19773
19774 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19775 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19776
19777 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19778
19779 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
19780 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19781 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
19782 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
19783
19784 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
19785 span ARG days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
19786 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
19787
19788 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19789 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19790
19791 When WITH-HOUR is non-nil, only include scheduled and deadline
19792 items if they have an hour specification like [h]h:mm.
19793
19794 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN WITH-HOUR)" t nil)
19795
19796 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
19797 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
19798
19799 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
19800 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
19801 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
19802 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
19803 EDIT-AT.
19804
19805 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
19806 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
19807 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
19808 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
19809 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
19810 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
19811
19812 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
19813 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
19814 including newlines.
19815
19816 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
19817 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
19818 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
19819 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
19820 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
19821 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
19822 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
19823
19824 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
19825 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
19826 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
19827 as a whole, to include whitespace.
19828
19829 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
19830 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
19831 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
19832 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
19833 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
19834 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
19835 Boolean search must match as full words.
19836
19837 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
19838 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19839
19840 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
19841
19842 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
19843 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19844 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19845 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19846 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19847 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
19848
19849 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19850
19851 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
19852 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19853 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19854
19855 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19856
19857 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
19858 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
19859 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
19860 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
19861 `org-stuck-projects'.
19862
19863 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19864
19865 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
19866 Return diary information from org files.
19867 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19868 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19869 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19870 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
19871 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
19872
19873 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19874
19875 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19876
19877 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19878 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19879
19880 &%%(org-diary)
19881
19882 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default value
19883 of `org-agenda-entry-types' is used: (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp).
19884 So the example above may also be written as
19885
19886 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
19887
19888 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19889 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19890 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19891
19892 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19893
19894 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
19895 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
19896
19897 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
19898
19899 (autoload 'org-agenda-set-restriction-lock "org-agenda" "\
19900 Set restriction lock for agenda, to current subtree or file.
19901 Restriction will be the file if TYPE is `file', or if type is the
19902 universal prefix '(4), or if the cursor is before the first headline
19903 in the file. Otherwise, restriction will be to the current subtree.
19904
19905 \(fn &optional TYPE)" t nil)
19906
19907 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19908 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
19909 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
19910
19911 \(fn)" t nil)
19912
19913 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
19914 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
19915 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
19916 appointments.
19917
19918 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
19919 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
19920
19921 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
19922 for filtering entries out.
19923
19924 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
19925 calling the function returns nil. This function takes one
19926 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
19927
19928 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
19929 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
19930
19931 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
19932 (category \"Work\"))
19933
19934 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
19935 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
19936
19937 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
19938 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline*, :scheduled*
19939 \(i.e., deadlines and scheduled items with a hh:mm specification)
19940 and :timestamp entries. See the docstring of `org-diary' for
19941 details and examples.
19942
19943 If an entry has a APPT_WARNTIME property, its value will be used
19944 to override `appt-message-warning-time'.
19945
19946 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
19947
19948 ;;;***
19949 \f
19950 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (21335 37672
19951 ;;;;;; 97862 0))
19952 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
19953
19954 (autoload 'org-capture-string "org-capture" "\
19955 Capture STRING with the template selected by KEYS.
19956
19957 \(fn STRING &optional KEYS)" t nil)
19958
19959 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
19960 Capture something.
19961 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
19962 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
19963 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
19964 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
19965 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
19966 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
19967
19968 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
19969 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
19970 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
19971 stored.
19972
19973 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
19974
19975 ELisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template
19976 in `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection
19977 will be bypassed.
19978
19979 If `org-capture-use-agenda-date' is non-nil, capturing from the
19980 agenda will use the date at point as the default date. Then, a
19981 `C-1' prefix will tell the capture process to use the HH:MM time
19982 of the day at point (if any) or the current HH:MM time.
19983
19984 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
19985
19986 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
19987 Set `org-capture-templates' to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
19988
19989 \(fn)" t nil)
19990
19991 ;;;***
19992 \f
19993 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-colview" "org/org-colview.el" (21335 37672
19994 ;;;;;; 97862 0))
19995 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-colview.el
19996
19997 (autoload 'org-columns-remove-overlays "org-colview" "\
19998 Remove all currently active column overlays.
19999
20000 \(fn)" t nil)
20001
20002 (autoload 'org-columns-get-format-and-top-level "org-colview" "\
20003
20004
20005 \(fn)" nil nil)
20006
20007 (autoload 'org-columns "org-colview" "\
20008 Turn on column view on an org-mode file.
20009 When COLUMNS-FMT-STRING is non-nil, use it as the column format.
20010
20011 \(fn &optional COLUMNS-FMT-STRING)" t nil)
20012
20013 (autoload 'org-columns-compute "org-colview" "\
20014 Sum the values of property PROPERTY hierarchically, for the entire buffer.
20015
20016 \(fn PROPERTY)" t nil)
20017
20018 (autoload 'org-columns-number-to-string "org-colview" "\
20019 Convert a computed column number to a string value, according to FMT.
20020
20021 \(fn N FMT &optional PRINTF)" nil nil)
20022
20023 (autoload 'org-dblock-write:columnview "org-colview" "\
20024 Write the column view table.
20025 PARAMS is a property list of parameters:
20026
20027 :width enforce same column widths with <N> specifiers.
20028 :id the :ID: property of the entry where the columns view
20029 should be built. When the symbol `local', call locally.
20030 When `global' call column view with the cursor at the beginning
20031 of the buffer (usually this means that the whole buffer switches
20032 to column view). When \"file:path/to/file.org\", invoke column
20033 view at the start of that file. Otherwise, the ID is located
20034 using `org-id-find'.
20035 :hlines When t, insert a hline before each item. When a number, insert
20036 a hline before each level <= that number.
20037 :vlines When t, make each column a colgroup to enforce vertical lines.
20038 :maxlevel When set to a number, don't capture headlines below this level.
20039 :skip-empty-rows
20040 When t, skip rows where all specifiers other than ITEM are empty.
20041 :format When non-nil, specify the column view format to use.
20042
20043 \(fn PARAMS)" nil nil)
20044
20045 (autoload 'org-insert-columns-dblock "org-colview" "\
20046 Create a dynamic block capturing a column view table.
20047
20048 \(fn)" t nil)
20049
20050 (autoload 'org-agenda-columns "org-colview" "\
20051 Turn on or update column view in the agenda.
20052
20053 \(fn)" t nil)
20054
20055 ;;;***
20056 \f
20057 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-compat" "org/org-compat.el" (21383 2343
20058 ;;;;;; 498187 0))
20059 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-compat.el
20060
20061 (autoload 'org-check-version "org-compat" "\
20062 Try very hard to provide sensible version strings.
20063
20064 \(fn)" nil t)
20065
20066 ;;;***
20067 \f
20068 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-macs" "org/org-macs.el" (21187 63826 213216
20069 ;;;;;; 0))
20070 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-macs.el
20071
20072 (autoload 'org-load-noerror-mustsuffix "org-macs" "\
20073 Load FILE with optional arguments NOERROR and MUSTSUFFIX. Drop the MUSTSUFFIX argument for XEmacs, which doesn't recognize it.
20074
20075 \(fn FILE)" nil t)
20076
20077 ;;;***
20078 \f
20079 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-version" "org/org-version.el" (21335 37672
20080 ;;;;;; 97862 0))
20081 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-version.el
20082
20083 (autoload 'org-release "org-version" "\
20084 The release version of org-mode.
20085 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20086
20087 \(fn)" nil nil)
20088
20089 (autoload 'org-git-version "org-version" "\
20090 The Git version of org-mode.
20091 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20092
20093 \(fn)" nil nil)
20094
20095 ;;;***
20096 \f
20097 ;;;### (autoloads nil "outline" "outline.el" (21240 46395 727291
20098 ;;;;;; 0))
20099 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20100 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20101 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20102
20103 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20104 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20105 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20106 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20107
20108 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20109 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20110 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20111 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20112
20113 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
20114 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
20115 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
20116 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
20117 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
20118 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
20119
20120 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
20121 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
20122 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
20123
20124 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
20125 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
20126 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
20127 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
20128 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
20129 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
20130 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
20131 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
20132 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
20133 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
20134 The subheadings remain visible.
20135 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
20136
20137 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20138 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20139 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20140
20141 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20142 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20143
20144 \(fn)" t nil)
20145
20146 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20147 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20148 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
20149 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20150 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20151
20152 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20153
20154 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20155 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
20156
20157 ;;;***
20158 \f
20159 ;;;### (autoloads nil "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el" (21381 47015
20160 ;;;;;; 637535 0))
20161 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
20162 (push (purecopy '(package 1 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
20163
20164 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
20165 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
20166 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
20167 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
20168 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
20169
20170 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
20171 activate the package system at any time.")
20172
20173 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
20174
20175 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
20176 Install the package PKG.
20177 PKG can be a package-desc or the package name of one the available packages
20178 in an archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for its name.
20179
20180 \(fn PKG)" t nil)
20181
20182 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
20183 Install a package from the current buffer.
20184 The current buffer is assumed to be a single .el or .tar file that follows the
20185 packaging guidelines; see info node `(elisp)Packaging'.
20186 Downloads and installs required packages as needed.
20187
20188 \(fn)" t nil)
20189
20190 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
20191 Install a package from a file.
20192 The file can either be a tar file or an Emacs Lisp file.
20193
20194 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
20195
20196 (autoload 'package-import-keyring "package" "\
20197 Import keys from FILE.
20198
20199 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
20200
20201 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
20202 Download the ELPA archive description if needed.
20203 This informs Emacs about the latest versions of all packages, and
20204 makes them available for download.
20205
20206 \(fn)" t nil)
20207
20208 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
20209 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
20210 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
20211 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
20212
20213 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
20214
20215 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
20216 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
20217
20218 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
20219
20220 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
20221 Display a list of packages.
20222 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
20223 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
20224 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
20225
20226 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
20227
20228 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
20229
20230 ;;;***
20231 \f
20232 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paren" "paren.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
20233 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20234
20235 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20236 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20237 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20238 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20239 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20240 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20241
20242 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20243
20244 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20245 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
20246 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
20247 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20248 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20249
20250 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
20251 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
20252 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20253
20254 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20255
20256 ;;;***
20257 \f
20258 ;;;### (autoloads nil "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el" (21296
20259 ;;;;;; 1575 438327 0))
20260 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20261 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20262
20263 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20264 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20265 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20266 unknown are returned as nil.
20267
20268 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20269
20270 ;;;***
20271 \f
20272 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (21319 49445
20273 ;;;;;; 508378 0))
20274 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20275
20276 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20277 Major mode for editing Pascal code.\\<pascal-mode-map>
20278 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20279
20280 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20281 \\[completion-help-at-point] shows all possible completions at this point.
20282
20283 Other useful functions are:
20284
20285 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20286 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20287 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20288 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20289 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20290 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20291 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20292 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20293 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20294
20295 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20296
20297 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
20298 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20299 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
20300 Indentation for case statements.
20301 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
20302 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20303 mark after an end.
20304 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
20305 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20306 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
20307 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20308 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20309 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
20310 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20311 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20312 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
20313 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20314
20315 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
20316 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
20317
20318 \(fn)" t nil)
20319
20320 ;;;***
20321 \f
20322 ;;;### (autoloads nil "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (21187
20323 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
20324 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
20325
20326 (defvar password-cache t "\
20327 Whether to cache passwords.")
20328
20329 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
20330
20331 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
20332 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
20333 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
20334
20335 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
20336
20337 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
20338 Check if KEY is in the cache.
20339
20340 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
20341
20342 ;;;***
20343 \f
20344 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el" (21190 39993
20345 ;;;;;; 744837 0))
20346 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
20347
20348 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
20349 Perform ML-style pattern matching on EXP.
20350 CASES is a list of elements of the form (UPATTERN CODE...).
20351
20352 UPatterns can take the following forms:
20353 _ matches anything.
20354 SELFQUOTING matches itself. This includes keywords, numbers, and strings.
20355 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
20356 (or UPAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
20357 (and UPAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
20358 `QPAT matches if the QPattern QPAT matches.
20359 (pred PRED) matches if PRED applied to the object returns non-nil.
20360 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
20361 (let UPAT EXP) matches if EXP matches UPAT.
20362 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern (i.e. the pattern is
20363 \"non-linear\"), then the second occurrence is turned into an `eq'uality test.
20364
20365 QPatterns can take the following forms:
20366 (QPAT1 . QPAT2) matches if QPAT1 matches the car and QPAT2 the cdr.
20367 ,UPAT matches if the UPattern UPAT matches.
20368 STRING matches if the object is `equal' to STRING.
20369 ATOM matches if the object is `eq' to ATOM.
20370 QPatterns for vectors are not implemented yet.
20371
20372 PRED can take the form
20373 FUNCTION in which case it gets called with one argument.
20374 (FUN ARG1 .. ARGN) in which case it gets called with an N+1'th argument
20375 which is the value being matched.
20376 A PRED of the form FUNCTION is equivalent to one of the form (FUNCTION).
20377 PRED patterns can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
20378 E.g. you can match pairs where the cdr is larger than the car with a pattern
20379 like `(,a . ,(pred (< a))) or, with more checks:
20380 `(,(and a (pred numberp)) . ,(and (pred numberp) (pred (< a))))
20381
20382 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20383
20384 (function-put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20385
20386 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
20387 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20388 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20389 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20390
20391 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20392
20393 (function-put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20394
20395 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
20396 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20397 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20398 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20399
20400 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20401
20402 (function-put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20403
20404 ;;;***
20405 \f
20406 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (21187 63826 213216
20407 ;;;;;; 0))
20408 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20409
20410 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20411 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20412
20413 \(fn)" nil nil)
20414
20415 ;;;***
20416 \f
20417 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (21187 63826 213216
20418 ;;;;;; 0))
20419 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20420
20421 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20422 Completion for `gzip'.
20423
20424 \(fn)" nil nil)
20425
20426 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20427 Completion for `bzip2'.
20428
20429 \(fn)" nil nil)
20430
20431 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20432 Completion for GNU `make'.
20433
20434 \(fn)" nil nil)
20435
20436 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20437 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20438
20439 \(fn)" nil nil)
20440
20441 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20442
20443 ;;;***
20444 \f
20445 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (21187 63826
20446 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
20447 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20448
20449 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20450 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20451
20452 \(fn)" nil nil)
20453
20454 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20455 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20456
20457 \(fn)" nil nil)
20458
20459 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20460 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20461
20462 \(fn)" nil nil)
20463
20464 ;;;***
20465 \f
20466 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (21187 63826 213216
20467 ;;;;;; 0))
20468 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20469
20470 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20471 Completion for the `rpm' command.
20472
20473 \(fn)" nil nil)
20474
20475 ;;;***
20476 \f
20477 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (21187 63826 213216
20478 ;;;;;; 0))
20479 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20480
20481 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20482 Completion for `cd'.
20483
20484 \(fn)" nil nil)
20485
20486 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20487
20488 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20489 Completion for `rmdir'.
20490
20491 \(fn)" nil nil)
20492
20493 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20494 Completion for `rm'.
20495
20496 \(fn)" nil nil)
20497
20498 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20499 Completion for `xargs'.
20500
20501 \(fn)" nil nil)
20502
20503 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20504
20505 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20506 Completion for `which'.
20507
20508 \(fn)" nil nil)
20509
20510 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20511 Completion for the `chown' command.
20512
20513 \(fn)" nil nil)
20514
20515 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20516 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20517
20518 \(fn)" nil nil)
20519
20520 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20521 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20522
20523 \(fn)" nil nil)
20524
20525 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20526 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20527 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20528
20529 \(fn)" nil nil)
20530
20531 ;;;***
20532 \f
20533 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-x" "pcmpl-x.el" (21187 63826 213216
20534 ;;;;;; 0))
20535 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-x.el
20536
20537 (autoload 'pcomplete/tlmgr "pcmpl-x" "\
20538 Completion for the `tlmgr' command.
20539
20540 \(fn)" nil nil)
20541
20542 (autoload 'pcomplete/ack "pcmpl-x" "\
20543 Completion for the `ack' command.
20544 Start an argument with '-' to complete short options and '--' for
20545 long options.
20546
20547 \(fn)" nil nil)
20548
20549 (defalias 'pcomplete/ack-grep 'pcomplete/ack)
20550
20551 (autoload 'pcomplete/ag "pcmpl-x" "\
20552 Completion for the `ag' command.
20553
20554 \(fn)" nil nil)
20555
20556 ;;;***
20557 \f
20558 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (21187 63826 213216
20559 ;;;;;; 0))
20560 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20561
20562 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20563 Support extensible programmable completion.
20564 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20565 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20566
20567 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20568
20569 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20570 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20571
20572 \(fn)" t nil)
20573
20574 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20575 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20576 This will modify the current buffer.
20577
20578 \(fn)" t nil)
20579
20580 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20581 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20582
20583 \(fn)" t nil)
20584
20585 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20586 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20587 This will modify the current buffer.
20588
20589 \(fn)" t nil)
20590
20591 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20592 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20593
20594 \(fn)" t nil)
20595
20596 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20597 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20598
20599 \(fn)" t nil)
20600
20601 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20602 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20603 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20604 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20605 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20606
20607 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20608
20609 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20610 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
20611
20612 \(fn)" nil nil)
20613
20614 ;;;***
20615 \f
20616 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs" "vc/pcvs.el" (21280 13349 392544 0))
20617 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
20618
20619 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20620 Run a `cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20621 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20622 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20623
20624 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20625
20626 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20627
20628 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20629 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20630 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20631 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20632 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20633 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20634 FLAGS is ignored.
20635
20636 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20637
20638 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20639 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20640 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20641 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20642 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20643 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20644 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20645 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20646
20647 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20648
20649 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20650 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20651 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20652 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20653 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20654 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20655 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20656 passed to cvs.
20657
20658 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20659
20660 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
20661 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20662 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20663 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20664 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20665 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20666 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20667
20668 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20669
20670 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
20671 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20672 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20673
20674 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
20675
20676 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
20677 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20678 A value of nil means never do it.
20679 `always' means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20680 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20681 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20682
20683 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
20684
20685 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20686 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20687 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20688
20689 ;;;***
20690 \f
20691 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (21280 13349
20692 ;;;;;; 392544 0))
20693 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
20694
20695 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
20696 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
20697
20698 ;;;***
20699 \f
20700 ;;;### (autoloads nil "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el" (21339
20701 ;;;;;; 34726 39547 0))
20702 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20703 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20704 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20705 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20706 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20707 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20708 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20709
20710 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
20711 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20712 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20713 Tab indents for Perl code.
20714 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20715 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20716 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20717 \\{perl-mode-map}
20718 Variables controlling indentation style:
20719 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20720 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20721 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20722 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20723 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20724 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20725 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20726 `perl-nochange'
20727 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20728 `perl-indent-level'
20729 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20730 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20731 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20732 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20733 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20734 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20735 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20736 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20737 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20738 `perl-brace-offset'
20739 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20740 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20741 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20742 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20743 `perl-label-offset'
20744 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20745 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20746 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20747
20748 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20749 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20750 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20751 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20752 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20753 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20754 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20755
20756 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20757
20758 \(fn)" t nil)
20759
20760 ;;;***
20761 \f
20762 ;;;### (autoloads nil "picture" "textmodes/picture.el" (21240 46395
20763 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
20764 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20765
20766 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
20767 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20768 \\<picture-mode-map>
20769 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20770 afterwards settable by these commands:
20771
20772 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20773 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20774 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20775 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20776
20777 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20778 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20779 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20780 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20781
20782 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20783 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20784 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20785 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20786
20787 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20788 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20789 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20790 with these commands:
20791
20792 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20793 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20794 Move to column following last
20795 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20796 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20797 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20798 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20799 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20800 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20801
20802 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20803
20804 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20805 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20806 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20807 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20808 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20809 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20810
20811 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20812 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20813 Delete char at point: \\[picture-delete-char]
20814 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20815 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20816 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20817 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20818
20819 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20820 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20821 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20822 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20823 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20824 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20825 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20826 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
20827
20828 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20829 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20830 by supplying an argument.
20831
20832 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20833
20834 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20835 they are not by default assigned to keys.
20836
20837 \(fn)" t nil)
20838
20839 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
20840
20841 ;;;***
20842 \f
20843 ;;;### (autoloads nil "plstore" "gnus/plstore.el" (21187 63826 213216
20844 ;;;;;; 0))
20845 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/plstore.el
20846
20847 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
20848 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
20849
20850 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20851
20852 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
20853 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
20854
20855 \(fn)" t nil)
20856
20857 ;;;***
20858 \f
20859 ;;;### (autoloads nil "po" "textmodes/po.el" (21187 63826 213216
20860 ;;;;;; 0))
20861 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20862
20863 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
20864 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20865 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20866
20867 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20868
20869 ;;;***
20870 \f
20871 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pong" "play/pong.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
20872 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20873
20874 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
20875 Play pong and waste time.
20876 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20877 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20878
20879 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20880
20881 \\{pong-mode-map}
20882
20883 \(fn)" t nil)
20884
20885 ;;;***
20886 \f
20887 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
20888 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
20889
20890 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
20891 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
20892 Use streaming commands.
20893
20894 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20895
20896 ;;;***
20897 \f
20898 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (21187 63826 213216
20899 ;;;;;; 0))
20900 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20901
20902 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
20903 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20904 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20905 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20906
20907 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20908
20909 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
20910 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20911
20912 \(fn)" nil nil)
20913
20914 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
20915 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20916 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20917 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20918 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20919
20920 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20921
20922 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
20923 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20924 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
20925
20926 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20927
20928 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
20929 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20930
20931 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20932
20933 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
20934 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
20935 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20936 Ignores leading comment characters.
20937
20938 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20939
20940 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
20941 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
20942 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20943 Ignores leading comment characters.
20944
20945 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20946
20947 ;;;***
20948 \f
20949 ;;;### (autoloads nil "printing" "printing.el" (21364 37926 837230
20950 ;;;;;; 0))
20951 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20952 (push (purecopy '(printing 6 9 3)) package--builtin-versions)
20953
20954 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
20955 Activate the printing interface buffer.
20956
20957 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20958
20959 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20960
20961 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20962
20963 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
20964 Preview directory using ghostview.
20965
20966 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20967 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20968 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20969 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20970
20971 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20972 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20973 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20974 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20975 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20976 file name.
20977
20978 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20979
20980 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20981
20982 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20983 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
20984
20985 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20986 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20987 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20988 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20989
20990 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20991 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20992 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20993 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20994 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20995 file name.
20996
20997 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20998
20999 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21000
21001 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
21002 Print directory using PostScript printer.
21003
21004 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21005 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21006 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21007 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21008
21009 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21010 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21011 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21012 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21013 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21014 file name.
21015
21016 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21017
21018 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21019
21020 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
21021 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21022
21023 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21024
21025 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21026 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21027 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21028 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21029
21030 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21031 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21032 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21033 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21034 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21035 file name.
21036
21037 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21038
21039 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21040
21041 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
21042 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21043
21044 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21045 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21046 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21047
21048 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21049 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21050 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21051 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21052
21053 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21054
21055 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21056 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21057
21058 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21059 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21060 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21061
21062 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21063 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21064 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21065 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21066
21067 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21068
21069 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21070 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21071
21072 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21073 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21074 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21075
21076 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21077 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21078 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21079 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21080
21081 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21082
21083 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21084 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21085
21086 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21087
21088 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21089 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21090 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21091
21092 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21093 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21094 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21095 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21096
21097 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21098
21099 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21100 Preview region using ghostview.
21101
21102 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21103
21104 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21105
21106 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21107 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21108
21109 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21110
21111 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21112
21113 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21114 Print region using PostScript printer.
21115
21116 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21117
21118 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21119
21120 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21121 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21122
21123 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21124
21125 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21126
21127 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21128 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21129
21130 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21131
21132 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21133
21134 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21135 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21136
21137 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21138
21139 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21140
21141 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21142 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21143
21144 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21145
21146 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21147
21148 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21149 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21150
21151 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21152
21153 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21154
21155 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21156 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21157 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21158 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21159
21160 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21161 matching.
21162
21163 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21164 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21165
21166 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21167
21168 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21169
21170 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21171 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21172 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21173 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21174
21175 \(fn)" t nil)
21176
21177 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21178 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21179 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21180 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21181
21182 \(fn)" t nil)
21183
21184 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21185 Print directory using text printer.
21186
21187 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21188 matching.
21189
21190 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21191 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21192
21193 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21194
21195 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21196
21197 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21198 Print buffer using text printer.
21199
21200 \(fn)" t nil)
21201
21202 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21203 Print region using text printer.
21204
21205 \(fn)" t nil)
21206
21207 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21208 Print major mode using text printer.
21209
21210 \(fn)" t nil)
21211
21212 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21213 Preview spooled PostScript.
21214
21215 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21216 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21217 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21218
21219 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21220 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21221 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21222
21223 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21224
21225 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21226 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21227
21228 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21229 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21230 instead of sending it to the printer.
21231
21232 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21233 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21234 image in a file with that name.
21235
21236 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21237
21238 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21239 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21240
21241 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21242 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21243 instead of sending it to the printer.
21244
21245 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21246 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21247 image in a file with that name.
21248
21249 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21250
21251 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21252 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21253
21254 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21255 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21256 instead of sending it to the printer.
21257
21258 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21259 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21260 image in a file with that name.
21261
21262 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21263
21264 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21265 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21266
21267 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21268
21269 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21270 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21271
21272 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21273
21274 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21275 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21276
21277 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21278
21279 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21280 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21281
21282 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21283
21284 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21285 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21286
21287 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21288
21289 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21290 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21291
21292 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21293 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21294 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21295 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21296
21297 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21298 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21299 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21300 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21301 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21302 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21303 file name.
21304
21305 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21306
21307 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21308 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21309
21310 \(fn)" t nil)
21311
21312 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21313 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21314
21315 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21316 right.
21317 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21318 bottom.
21319
21320 \(fn)" t nil)
21321
21322 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21323 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21324
21325 \(fn)" t nil)
21326
21327 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21328 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21329
21330 \(fn)" t nil)
21331
21332 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21333 Toggle printing with faces.
21334
21335 \(fn)" t nil)
21336
21337 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21338 Toggle spooling.
21339
21340 \(fn)" t nil)
21341
21342 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21343 Toggle duplex.
21344
21345 \(fn)" t nil)
21346
21347 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21348 Toggle tumble.
21349
21350 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21351 right.
21352 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21353 bottom.
21354
21355 \(fn)" t nil)
21356
21357 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21358 Toggle landscape.
21359
21360 \(fn)" t nil)
21361
21362 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21363 Toggle upside-down.
21364
21365 \(fn)" t nil)
21366
21367 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21368 Toggle line number.
21369
21370 \(fn)" t nil)
21371
21372 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21373 Toggle zebra stripes.
21374
21375 \(fn)" t nil)
21376
21377 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21378 Toggle printing header.
21379
21380 \(fn)" t nil)
21381
21382 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21383 Toggle printing header frame.
21384
21385 \(fn)" t nil)
21386
21387 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21388 Toggle menu lock.
21389
21390 \(fn)" t nil)
21391
21392 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21393 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
21394
21395 \(fn)" t nil)
21396
21397 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21398 Toggle auto mode.
21399
21400 \(fn)" t nil)
21401
21402 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21403 Customization of the `printing' group.
21404
21405 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21406
21407 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21408 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21409
21410 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21411
21412 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21413 Help for the printing package.
21414
21415 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21416
21417 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21418 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21419
21420 \(fn)" t nil)
21421
21422 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21423 Interactively select a text printer.
21424
21425 \(fn)" t nil)
21426
21427 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21428 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21429
21430 \(fn)" t nil)
21431
21432 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21433 Show current ps-print settings.
21434
21435 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21436
21437 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21438 Show current printing settings.
21439
21440 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21441
21442 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21443 Show current lpr settings.
21444
21445 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21446
21447 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21448 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21449
21450 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21451 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21452 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21453 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21454
21455
21456 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21457
21458 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21459 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21460 immediately be done using the current active printer.
21461
21462 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21463 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21464 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21465 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
21466 current active printer.
21467
21468 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21469 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21470 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21471 printer.
21472
21473 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21474 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21475 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21476 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21477 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21478
21479
21480 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21481 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21482
21483 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21484
21485 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21486 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
21487 be done using the new current active printer.
21488
21489 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21490 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21491 printer.
21492
21493 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21494 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21495 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21496 instead of sending it to the printer.
21497
21498 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21499 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21500 printer.
21501
21502 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21503
21504
21505 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21506 are both set to t.
21507
21508 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21509
21510 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21511 Fast fire function for text printing.
21512
21513 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21514 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21515 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21516 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21517
21518 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21519 user for a new active text printer.
21520
21521 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21522
21523 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21524
21525 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21526 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21527 printer.
21528
21529 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21530
21531 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21532 are both set to t.
21533
21534 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21535
21536 ;;;***
21537 \f
21538 ;;;### (autoloads nil "proced" "proced.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
21539 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
21540
21541 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
21542 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
21543 \\<proced-mode-map>
21544 If invoked with optional ARG, do not select the window displaying
21545 the process information.
21546
21547 This function runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
21548
21549 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in
21550 Proced buffers.
21551
21552 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21553
21554 ;;;***
21555 \f
21556 ;;;### (autoloads nil "profiler" "profiler.el" (21187 63826 213216
21557 ;;;;;; 0))
21558 ;;; Generated autoloads from profiler.el
21559
21560 (autoload 'profiler-start "profiler" "\
21561 Start/restart profilers.
21562 MODE can be one of `cpu', `mem', or `cpu+mem'.
21563 If MODE is `cpu' or `cpu+mem', time-based profiler will be started.
21564 Also, if MODE is `mem' or `cpu+mem', then memory profiler will be started.
21565
21566 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
21567
21568 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile "profiler" "\
21569 Open profile FILENAME.
21570
21571 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21572
21573 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-window "profiler" "\
21574 Open profile FILENAME.
21575
21576 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21577
21578 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-frame "profiler" "\
21579 Open profile FILENAME.
21580
21581 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21582
21583 ;;;***
21584 \f
21585 ;;;### (autoloads nil "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el" (21383 2343
21586 ;;;;;; 498187 0))
21587 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21588
21589 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
21590 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
21591
21592 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
21593 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
21594
21595 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
21596
21597 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
21598 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
21599
21600 Commands:
21601 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21602
21603 \(fn)" t nil)
21604
21605 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
21606 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
21607 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
21608
21609 \(fn)" t nil)
21610
21611 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
21612 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21613 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
21614
21615 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21616
21617 ;;;***
21618 \f
21619 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
21620 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21621
21622 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
21623 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21624 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21625
21626 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
21627
21628 ;;;***
21629 \f
21630 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (21342 10917
21631 ;;;;;; 902592 0))
21632 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21633 (push (purecopy '(ps-mode 1 1 9)) package--builtin-versions)
21634
21635 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
21636 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21637
21638 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21639
21640 The following variables hold user options, and can
21641 be set through the `customize' command:
21642
21643 `ps-mode-tab'
21644 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21645 `ps-mode-print-function'
21646 `ps-run-prompt'
21647 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21648 `ps-run-x'
21649 `ps-run-dumb'
21650 `ps-run-init'
21651 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21652 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
21653
21654 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21655
21656
21657 \\{ps-mode-map}
21658
21659
21660 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21661 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21662 The keymap for this second window is:
21663
21664 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21665
21666
21667 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21668 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21669 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21670 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21671 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21672
21673 \(fn)" t nil)
21674
21675 ;;;***
21676 \f
21677 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (21360 40869 887231
21678 ;;;;;; 0))
21679 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21680 (push (purecopy '(ps-print 7 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
21681
21682 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
21683 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21684 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21685
21686 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
21687
21688 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
21689 Specify the size of paper to format for.
21690 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21691 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21692
21693 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
21694
21695 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
21696 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21697
21698 Valid values are:
21699
21700 nil Do not print colors.
21701
21702 t Print colors.
21703
21704 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21705 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21706
21707 Any other value is treated as t.")
21708
21709 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
21710
21711 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
21712 Customization of ps-print group.
21713
21714 \(fn)" t nil)
21715
21716 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
21717 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21718
21719 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21720 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21721 sending it to the printer.
21722
21723 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21724 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21725 image in a file with that name.
21726
21727 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21728
21729 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21730 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21731 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21732 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21733 so it has a way to determine color values.
21734
21735 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21736
21737 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
21738 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21739 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21740
21741 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21742
21743 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21744 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21745 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21746 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21747 so it has a way to determine color values.
21748
21749 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21750
21751 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
21752 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21753 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21754 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21755
21756 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21757
21758 \(fn)" t nil)
21759
21760 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21761 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21762 Like the command `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
21763 information in the generated image. This command works only if you are using
21764 a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
21765
21766 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21767
21768 \(fn)" t nil)
21769
21770 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
21771 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21772 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21773
21774 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21775
21776 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21777
21778 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21779 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21780 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21781 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21782 so it has a way to determine color values.
21783
21784 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21785
21786 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21787
21788 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
21789 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21790
21791 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21792 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21793 instead of sending it to the printer.
21794
21795 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21796 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21797 image in a file with that name.
21798
21799 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21800
21801 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
21802 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21803 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21804 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21805 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21806
21807 \(fn)" t nil)
21808
21809 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
21810 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21811 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21812
21813 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21814
21815 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
21816 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21817 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21818
21819 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21820
21821 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
21822 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21823
21824 \(fn)" nil nil)
21825
21826 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
21827 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21828
21829 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21830 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21831
21832 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21833 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21834
21835 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21836
21837 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21838
21839 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21840
21841 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
21842 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21843
21844 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21845 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21846
21847 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21848 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21849
21850 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21851
21852 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21853
21854 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21855
21856 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21857 foreground and background colors respectively.
21858
21859 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21860 bold - use bold font.
21861 italic - use italic font.
21862 underline - put a line under text.
21863 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21864 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21865 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21866 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21867 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21868
21869 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21870
21871 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21872
21873 ;;;***
21874 \f
21875 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pulse" "cedet/pulse.el" (21187 63826 213216
21876 ;;;;;; 0))
21877 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/pulse.el
21878 (push (purecopy '(pulse 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
21879
21880 ;;;***
21881 \f
21882 ;;;### (autoloads nil "python" "progmodes/python.el" (21364 37926
21883 ;;;;;; 837230 0))
21884 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21885 (push (purecopy '(python 0 24 2)) package--builtin-versions)
21886
21887 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.py\\'") 'python-mode))
21888
21889 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python[0-9.]*") 'python-mode))
21890
21891 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
21892 Run an inferior Python process.
21893 Input and output via buffer named after
21894 `python-shell-buffer-name'. If there is a process already
21895 running in that buffer, just switch to it.
21896
21897 With argument, allows you to define CMD so you can edit the
21898 command used to call the interpreter and define DEDICATED, so a
21899 dedicated process for the current buffer is open. When numeric
21900 prefix arg is other than 0 or 4 do not SHOW.
21901
21902 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' after
21903 `comint-mode-hook' is run. (Type \\[describe-mode] in the
21904 process buffer for a list of commands.)
21905
21906 \(fn CMD &optional DEDICATED SHOW)" t nil)
21907
21908 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
21909 Major mode for editing Python files.
21910
21911 \\{python-mode-map}
21912
21913 \(fn)" t nil)
21914
21915 ;;;***
21916 \f
21917 ;;;### (autoloads nil "qp" "gnus/qp.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
21918 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21919
21920 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
21921 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21922 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21923 coding-system.
21924
21925 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21926 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21927
21928 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21929 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21930 them into characters should be done separately.
21931
21932 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21933
21934 ;;;***
21935 \f
21936 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail" "international/quail.el" (21215 43189
21937 ;;;;;; 822371 0))
21938 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21939
21940 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
21941 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21942
21943 \(fn)" nil nil)
21944
21945 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
21946 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21947 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
21948
21949 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
21950 `quail-activate', which see.
21951
21952 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
21953
21954 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
21955 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
21956 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
21957 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
21958 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
21959 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
21960 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
21961
21962 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
21963 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
21964 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
21965 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
21966 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
21967 shown.
21968 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
21969
21970 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
21971 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
21972 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
21973 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
21974 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
21975 list of candidates.
21976
21977 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
21978 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
21979 command to be called.
21980
21981 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
21982 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
21983 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
21984 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
21985
21986 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
21987 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
21988 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
21989 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
21990 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
21991 to t.
21992
21993 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
21994 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
21995 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
21996 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
21997
21998 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the function `quail-help' (as used by
21999 the command `describe-input-method') should show the user's keyboard
22000 layout visually with translated characters. If KBD-TRANSLATE is
22001 set, it is desirable to also set this flag, unless this package
22002 defines no translations for single character keys.
22003
22004 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
22005 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
22006 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
22007 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
22008 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
22009 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
22010
22011 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
22012 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
22013 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
22014 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
22015 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
22016 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
22017
22018 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22019 covers Quail translation region.
22020
22021 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22022 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
22023 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22024 for it) is inserted.
22025
22026 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22027 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22028 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22029
22030 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22031 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22032 non-Quail commands.
22033
22034 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22035
22036 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22037 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22038
22039 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22040 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22041 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22042 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22043 you type is correctly handled.
22044
22045 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22046
22047 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22048 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22049
22050 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22051 keyboard type.
22052
22053 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22054
22055 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22056 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22057 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22058 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22059 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22060 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22061 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22062 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22063 for the translation.
22064 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22065
22066 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22067 it is used to handle KEY.
22068
22069 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22070 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22071 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22072 the following annotation types are supported.
22073
22074 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22075 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22076
22077 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22078 candidate list.
22079
22080 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22081 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22082 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22083 inserted.
22084
22085 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22086 generated for the following translations.
22087
22088 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil t)
22089
22090 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22091 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22092
22093 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22094 which to install MAP.
22095
22096 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22097
22098 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22099
22100 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22101 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22102
22103 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22104 which to install MAP.
22105
22106 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22107
22108 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22109
22110 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22111 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22112 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22113 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22114 a function, or a cons.
22115 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22116 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22117 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22118 for the translation.
22119 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22120 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22121 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22122 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22123 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22124
22125 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22126 it is used to handle KEY.
22127
22128 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22129 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22130 current Quail package.
22131
22132 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22133 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22134
22135 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22136
22137 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22138 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22139
22140 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22141 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22142
22143 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22144
22145 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22146 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22147
22148 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22149
22150 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22151 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22152 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22153 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22154 of the Emacs source tree.
22155
22156 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22157 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22158
22159 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22160 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22161 of each directory.
22162
22163 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22164
22165 ;;;***
22166 \f
22167 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/hangul" "leim/quail/hangul.el" (21187
22168 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
22169 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/hangul.el
22170
22171 (autoload 'hangul-input-method-activate "quail/hangul" "\
22172 Activate Hangul input method INPUT-METHOD.
22173 FUNC is a function to handle input key.
22174 HELP-TEXT is a text set in `hangul-input-method-help-text'.
22175
22176 \(fn INPUT-METHOD FUNC HELP-TEXT &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
22177
22178 ;;;***
22179 \f
22180 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/uni-input" "leim/quail/uni-input.el"
22181 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
22182 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/uni-input.el
22183
22184 (autoload 'ucs-input-activate "quail/uni-input" "\
22185 Activate UCS input method.
22186 With ARG, activate UCS input method if and only if ARG is positive.
22187
22188 While this input method is active, the variable
22189 `input-method-function' is bound to the function `ucs-input-method'.
22190
22191 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
22192
22193 ;;;***
22194 \f
22195 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (21222 16439 978802
22196 ;;;;;; 0))
22197 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22198
22199 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22200 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22201 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22202 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22203
22204 To make use of this do something like:
22205
22206 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22207
22208 in your init file (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22209
22210 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22211 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
22212
22213 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22214 buffer, this default action can be modified via
22215 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22216
22217 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22218
22219 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22220 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22221
22222 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22223
22224 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22225 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22226
22227 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
22228 is decided.
22229
22230 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22231
22232 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22233 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22234
22235 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22236 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
22237 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22238
22239 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22240
22241 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22242 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22243
22244 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22245
22246 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22247 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22248
22249 \(fn)" t nil)
22250
22251 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22252 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22253
22254 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22255
22256 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22257
22258 \(fn)" t nil)
22259
22260 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22261 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22262
22263 \(fn)" t nil)
22264
22265 ;;;***
22266 \f
22267 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rcirc" "net/rcirc.el" (21361 61732 646433
22268 ;;;;;; 0))
22269 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22270
22271 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22272 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22273
22274 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22275
22276 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22277
22278 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22279
22280 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22281
22282 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22283
22284
22285 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION)" nil nil)
22286
22287 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22288 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22289 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22290 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22291 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22292 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22293
22294 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22295
22296 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22297 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22298 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
22299 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
22300 if ARG is omitted or nil.
22301
22302 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22303
22304 ;;;***
22305 \f
22306 ;;;### (autoloads nil "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el" (21187
22307 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
22308 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22309
22310 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22311
22312 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22313 Construct a regexp interactively.
22314 This command makes the current buffer the \"target\" buffer of
22315 the regexp builder. It displays a buffer named \"*RE-Builder*\"
22316 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
22317
22318 As you edit the regexp in the \"*RE-Builder*\" buffer, the
22319 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
22320
22321 \(fn)" t nil)
22322
22323 ;;;***
22324 \f
22325 ;;;### (autoloads nil "recentf" "recentf.el" (21187 63826 213216
22326 ;;;;;; 0))
22327 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22328
22329 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22330 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22331 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22332 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22333 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22334 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22335
22336 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22337
22338 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22339 Toggle \"Open Recent\" menu (Recentf mode).
22340 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
22341 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22342 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22343
22344 When Recentf mode is enabled, a \"Open Recent\" submenu is
22345 displayed in the \"File\" menu, containing a list of files that
22346 were operated on recently.
22347
22348 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22349
22350 ;;;***
22351 \f
22352 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rect" "rect.el" (21203 52022 581300 0))
22353 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22354
22355 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22356 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22357 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22358 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22359 ends.
22360
22361 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22362 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22363 to be deleted.
22364
22365 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22366
22367 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22368 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22369 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22370
22371 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22372 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22373 deleted.
22374
22375 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22376
22377 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22378 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22379 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22380
22381 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22382
22383 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22384 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22385
22386 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22387 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22388
22389 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22390 deleted.
22391
22392 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22393 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22394 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22395 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22396 even beep.)
22397
22398 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22399
22400 (autoload 'copy-rectangle-as-kill "rect" "\
22401 Copy the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22402
22403 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22404
22405 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22406 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22407
22408 \(fn)" t nil)
22409
22410 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22411 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22412 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22413 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22414 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22415 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22416 and point is at the lower right corner.
22417
22418 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22419
22420 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22421 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22422
22423 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22424 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22425
22426 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22427 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22428 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22429
22430 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22431
22432 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22433
22434 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22435 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22436 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22437 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22438 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22439
22440 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22441 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22442
22443 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22444
22445 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22446 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22447 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22448
22449 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22450
22451 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22452
22453 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22454
22455 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22456 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22457
22458 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22459 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22460 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22461
22462 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22463
22464 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22465 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22466 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22467
22468 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22469 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22470 rectangle which were empty.
22471
22472 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22473
22474 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
22475 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
22476
22477 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
22478 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
22479 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
22480 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
22481
22482 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
22483
22484 (autoload 'rectangle-mark-mode "rect" "\
22485 Toggle the region as rectangular.
22486 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
22487
22488 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22489
22490 ;;;***
22491 \f
22492 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (21187 63826
22493 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
22494 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22495
22496 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22497 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
22498 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
22499 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22500 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22501
22502 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
22503 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
22504 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
22505 auto-filling.
22506
22507 For true \"word wrap\" behavior, use `visual-line-mode' instead.
22508
22509 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22510
22511 ;;;***
22512 \f
22513 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (21379 5529
22514 ;;;;;; 990138 255000))
22515 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22516 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" nil t)
22517 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse")
22518 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" nil t)
22519 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" nil t)
22520
22521 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22522 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22523
22524 \(fn)" nil nil)
22525
22526 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22527 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22528
22529 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22530 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22531
22532 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22533 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22534 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22535 \\ref macro.
22536
22537 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22538 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22539 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22540
22541 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22542 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22543 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22544
22545 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22546 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22547
22548 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22549 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22550
22551 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22552 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22553 on the menu bar.
22554
22555 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22556
22557 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22558
22559 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22560 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22561 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22562
22563 \(fn)" nil nil)
22564
22565 ;;;***
22566 \f
22567 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (21194
22568 ;;;;;; 37048 599945 0))
22569 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22570 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22571 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22572 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22573 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22574
22575 ;;;***
22576 \f
22577 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el" (21376
22578 ;;;;;; 29092 815151 0))
22579 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22580
22581 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
22582 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22583 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22584 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22585 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22586 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22587
22588 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22589 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22590
22591 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22592 by \\=\\< and \\>.
22593 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22594 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
22595
22596 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22597
22598 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
22599 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22600 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22601 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22602
22603 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22604
22605 ;;;***
22606 \f
22607 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regi" "emacs-lisp/regi.el" (21187 63826 213216
22608 ;;;;;; 0))
22609 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regi.el
22610 (push (purecopy '(regi 1 8)) package--builtin-versions)
22611
22612 ;;;***
22613 \f
22614 ;;;### (autoloads nil "remember" "textmodes/remember.el" (21252 37559
22615 ;;;;;; 125878 0))
22616 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
22617 (push (purecopy '(remember 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
22618
22619 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
22620 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
22621 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
22622 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
22623
22624 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
22625
22626 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22627
22628 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
22629 Call `remember' in another frame.
22630
22631 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22632
22633 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
22634 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
22635 Most useful for remembering things from other applications.
22636
22637 \(fn)" t nil)
22638
22639 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
22640 Extract diary entries from the region.
22641
22642 \(fn)" nil nil)
22643
22644 (autoload 'remember-notes "remember" "\
22645 Return the notes buffer, creating it if needed, and maybe switch to it.
22646 This buffer is for notes that you want to preserve across Emacs sessions.
22647 The notes are saved in `remember-data-file'.
22648
22649 If a buffer is already visiting that file, just return it.
22650
22651 Otherwise, create the buffer, and rename it to `remember-notes-buffer-name',
22652 unless a buffer of that name already exists. Set the major mode according
22653 to `remember-notes-initial-major-mode', and enable `remember-notes-mode'
22654 minor mode.
22655
22656 Use \\<remember-notes-mode-map>\\[remember-notes-save-and-bury-buffer] to save and bury the notes buffer.
22657
22658 Interactively, or if SWITCH-TO is non-nil, switch to the buffer.
22659 Return the buffer.
22660
22661 Set `initial-buffer-choice' to `remember-notes' to visit your notes buffer
22662 when Emacs starts. Set `remember-notes-buffer-name' to \"*scratch*\"
22663 to turn the *scratch* buffer into your notes buffer.
22664
22665 \(fn &optional SWITCH-TO)" t nil)
22666
22667 ;;;***
22668 \f
22669 ;;;### (autoloads nil "repeat" "repeat.el" (21239 25528 651427 0))
22670 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22671 (push (purecopy '(repeat 0 51)) package--builtin-versions)
22672
22673 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
22674 Repeat most recently executed command.
22675 If REPEAT-ARG is non-nil (interactively, with a prefix argument),
22676 supply a prefix argument to that command. Otherwise, give the
22677 command the same prefix argument it was given before, if any.
22678
22679 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
22680 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
22681 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
22682 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22683
22684 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
22685 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
22686 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
22687
22688 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22689
22690 ;;;***
22691 \f
22692 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reporter" "mail/reporter.el" (21240 46395
22693 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
22694 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22695
22696 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
22697 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22698
22699 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22700 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22701 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22702 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22703 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22704 and point is left after the salutation.
22705
22706 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22707 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22708 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22709 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22710 left after that text.
22711
22712 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22713 is non-nil.
22714
22715 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22716 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22717 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22718 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22719
22720 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22721
22722 ;;;***
22723 \f
22724 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reposition" "reposition.el" (21240 46395 727291
22725 ;;;;;; 0))
22726 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22727
22728 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
22729 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22730 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22731 visibility of comments that precede it.
22732 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22733 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22734 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22735 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22736 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22737 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22738 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22739 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22740 the comment lines.
22741 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22742 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22743 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22744 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22745 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22746
22747 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22748
22749 ;;;***
22750 \f
22751 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reveal" "reveal.el" (21359 20005 772941 0))
22752 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22753
22754 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22755 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
22756 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
22757 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22758 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22759
22760 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
22761 reveals invisible text around point.
22762
22763 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22764
22765 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22766 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22767 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22768 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22769 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22770 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22771
22772 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
22773
22774 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22775 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
22776 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22777
22778 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
22779 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22780 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22781
22782 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22783
22784 ;;;***
22785 \f
22786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el" (21240 46395 727291
22787 ;;;;;; 0))
22788 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22789
22790 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
22791 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22792
22793 \(fn X)" nil nil)
22794
22795 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
22796 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22797
22798 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22799
22800 ;;;***
22801 \f
22802 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (21187 63826 213216
22803 ;;;;;; 0))
22804 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22805
22806 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
22807 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22808 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22809 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22810
22811 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22812
22813 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22814 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22815 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22816 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22817
22818 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22819 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22820
22821 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22822 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22823
22824 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22825 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22826 INPUT-ARGS.
22827
22828 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22829 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22830 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22831 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22832 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22833
22834 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22835 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22836 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22837 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22838
22839 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22840 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22841 variable.
22842
22843 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22844
22845 ;;;***
22846 \f
22847 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (21384 23211 329821
22848 ;;;;;; 0))
22849 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22850
22851 (defvar rmail-file-name (purecopy "~/RMAIL") "\
22852 Name of user's primary mail file.")
22853
22854 (custom-autoload 'rmail-file-name "rmail" t)
22855
22856 (put 'rmail-spool-directory 'standard-value '((cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))))
22857
22858 (defvar rmail-spool-directory (purecopy (cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))) "\
22859 Name of directory used by system mailer for delivering new mail.
22860 Its name should end with a slash.")
22861
22862 (custom-autoload 'rmail-spool-directory "rmail" t)
22863 (custom-initialize-delay 'rmail-spool-directory nil)
22864
22865 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
22866 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22867 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22868
22869 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22870
22871 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
22872 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
22873 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
22874 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
22875 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
22876 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
22877 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
22878
22879 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
22880 sent by you under different user names.
22881 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
22882
22883 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
22884
22885 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
22886
22887 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
22888
22889 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22890 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
22891 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
22892 explicitly.")
22893
22894 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
22895
22896 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
22897 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22898 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22899 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22900 which normally happens once for each message,
22901 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22902 To make a change in this variable take effect
22903 for a message that you have already viewed,
22904 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22905
22906 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22907
22908 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22909 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22910 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22911 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22912
22913 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
22914
22915 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
22916 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
22917
22918 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22919
22920 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
22921 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
22922 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
22923
22924 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
22925
22926 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
22927 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
22928 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
22929 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
22930 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
22931 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
22932
22933 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
22934
22935 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
22936 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
22937
22938 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
22939
22940 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
22941 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
22942
22943 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
22944
22945 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
22946 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
22947
22948 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
22949 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
22950
22951 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
22952
22953 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
22954 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
22955
22956 This is set to nil by default.")
22957
22958 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
22959 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
22960 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
22961 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
22962 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22963 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22964 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22965
22966 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
22967 Read and edit incoming mail.
22968 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
22969 file in RMAIL Mode.
22970 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
22971
22972 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
22973 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
22974 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
22975 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
22976
22977 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
22978
22979 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
22980
22981 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
22982 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
22983 All normal editing commands are turned off.
22984 Instead, these commands are available:
22985
22986 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
22987 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
22988 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
22989 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
22990 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
22991 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
22992 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
22993 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
22994 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
22995 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
22996 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
22997 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
22998 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
22999 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23000 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23001 till a deleted message is found.
23002 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23003 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23004 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23005 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23006 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23007 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23008 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23009 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23010 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23011 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23012 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23013 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
23014 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
23015 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23016 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23017 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23018 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23019 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23020 (label defaults to last one specified).
23021 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23022 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23023 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23024 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23025 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23026 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23027 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23028 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23029 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23030
23031 \(fn)" t nil)
23032
23033 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23034 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23035
23036 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23037
23038 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23039 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23040
23041 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23042
23043 ;;;***
23044 \f
23045 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (21240 46395
23046 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
23047 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23048 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
23049
23050 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23051 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23052 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23053 case it writes Babyl.
23054
23055 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23056 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
23057 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23058 `rmail-default-file'.
23059
23060 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23061 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
23062 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23063
23064 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23065 the header display is currently pruned.
23066
23067 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23068 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23069 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23070 messages after output.
23071
23072 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23073 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23074 message (if writing a file directly).
23075
23076 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23077 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23078
23079 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23080
23081 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23082 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23083 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23084 i) the header is output as currently seen
23085 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23086 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23087
23088 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23089 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
23090 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23091
23092 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23093
23094 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23095 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23096 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23097 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
23098 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23099 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23100 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23101
23102 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23103 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23104 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23105
23106 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23107
23108 ;;;***
23109 \f
23110 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el" (21319 49445
23111 ;;;;;; 508378 0))
23112 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23113
23114 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23115 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23116 Return a pattern.
23117
23118 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23119
23120 ;;;***
23121 \f
23122 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el" (21293 25385
23123 ;;;;;; 120083 0))
23124 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23125
23126 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23127 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23128 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23129 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23130
23131 \(fn)" t nil)
23132
23133 ;;;***
23134 \f
23135 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el" (21293 25385
23136 ;;;;;; 120083 0))
23137 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23138
23139 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23140 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23141
23142 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23143 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23144 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23145 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23146 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23147 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23148 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23149 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23150 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23151 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23152
23153 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23154 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
23155 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23156 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23157 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23158 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23159 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23160 to use for finding the schema.
23161
23162 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23163
23164 ;;;***
23165 \f
23166 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (21293 25385 120083
23167 ;;;;;; 0))
23168 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23169
23170 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23171
23172 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23173 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23174 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23175 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23176 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23177 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23178 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23179 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23180 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23181 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23182 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23183 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23184 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23185 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23186 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23187 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23188 must be equal.
23189
23190 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23191
23192 ;;;***
23193 \f
23194 ;;;### (autoloads nil "robin" "international/robin.el" (20523 62082
23195 ;;;;;; 997685 0))
23196 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23197
23198 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23199 Define a robin package.
23200
23201 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23202 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23203 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23204 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23205
23206 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23207 one replaces the old one.
23208
23209 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil t)
23210
23211 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23212 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23213
23214 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23215 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23216 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23217
23218 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23219
23220 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23221 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23222
23223 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23224
23225 ;;;***
23226 \f
23227 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rot13" "rot13.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
23228 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23229
23230 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23231 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23232
23233 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23234
23235 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23236 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23237
23238 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23239
23240 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23241 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23242
23243 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23244
23245 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23246 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23247 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23248
23249 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23250 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23251 in ROT13.
23252
23253 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23254
23255 \(fn)" t nil)
23256
23257 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23258 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23259
23260 \(fn)" t nil)
23261
23262 ;;;***
23263 \f
23264 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rst" "textmodes/rst.el" (21346 7974 405729
23265 ;;;;;; 0))
23266 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23267 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
23268
23269 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23270 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23271 \\<rst-mode-map>
23272
23273 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23274 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
23275 highlighting.
23276
23277 \\{rst-mode-map}
23278
23279 \(fn)" t nil)
23280
23281 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23282 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23283 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
23284 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23285 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23286
23287 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23288 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
23289 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23290
23291 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23292
23293 ;;;***
23294 \f
23295 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el" (21355
23296 ;;;;;; 22953 61816 0))
23297 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23298 (push (purecopy '(ruby-mode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23299
23300 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23301 Major mode for editing Ruby code.
23302
23303 \\{ruby-mode-map}
23304
23305 \(fn)" t nil)
23306
23307 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy (concat "\\(?:\\." "rb\\|ru\\|rake\\|thor" "\\|jbuilder\\|gemspec\\|podspec" "\\|/" "\\(?:Gem\\|Rake\\|Cap\\|Thor" "\\|Vagrant\\|Guard\\|Pod\\)file" "\\)\\'")) 'ruby-mode))
23308
23309 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23310
23311 ;;;***
23312 \f
23313 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (21187 63826 213216
23314 ;;;;;; 0))
23315 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23316 (push (purecopy '(ruler-mode 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
23317
23318 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
23319 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
23320 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
23321
23322 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23323 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
23324 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
23325 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23326 if ARG is omitted or nil.
23327
23328 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23329
23330 ;;;***
23331 \f
23332 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (21240 46395 727291
23333 ;;;;;; 0))
23334 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23335
23336 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23337 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23338 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23339 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23340
23341 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23342
23343 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23344 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23345 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23346
23347 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23348 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23349 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23350
23351 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23352 notation.
23353
23354 STRING
23355 matches string STRING literally.
23356
23357 CHAR
23358 matches character CHAR literally.
23359
23360 `not-newline', `nonl'
23361 matches any character except a newline.
23362
23363 `anything'
23364 matches any character
23365
23366 `(any SET ...)'
23367 `(in SET ...)'
23368 `(char SET ...)'
23369 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23370 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23371 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23372
23373 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23374 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23375 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23376 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23377
23378 `(not (any SET ...))'
23379 matches any character not in SET ...
23380
23381 `line-start', `bol'
23382 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23383 in the text being matched
23384
23385 `line-end', `eol'
23386 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23387
23388 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23389 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23390 string being matched against.
23391
23392 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23393 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23394 string being matched against.
23395
23396 `buffer-start'
23397 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23398 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23399
23400 `buffer-end'
23401 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23402 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23403
23404 `point'
23405 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23406
23407 `word-start', `bow'
23408 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23409
23410 `word-end', `eow'
23411 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23412
23413 `word-boundary'
23414 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23415 word.
23416
23417 `(not word-boundary)'
23418 `not-word-boundary'
23419 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23420 word.
23421
23422 `symbol-start'
23423 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23424
23425 `symbol-end'
23426 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23427
23428 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23429 matches 0 through 9.
23430
23431 `control', `cntrl'
23432 matches ASCII control characters.
23433
23434 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23435 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23436
23437 `blank'
23438 matches space and tab only.
23439
23440 `graphic', `graph'
23441 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23442 space, and DEL.
23443
23444 `printing', `print'
23445 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23446 and DEL.
23447
23448 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23449 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23450 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23451
23452 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23453 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23454 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23455
23456 `ascii'
23457 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23458
23459 `nonascii'
23460 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23461
23462 `lower', `lower-case'
23463 matches anything lower-case.
23464
23465 `upper', `upper-case'
23466 matches anything upper-case.
23467
23468 `punctuation', `punct'
23469 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23470 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23471
23472 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23473 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23474
23475 `word', `wordchar'
23476 matches anything that has word syntax.
23477
23478 `not-wordchar'
23479 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23480
23481 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23482 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23483 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23484 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23485
23486 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23487 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23488 `word' (\\sw)
23489 `symbol' (\\s_)
23490 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23491 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23492 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23493 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23494 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23495 `escape' (\\s\\)
23496 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23497 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23498 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23499 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23500 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23501
23502 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23503 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23504
23505 `(category CATEGORY)'
23506 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23507 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23508
23509 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23510 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23511 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23512 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23513 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
23514 `symbol' (\\c5)
23515 `digit' (\\c6)
23516 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23517 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23518 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23519 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23520 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23521 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23522 `chinese-two-byte' (\\cC)
23523 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23524 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23525 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23526 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23527 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23528 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23529 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23530 `ascii' (\\ca)
23531 `arabic' (\\cb)
23532 `chinese' (\\cc)
23533 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
23534 `greek' (\\cg)
23535 `korean' (\\ch)
23536 `indian' (\\ci)
23537 `japanese' (\\cj)
23538 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23539 `latin' (\\cl)
23540 `lao' (\\co)
23541 `tibetan' (\\cq)
23542 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23543 `thai' (\\ct)
23544 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23545 `hebrew' (\\cw)
23546 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
23547 `can-break' (\\c|)
23548
23549 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23550 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23551
23552 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23553 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23554 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23555 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23556 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23557
23558 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23559 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23560 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23561 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23562
23563 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23564 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23565 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
23566 group number N.
23567
23568 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23569 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23570 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23571 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23572 regular expression.
23573
23574 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23575 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23576 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23577 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23578 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23579
23580 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23581 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23582
23583 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23584 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23585
23586 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23587 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
23588 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23589
23590 `(* SEXP ...)'
23591 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23592 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23593
23594 `(*? SEXP ...)'
23595 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23596 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23597
23598 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23599 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
23600 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23601
23602 `(+ SEXP ...)'
23603 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23604
23605 `(+? SEXP ...)'
23606 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23607
23608 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23609 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23610 `(opt SEXP ...)'
23611 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23612
23613 `(? SEXP ...)'
23614 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23615
23616 `(?? SEXP ...)'
23617 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23618
23619 `(repeat N SEXP)'
23620 `(= N SEXP ...)'
23621 matches N occurrences.
23622
23623 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
23624 matches N or more occurrences.
23625
23626 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23627 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23628 matches N to M occurrences.
23629
23630 `(backref N)'
23631 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23632
23633 `(eval FORM)'
23634 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23635 `regexp-quote' it.
23636
23637 `(regexp REGEXP)'
23638 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23639
23640 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil t)
23641
23642 ;;;***
23643 \f
23644 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-ntlm" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" (21187 63826
23645 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
23646 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-ntlm.el
23647 (push (purecopy '(sasl 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
23648
23649 ;;;***
23650 \f
23651 ;;;### (autoloads nil "savehist" "savehist.el" (21326 22692 123234
23652 ;;;;;; 0))
23653 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23654 (push (purecopy '(savehist 24)) package--builtin-versions)
23655
23656 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23657 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
23658 See the command `savehist-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23659 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23660 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23661 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
23662
23663 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
23664
23665 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
23666 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
23667 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
23668 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23669 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23670
23671 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
23672 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
23673 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
23674 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
23675
23676 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23677 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
23678 histories, which is probably undesirable.
23679
23680 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23681
23682 ;;;***
23683 \f
23684 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el" (21379 5287
23685 ;;;;;; 607434 0))
23686 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23687
23688 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
23689 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23690 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23691
23692 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23693 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23694 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23695 mode line of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23696 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23697 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23698 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23699 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23700
23701 Commands:
23702 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23703 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23704 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23705
23706 \(fn)" t nil)
23707
23708 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
23709 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23710 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23711
23712 Commands:
23713 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23714 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23715 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23716 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23717 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23718 that variable's value is a string.
23719
23720 \(fn)" t nil)
23721
23722 ;;;***
23723 \f
23724 ;;;### (autoloads nil "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el" (21187 63826
23725 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
23726 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23727
23728 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
23729 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23730 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23731
23732 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23733
23734 \(fn)" t nil)
23735
23736 ;;;***
23737 \f
23738 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el" (21187 63826 213216
23739 ;;;;;; 0))
23740 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23741
23742 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23743 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23744 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23745 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23746 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23747 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23748
23749 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
23750
23751 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
23752 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
23753 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
23754 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23755 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23756
23757 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
23758 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23759
23760 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23761
23762 ;;;***
23763 \f
23764 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el" (21240 46395
23765 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
23766 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23767
23768 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
23769 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23770 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
23771 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23772 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, keys that normally move
23773 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
23774 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
23775 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
23776
23777 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23778
23779 ;;;***
23780 \f
23781 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (21256 34613 967717
23782 ;;;;;; 0))
23783 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
23784 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
23785 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
23786
23787 ;;;***
23788 \f
23789 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic" "cedet/semantic.el" (21187 63826
23790 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
23791 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
23792 (push (purecopy '(semantic 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23793
23794 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
23795 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
23796 The possible elements of this list include the following:
23797
23798 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
23799 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
23800 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
23801 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
23802 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
23803 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
23804 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
23805 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
23806 keybinding for tag names.
23807 `global-cedet-m3-minor-mode' - A mouse 3 context menu.
23808 `global-semantic-idle-local-symbol-highlight-mode' - Highlight references
23809 of the symbol under point.
23810 The following modes are more targeted at people who want to see
23811 some internal information of the semantic parser in action:
23812 `global-semantic-highlight-edits-mode' - Visualize incremental parser by
23813 highlighting not-yet parsed changes.
23814 `global-semantic-show-unmatched-syntax-mode' - Highlight unmatched lexical
23815 syntax tokens.
23816 `global-semantic-show-parser-state-mode' - Display the parser cache state.")
23817
23818 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
23819
23820 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
23821 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
23822 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23823 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23824 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23825 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
23826
23827 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
23828
23829 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
23830 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
23831 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
23832 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23833 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23834
23835 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
23836 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
23837 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
23838 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
23839 Semantic mode.
23840
23841 \\{semantic-mode-map}
23842
23843 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23844
23845 ;;;***
23846 \f
23847 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/bovine/grammar" "cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el"
23848 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
23849 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el
23850
23851 (autoload 'bovine-grammar-mode "semantic/bovine/grammar" "\
23852 Major mode for editing Bovine grammars.
23853
23854 \(fn)" t nil)
23855
23856 ;;;***
23857 \f
23858 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/grammar" "cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el"
23859 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
23860 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el
23861
23862 (autoload 'wisent-grammar-mode "semantic/wisent/grammar" "\
23863 Major mode for editing Wisent grammars.
23864
23865 \(fn)" t nil)
23866
23867 ;;;***
23868 \f
23869 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (21240 46395
23870 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
23871 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23872
23873 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
23874 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23875
23876 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23877 king@grassland.com
23878 If `parens', they look like:
23879 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23880 If `angles', they look like:
23881 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23882
23883 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
23884 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
23885
23886 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
23887
23888 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23889 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23890 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23891 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23892
23893 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23894 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23895 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23896 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23897
23898 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
23899
23900 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23901 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23902 This is done when the message is initialized,
23903 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23904
23905 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
23906
23907 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
23908 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23909 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
23910
23911 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
23912
23913 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
23914 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
23915 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
23916 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
23917 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
23918 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
23919 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
23920
23921 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
23922
23923 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
23924 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
23925
23926 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
23927
23928 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
23929 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
23930 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
23931 be a Babyl file.")
23932
23933 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
23934
23935 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
23936 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
23937 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
23938 when you first send mail.")
23939
23940 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
23941
23942 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
23943 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
23944 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
23945 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
23946 This file need not actually exist.")
23947
23948 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
23949
23950 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
23951 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
23952
23953 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
23954
23955 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
23956 Alist of mail address aliases,
23957 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
23958 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
23959 can specify a different file name.)
23960 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
23961 alias ALIAS MEANING")
23962
23963 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
23964 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
23965 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
23966
23967 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
23968
23969 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
23970 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
23971 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
23972
23973 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
23974
23975 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
23976 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
23977 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
23978 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
23979 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
23980 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
23981 in the cited portion of the message.
23982
23983 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
23984 instead of no action.")
23985
23986 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
23987
23988 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
23989 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
23990 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
23991 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
23992 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
23993
23994 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
23995
23996 (defvar mail-signature t "\
23997 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
23998 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
23999 If a string, that string is inserted.
24000 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24001 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24002 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24003 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24004
24005 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24006
24007 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
24008 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24009
24010 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24011
24012 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
24013 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
24014 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
24015
24016 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
24017 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
24018
24019 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24020
24021 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24022 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24023 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
24024 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
24025
24026 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24027
24028 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
24029 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
24030 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
24031
24032 \(fn)" nil nil)
24033
24034 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
24035
24036 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
24037
24038
24039 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
24040
24041 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24042 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24043 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24044
24045 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24046 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24047
24048 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24049 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24050 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24051 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24052 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24053 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24054 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24055 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24056 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24057 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24058 \\[mail-insert-file] insert a text file into the message.
24059 \\[mail-add-attachment] attach to the message a file as binary attachment.
24060 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24061 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24062
24063 \(fn)" t nil)
24064
24065 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24066 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24067 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24068 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24069
24070 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24071
24072 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24073 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24074 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
24075 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24076 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24077 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24078
24079 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24080 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24081 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24082
24083 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24084 User should not set this variable manually,
24085 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24086 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24087 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24088
24089 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24090 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24091 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24092 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24093
24094 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24095 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24096
24097 \\<mail-mode-map>
24098 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24099
24100 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24101 to move to message header fields:
24102 \\{mail-mode-map}
24103
24104 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24105 when the message is initialized.
24106
24107 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24108 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24109
24110 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24111 is inserted.
24112
24113 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24114 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24115
24116 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24117 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24118 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24119 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24120 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24121 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24122 buffer without erasing the contents.
24123
24124 The second through fifth arguments,
24125 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24126 the initial contents of those header fields.
24127 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24128 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24129 original message being replied to, or else an action
24130 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24131 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24132 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24133 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24134 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24135 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24136
24137 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
24138
24139 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24140 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24141
24142 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24143
24144 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24145 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24146
24147 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24148
24149 ;;;***
24150 \f
24151 ;;;### (autoloads nil "server" "server.el" (21351 25893 518259 0))
24152 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24153
24154 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
24155
24156 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
24157
24158 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
24159
24160 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24161 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24162 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
24163 \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
24164 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
24165 distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24166
24167 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24168 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24169
24170 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
24171 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
24172 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
24173
24174 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24175 \\[server-start].
24176
24177 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
24178
24179 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24180 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24181 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24182 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24183
24184 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24185
24186 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24187 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24188 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24189 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24190 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24191 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24192
24193 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24194
24195 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24196 Toggle Server mode.
24197 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
24198 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24199 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24200
24201 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24202 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
24203 `server-start' for details.
24204
24205 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24206
24207 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24208 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24209 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24210
24211 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24212 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24213
24214 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24215
24216 ;;;***
24217 \f
24218 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ses" "ses.el" (21220 61111 156047 0))
24219 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24220
24221 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24222 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24223
24224 When you invoke SES in a new buffer, it is divided into cells
24225 that you can enter data into. You can navigate the cells with
24226 the arrow keys and add more cells with the tab key. The contents
24227 of these cells can be numbers, text, or Lisp expressions. (To
24228 enter text, enclose it in double quotes.)
24229
24230 In an expression, you can use cell coordinates to refer to the
24231 contents of another cell. For example, you can sum a range of
24232 cells with `(+ A1 A2 A3)'. There are specialized functions like
24233 `ses+' (addition for ranges with empty cells), `ses-average' (for
24234 performing calculations on cells), and `ses-range' and `ses-select'
24235 \(for extracting ranges of cells).
24236
24237 Each cell also has a print function that controls how it is
24238 displayed.
24239
24240 Each SES buffer is divided into a print area and a data area.
24241 Normally, you can simply use SES to look at and manipulate the print
24242 area, and let SES manage the data area outside the visible region.
24243
24244 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for an example
24245 spreadsheet, and the Info node `(ses)Top.'
24246
24247 In the following, note the separate keymaps for cell editing mode
24248 and print mode specifications. Key definitions:
24249
24250 \\{ses-mode-map}
24251 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible
24252 part):
24253 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24254 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a
24255 formula:
24256 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24257
24258 \(fn)" t nil)
24259
24260 ;;;***
24261 \f
24262 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el" (21240
24263 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
24264 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24265
24266 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24267 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24268 Makes > match <.
24269 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24270 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24271
24272 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24273 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24274 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24275
24276 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24277 in your init file.
24278
24279 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24280
24281 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24282 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24283 \\{sgml-mode-map}
24284
24285 \(fn)" t nil)
24286
24287 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24288 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24289 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24290 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24291 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24292 which this is based.
24293
24294 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24295
24296 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24297 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24298 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24299 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24300
24301 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24302 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24303 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24304
24305 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24306 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24307 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24308 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24309
24310 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24311 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24312 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24313 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24314
24315 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24316
24317 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24318 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
24319 To work around that, do:
24320 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24321
24322 \\{html-mode-map}
24323
24324 \(fn)" t nil)
24325
24326 ;;;***
24327 \f
24328 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el" (21383
24329 ;;;;;; 2343 498187 0))
24330 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24331 (push (purecopy '(sh-script 2 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
24332 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24333
24334 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24335 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24336 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24337 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24338 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24339 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24340
24341 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24342 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24343 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24344 shell-specific features.
24345
24346 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24347 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24348 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24349 \\<sh-mode-map>
24350 \\[sh-case] case statement
24351 \\[sh-for] for loop
24352 \\[sh-function] function definition
24353 \\[sh-if] if statement
24354 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24355 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24356 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24357 \\[sh-select] select loop
24358 \\[sh-until] until loop
24359 \\[sh-while] while loop
24360
24361 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24362 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24363 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24364 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24365 would indent to the way it currently is.
24366 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24367 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24368
24369
24370 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24371 \\[newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
24372 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24373 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24374 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24375 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24376
24377 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
24378 unquoted < insert a here document.
24379
24380 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24381 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24382 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24383
24384 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24385 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24386
24387 \(fn)" t nil)
24388
24389 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24390
24391 ;;;***
24392 \f
24393 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el" (21271 54940
24394 ;;;;;; 492268 31000))
24395 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24396
24397 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24398 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24399
24400 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24401 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24402 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24403
24404 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24405 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24406 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24407 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24408 the earlier.
24409
24410 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24411
24412 \(\"/usr/share/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/share/emacs/24.3/lisp\")
24413
24414 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24415 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24416 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24417
24418 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24419 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24420
24421 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24422 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24423 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24424 24.3. A system administrator downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24425 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24426 Unless the system administrator checks for this, the new version of XXX
24427 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24428 Emacs version).
24429
24430 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24431 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24432 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24433 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24434 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24435
24436 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
24437 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
24438
24439 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
24440
24441 ;;;***
24442 \f
24443 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (21222 16439 978802
24444 ;;;;;; 0))
24445 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24446
24447 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24448 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24449 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24450 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24451 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24452 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24453 sites in the cluster.
24454
24455 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
24456
24457 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24458 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24459 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24460 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24461 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24462
24463 \(fn)" t nil)
24464
24465 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24466 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24467 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24468 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24469 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24470 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24471 `shadow-define-cluster').
24472
24473 \(fn)" t nil)
24474
24475 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24476 Set up file shadowing.
24477
24478 \(fn)" t nil)
24479
24480 ;;;***
24481 \f
24482 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shell" "shell.el" (21374 22080 740835 768000))
24483 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24484
24485 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
24486 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24487 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24488 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24489 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24490 arguments.")
24491
24492 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24493
24494 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24495 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24496 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24497 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24498 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24499
24500 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24501 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24502 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24503 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24504 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24505 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24506 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24507 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24508 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24509 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24510 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24511
24512 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24513 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24514 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24515 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24516 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24517 `default-process-coding-system'.
24518
24519 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24520 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24521 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24522 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24523
24524 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24525
24526 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24527
24528 ;;;***
24529 \f
24530 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shr" "net/shr.el" (21327 43559 923043 0))
24531 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/shr.el
24532
24533 (autoload 'shr-render-region "shr" "\
24534 Display the HTML rendering of the region between BEGIN and END.
24535
24536 \(fn BEGIN END &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24537
24538 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
24539 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
24540 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
24541 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
24542
24543 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
24544
24545 ;;;***
24546 \f
24547 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (21187 63826 213216
24548 ;;;;;; 0))
24549 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24550
24551 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
24552
24553
24554 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24555
24556 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
24557
24558
24559 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24560
24561 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
24562
24563
24564 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24565
24566 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-kill "sieve" "\
24567
24568
24569 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24570
24571 ;;;***
24572 \f
24573 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el" (21187 63826
24574 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
24575 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24576
24577 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
24578 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24579 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24580 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24581 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24582
24583 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24584
24585 \(fn)" t nil)
24586
24587 ;;;***
24588 \f
24589 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (21187 63826
24590 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
24591 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24592
24593 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
24594 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24595 \\{simula-mode-map}
24596 Variables controlling indentation style:
24597 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24598 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24599 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24600 `simula-indent-level'
24601 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24602 `simula-substatement-offset'
24603 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24604 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24605 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24606 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24607 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24608 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24609 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24610 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24611 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24612 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24613 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24614 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24615 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24616 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24617 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24618 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24619 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24620 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24621 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24622 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24623 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24624 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24625 or nil if they should not be changed.
24626 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24627 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24628 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24629 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24630
24631 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24632 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24633
24634 \(fn)" t nil)
24635
24636 ;;;***
24637 \f
24638 ;;;### (autoloads nil "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (21293 25385 120083
24639 ;;;;;; 0))
24640 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24641
24642 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
24643 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24644
24645 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
24646 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24647 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24648 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24649
24650 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil t)
24651
24652 (function-put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
24653
24654 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
24655 Insert SKELETON.
24656 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24657 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24658 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24659 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24660 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24661
24662 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24663 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24664
24665 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24666
24667 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
24668 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24669
24670 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24671 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24672 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24673 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24674
24675 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24676 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24677 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24678 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24679
24680 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24681 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24682 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24683
24684 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24685 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24686
24687 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24688 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24689
24690 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
24691 _ interesting point, interregion here
24692 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24693 interesting point set by _
24694 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24695 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24696 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
24697 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
24698 -NUM delete NUM preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24699 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24700 nil skipped
24701
24702 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24703 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24704
24705 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'.
24706 ELEMENT may itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted
24707 repeatedly for different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as
24708 the user enters a non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24709 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in
24710 such a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24711 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list
24712 of strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24713
24714 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24715 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24716 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24717 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24718 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24719 available:
24720
24721 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24722 then: insert previously read string once more
24723 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24724 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24725 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24726
24727 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24728 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24729
24730 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24731
24732 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
24733 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24734
24735 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24736 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24737 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24738 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24739 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24740 such as backslash.
24741
24742 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24743 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24744 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24745
24746 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24747
24748 ;;;***
24749 \f
24750 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (21187 63826
24751 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
24752 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
24753
24754 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
24755 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24756 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24757 buffer names.
24758
24759 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24760
24761 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
24762 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24763 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
24764 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
24765 if ARG is omitted or nil.
24766 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24767
24768 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24769
24770 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
24771 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
24772 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
24773
24774 \(fn)" t nil)
24775
24776 ;;;***
24777 \f
24778 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el" (21187 63826 213216
24779 ;;;;;; 0))
24780 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24781
24782 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
24783 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24784 A list of images is returned.
24785
24786 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24787
24788 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
24789 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
24790 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
24791
24792 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24793
24794 ;;;***
24795 \f
24796 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el" (21322 25639
24797 ;;;;;; 363230 0))
24798 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24799
24800 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
24801
24802
24803 \(fn)" nil nil)
24804
24805 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
24806 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24807
24808 \(fn)" t nil)
24809
24810 ;;;***
24811 \f
24812 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snake" "play/snake.el" (21187 63826 213216
24813 ;;;;;; 0))
24814 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24815
24816 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
24817 Play the Snake game.
24818 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24819
24820 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24821
24822 Snake mode keybindings:
24823 \\<snake-mode-map>
24824 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24825 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24826 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24827 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24828 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24829 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24830 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24831
24832 \(fn)" t nil)
24833
24834 ;;;***
24835 \f
24836 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el" (21187 63826
24837 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
24838 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24839
24840 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24841 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24842 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24843 Tab indents for C code.
24844 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24845 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24846 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24847 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24848 `snmp-mode-hook'.
24849
24850 \(fn)" t nil)
24851
24852 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24853 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24854 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24855 Tab indents for C code.
24856 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24857 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24858 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24859 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24860 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24861
24862 \(fn)" t nil)
24863
24864 ;;;***
24865 \f
24866 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (21187 63826 213216
24867 ;;;;;; 0))
24868 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24869
24870 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
24871 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24872 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
24873 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
24874 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24875
24876 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
24877
24878 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24879
24880 ;;;***
24881 \f
24882 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (21187 63826
24883 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
24884 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24885
24886 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
24887 Play Solitaire.
24888
24889 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24890 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24891 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24892 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24893 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24894 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24895 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24896 check after each move or undo.)
24897
24898 What is Solitaire?
24899
24900 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24901 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24902 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24903
24904 Le Solitaire
24905 ============
24906
24907 o o o
24908
24909 o o o
24910
24911 o o o o o o o
24912
24913 o o o . o o o
24914
24915 o o o o o o o
24916
24917 o o o
24918
24919 o o o
24920
24921 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
24922 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
24923 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
24924 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
24925
24926 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
24927 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
24928 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
24929 this: o o .
24930
24931 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
24932 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
24933
24934 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
24935
24936 o o o
24937
24938 . o o
24939
24940 o o . o o o o
24941
24942 o . o o o o o
24943
24944 o o o o o o o
24945
24946 o o o
24947
24948 o o o
24949
24950 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
24951
24952 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
24953
24954 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24955
24956 ;;;***
24957 \f
24958 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sort" "sort.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
24959 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
24960 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
24961
24962 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
24963 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
24964
24965 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
24966 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
24967 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
24968 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
24969 contiguous.
24970
24971 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
24972 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
24973 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24974 the sort order.
24975
24976 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
24977 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
24978
24979 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
24980 It moves point to the start of the next record.
24981 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
24982 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
24983 is called.
24984
24985 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
24986 It should move point to the end of the record.
24987
24988 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
24989 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
24990 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
24991 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
24992 starts at the beginning of the record.
24993
24994 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
24995 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
24996 same as ENDRECFUN.
24997
24998 PREDICATE, if non-nil, is the predicate function for comparing
24999 keys; it is called with two arguments, the keys to compare, and
25000 should return non-nil if the first key should sort before the
25001 second key. If PREDICATE is nil, comparison is done with `<' if
25002 the keys are numbers, with `compare-buffer-substrings' if the
25003 keys are cons cells (the car and cdr of each cons cell are taken
25004 as start and end positions), and with `string<' otherwise.
25005
25006 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25007
25008 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25009 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25010 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25011 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25012 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25013 the sort order.
25014
25015 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25016
25017 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25018 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25019 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25020 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25021 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25022 the sort order.
25023
25024 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25025
25026 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25027 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25028 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25029 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25030 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25031 the sort order.
25032
25033 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25034 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25035
25036 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25037 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25038 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25039 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25040 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25041 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25042 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25043 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25044 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25045
25046 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25047
25048 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25049 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25050 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25051 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25052 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25053 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25054 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25055 the sort order.
25056
25057 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25058
25059 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25060 Sort the text in the region region lexicographically.
25061 If called interactively, prompt for two regular expressions,
25062 RECORD-REGEXP and KEY-REGEXP.
25063
25064 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units to be sorted.
25065 For example, to sort lines, RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\".
25066
25067 KEY-REGEXP specifies the part of each record (i.e. each match for
25068 RECORD-REGEXP) to be used for sorting.
25069 If it is \"\\\\digit\", use the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\"
25070 match field specified by RECORD-REGEXP.
25071 If it is \"\\\\&\", use the whole record.
25072 Otherwise, KEY-REGEXP should be a regular expression with which
25073 to search within the record. If a match for KEY-REGEXP is not
25074 found within a record, that record is ignored.
25075
25076 With a negative prefix arg, sort in reverse order.
25077
25078 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25079 the sort order.
25080
25081 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25082 starting with the letter \"f\",
25083 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25084
25085 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25086
25087 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25088 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25089 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25090 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25091 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25092 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25093 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25094 the sort order.
25095
25096 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25097 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25098 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25099 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25100 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25101
25102 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25103
25104 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25105 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25106 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25107
25108 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25109
25110 (autoload 'delete-duplicate-lines "sort" "\
25111 Delete all but one copy of any identical lines in the region.
25112 Non-interactively, arguments BEG and END delimit the region.
25113 Normally it searches forwards, keeping the first instance of
25114 each identical line. If REVERSE is non-nil (interactively, with
25115 a C-u prefix), it searches backwards and keeps the last instance of
25116 each repeated line.
25117
25118 Identical lines need not be adjacent, unless the argument
25119 ADJACENT is non-nil (interactively, with a C-u C-u prefix).
25120 This is a more efficient mode of operation, and may be useful
25121 on large regions that have already been sorted.
25122
25123 If the argument KEEP-BLANKS is non-nil (interactively, with a
25124 C-u C-u C-u prefix), it retains repeated blank lines.
25125
25126 Returns the number of deleted lines. Interactively, or if INTERACTIVE
25127 is non-nil, it also prints a message describing the number of deletions.
25128
25129 \(fn BEG END &optional REVERSE ADJACENT KEEP-BLANKS INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
25130
25131 ;;;***
25132 \f
25133 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (21296 1575 438327 0))
25134 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25135
25136 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25137 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25138 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25139 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25140 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25141 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25142
25143 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25144
25145 ;;;***
25146 \f
25147 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-report" "gnus/spam-report.el" (21187
25148 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
25149 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25150
25151 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25152 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25153
25154 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25155 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25156 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25157
25158 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25159
25160 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25161 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25162 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25163 server.
25164
25165 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25166
25167 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25168 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25169 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25170
25171 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25172
25173 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25174 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25175 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25176 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25177 Agent is plugged.
25178
25179 \(fn)" t nil)
25180
25181 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25182 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25183 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25184 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25185
25186 \(fn)" t nil)
25187
25188 ;;;***
25189 \f
25190 ;;;### (autoloads nil "speedbar" "speedbar.el" (21335 37672 97862
25191 ;;;;;; 0))
25192 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25193
25194 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25195
25196 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25197 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25198 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25199 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25200 supported at a time.
25201 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25202 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25203
25204 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25205
25206 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25207 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25208 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25209 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25210
25211 \(fn)" t nil)
25212
25213 ;;;***
25214 \f
25215 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spook" "play/spook.el" (21240 46395 727291
25216 ;;;;;; 0))
25217 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25218
25219 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25220 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25221
25222 \(fn)" t nil)
25223
25224 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25225 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25226
25227 \(fn)" nil nil)
25228
25229 ;;;***
25230 \f
25231 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (21263 60346 30834
25232 ;;;;;; 928000))
25233 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25234 (push (purecopy '(sql 3 4)) package--builtin-versions)
25235
25236 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25237 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25238
25239 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
25240 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25241 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25242 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25243 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25244 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25245 of the current highlighting list.
25246
25247 For example:
25248
25249 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25250 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25251
25252 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25253 `_t' as data types.
25254
25255 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25256
25257 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25258 Major mode to edit SQL.
25259
25260 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25261 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25262 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25263
25264 \\{sql-mode-map}
25265 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25266
25267 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25268 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25269 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25270 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25271 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25272 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25273
25274 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25275 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25276
25277 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25278 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, you
25279 must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your init file:
25280
25281 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25282 (lambda ()
25283 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25284
25285 \(fn)" t nil)
25286
25287 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
25288 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
25289
25290 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
25291 their settings.
25292
25293 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
25294 is specified in the connection settings.
25295
25296 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25297
25298 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25299 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
25300
25301 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25302 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25303
25304 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
25305 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
25306 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
25307 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
25308
25309 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25310
25311 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25312
25313 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25314 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25315
25316 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25317 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25318 `*SQL*'.
25319
25320 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25321 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25322 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25323 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25324
25325 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25326 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25327
25328 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25329 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
25330 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25331 buffer.
25332
25333 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25334 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25335 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25336 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25337 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25338 `default-process-coding-system'.
25339
25340 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25341
25342 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25343
25344 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25345 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
25346
25347 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25348 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25349 `*SQL*'.
25350
25351 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25352 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25353 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25354 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25355
25356 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25357 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25358
25359 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25360 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
25361 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25362 buffer.
25363
25364 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25365 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25366 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25367 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25368 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25369 `default-process-coding-system'.
25370
25371 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25372
25373 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25374
25375 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25376 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25377
25378 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25379 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25380 `*SQL*'.
25381
25382 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25383 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25384
25385 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25386 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25387
25388 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25389 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
25390 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25391 buffer.
25392
25393 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25394 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25395 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25396 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25397 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25398 `default-process-coding-system'.
25399
25400 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25401
25402 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25403
25404 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25405 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25406
25407 SQLite is free software.
25408
25409 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25410 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25411 `*SQL*'.
25412
25413 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25414 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25415 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25416 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25417
25418 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25419 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25420
25421 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25422 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
25423 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25424 buffer.
25425
25426 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25427 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25428 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25429 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25430 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25431 `default-process-coding-system'.
25432
25433 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25434
25435 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25436
25437 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25438 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25439
25440 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25441
25442 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25443 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25444 `*SQL*'.
25445
25446 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25447 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25448 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25449 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25450
25451 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25452 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25453
25454 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25455 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
25456 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25457 buffer.
25458
25459 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25460 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25461 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25462 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25463 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25464 `default-process-coding-system'.
25465
25466 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25467
25468 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25469
25470 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25471 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25472
25473 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25474 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25475 `*SQL*'.
25476
25477 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25478 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25479 defaults, if set.
25480
25481 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25482 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25483
25484 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25485 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
25486 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25487 buffer.
25488
25489 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25490 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25491 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25492 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25493 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25494 `default-process-coding-system'.
25495
25496 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25497
25498 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25499
25500 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
25501 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25502
25503 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25504 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25505 `*SQL*'.
25506
25507 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25508 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25509
25510 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25511 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25512
25513 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25514 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
25515 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25516 buffer.
25517
25518 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25519 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25520 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25521 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25522 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25523 `default-process-coding-system'.
25524
25525 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25526
25527 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25528
25529 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
25530 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25531
25532 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25533 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25534 `*SQL*'.
25535
25536 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25537 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25538 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25539 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25540
25541 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25542 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25543
25544 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25545 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
25546 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25547 buffer.
25548
25549 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25550 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25551 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25552 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25553 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25554 `default-process-coding-system'.
25555
25556 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25557
25558 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25559
25560 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
25561 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25562
25563 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25564 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25565 `*SQL*'.
25566
25567 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25568 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25569 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25570 `sql-postgres-options'.
25571
25572 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25573 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25574
25575 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25576 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
25577 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25578 buffer.
25579
25580 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25581 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25582 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25583 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25584 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25585 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25586 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25587 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25588
25589 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25590 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25591
25592 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25593
25594 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25595
25596 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
25597 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25598
25599 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25600 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25601 `*SQL*'.
25602
25603 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25604 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25605 defaults, if set.
25606
25607 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25608 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25609
25610 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25611 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
25612 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25613 buffer.
25614
25615 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25616 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25617 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25618 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25619 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25620 `default-process-coding-system'.
25621
25622 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25623
25624 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25625
25626 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
25627 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25628
25629 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25630 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25631 `*SQL*'.
25632
25633 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25634 automatic login.
25635
25636 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25637 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25638
25639 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25640 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25641 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25642 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25643
25644 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25645 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
25646 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25647 buffer.
25648
25649 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25650 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25651 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25652 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25653 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25654 `default-process-coding-system'.
25655
25656 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25657
25658 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25659
25660 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
25661 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25662
25663 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25664 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25665 `*SQL*'.
25666
25667 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25668 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25669 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25670 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25671 parameters.
25672
25673 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25674 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25675 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25676 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25677 an empty password.
25678
25679 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25680 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25681
25682 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25683 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
25684 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25685 buffer.
25686
25687 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25688
25689 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25690
25691 ;;;***
25692 \f
25693 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode" "cedet/srecode.el" (21187 63826 213216
25694 ;;;;;; 0))
25695 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode.el
25696 (push (purecopy '(srecode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
25697
25698 ;;;***
25699 \f
25700 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
25701 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
25702 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
25703
25704 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
25705 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
25706
25707 \(fn)" t nil)
25708
25709 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
25710
25711 ;;;***
25712 \f
25713 ;;;### (autoloads nil "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el" (21187 63826
25714 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
25715 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
25716
25717 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
25718 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
25719 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
25720 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
25721 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
25722 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
25723 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
25724 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
25725 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
25726 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
25727 with any buffer
25728 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
25729 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
25730 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
25731 GnuTLS requires a port number.
25732
25733 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
25734
25735 ;;;***
25736 \f
25737 ;;;### (autoloads nil "strokes" "strokes.el" (21271 1974 113743 0))
25738 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25739
25740 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
25741 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25742 Works just like `global-set-key', except for strokes. COMMAND is
25743 a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE is a
25744 list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25745 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25746
25747 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25748
25749 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25750
25751 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
25752 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25753 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25754 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25755 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25756 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25757 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25758
25759 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25760
25761 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25762 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25763 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25764 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25765 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25766 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25767 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25768
25769 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25770
25771 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
25772 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25773 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25774
25775 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25776
25777 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25778 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25779 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25780
25781 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25782
25783 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
25784 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25785
25786 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25787
25788 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
25789 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25790
25791 \(fn)" t nil)
25792
25793 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
25794 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25795
25796 \(fn)" t nil)
25797
25798 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
25799 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25800 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes chronologically
25801 by command name.
25802 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25803
25804 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25805
25806 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25807 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25808 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25809 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25810 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25811 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25812
25813 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
25814
25815 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
25816 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
25817 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
25818 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
25819 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25820
25821 \\<strokes-mode-map>
25822 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25823 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25824 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25825 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25826
25827 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25828 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25829 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25830 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25831
25832 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25833
25834 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25835
25836 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
25837 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25838 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25839 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25840
25841 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25842
25843 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25844 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25845
25846 \(fn)" t nil)
25847
25848 ;;;***
25849 \f
25850 ;;;### (autoloads nil "studly" "play/studly.el" (21240 46395 727291
25851 ;;;;;; 0))
25852 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25853
25854 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
25855 Studlify-case the region.
25856
25857 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25858
25859 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
25860 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25861
25862 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25863
25864 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
25865 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25866
25867 \(fn)" t nil)
25868
25869 ;;;***
25870 \f
25871 ;;;### (autoloads nil "subword" "progmodes/subword.el" (21377 49959
25872 ;;;;;; 896066 0))
25873 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
25874
25875 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'capitalized-words-mode 'subword-mode "24.5")
25876
25877 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
25878 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
25879 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
25880 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25881 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25882
25883 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
25884 the definition of a word so that word-based commands stop inside
25885 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
25886 e.g. \"GtkWidget\", \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\".
25887
25888 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
25889 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
25890 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
25891
25892 Nomenclature Subwords
25893 ===========================================================
25894 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
25895 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
25896 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
25897
25898 This mode changes the definition of a word so that word commands
25899 treat nomenclature boundaries as word bounaries.
25900
25901 \\{subword-mode-map}
25902
25903 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25904
25905 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
25906 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
25907 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25908 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25909 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25910 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
25911
25912 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
25913
25914 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
25915 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
25916 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Subword mode if ARG is positive;
25917 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
25918 ARG is omitted or nil.
25919
25920 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
25921 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
25922 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
25923
25924 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25925
25926 (autoload 'superword-mode "subword" "\
25927 Toggle superword movement and editing (Superword mode).
25928 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Superword mode if ARG is
25929 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25930 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25931
25932 Superword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
25933 the definition of words such that symbols characters are treated
25934 as parts of words: e.g., in `superword-mode',
25935 \"this_is_a_symbol\" counts as one word.
25936
25937 \\{superword-mode-map}
25938
25939 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25940
25941 (defvar global-superword-mode nil "\
25942 Non-nil if Global-Superword mode is enabled.
25943 See the command `global-superword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25944 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25945 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25946 or call the function `global-superword-mode'.")
25947
25948 (custom-autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" nil)
25949
25950 (autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" "\
25951 Toggle Superword mode in all buffers.
25952 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Superword mode if ARG is positive;
25953 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
25954 ARG is omitted or nil.
25955
25956 Superword mode is enabled in all buffers where
25957 `(lambda nil (superword-mode 1))' would do it.
25958 See `superword-mode' for more information on Superword mode.
25959
25960 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25961
25962 ;;;***
25963 \f
25964 ;;;### (autoloads nil "supercite" "mail/supercite.el" (21240 46395
25965 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
25966 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
25967
25968 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
25969 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
25970 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
25971 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
25972 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
25973 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
25974 original message but it does require a few things:
25975
25976 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
25977
25978 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
25979 reply buffer.
25980
25981 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
25982 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
25983 original message.
25984
25985 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
25986
25987 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
25988
25989 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
25990 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
25991 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
25992
25993 \(fn)" nil nil)
25994
25995 ;;;***
25996 \f
25997 ;;;### (autoloads nil "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (21240 46395 727291
25998 ;;;;;; 0))
25999 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26000
26001 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
26002
26003 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
26004 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26005 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26006 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26007 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26008 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26009
26010 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26011
26012 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26013 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
26014 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
26015 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26016 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26017
26018 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26019 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26020 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26021
26022 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26023
26024 ;;;***
26025 \f
26026 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tabify" "tabify.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
26027 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26028
26029 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26030 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26031 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26032 buffer.
26033
26034 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26035 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26036 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26037
26038 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26039
26040 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26041 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26042 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26043 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26044 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26045 buffer.
26046
26047 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26048 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26049 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26050
26051 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26052
26053 ;;;***
26054 \f
26055 ;;;### (autoloads nil "table" "textmodes/table.el" (21194 37048 599945
26056 ;;;;;; 0))
26057 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26058
26059 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
26060 Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
26061 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
26062
26063 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
26064
26065 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
26066 List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
26067
26068 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
26069
26070 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
26071 List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
26072
26073 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
26074
26075 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
26076 List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
26077
26078 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
26079
26080 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26081 Insert an editable text table.
26082 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26083 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26084 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26085 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26086 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26087 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26088 delimiting them.
26089
26090 Examples:
26091
26092 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26093
26094 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26095 location of point.
26096
26097 -!-
26098
26099 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26100 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26101 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26102 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26103 first cell.
26104
26105 +-----+-----+-----+
26106 |-!- | | |
26107 +-----+-----+-----+
26108
26109 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26110
26111 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26112 width, which results as
26113
26114 +--------------+-----+-----+
26115 |-!- | | |
26116 +--------------+-----+-----+
26117
26118 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26119 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26120
26121 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26122 | | |-!- |
26123 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26124
26125 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26126 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26127 width information to `table-insert'.
26128
26129 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26130
26131 instead of
26132
26133 Cell width(s): 5
26134
26135 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26136 work all together.
26137
26138 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26139 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26140
26141 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26142 |-!- | | |
26143 | | | |
26144 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26145
26146 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26147
26148 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26149 |-!- | | |
26150 | | | |
26151 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26152 | | | |
26153 | | | |
26154 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26155
26156 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26157
26158 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26159 | | | |
26160 | | | |
26161 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26162 | | | |
26163 | | | |
26164 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26165 -!-
26166
26167 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26168 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26169 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26170
26171 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26172 | | | |
26173 | | | |
26174 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26175 | | | |
26176 | | | |
26177 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26178 |-!- | | |
26179 | | | |
26180 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26181
26182 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26183 results.
26184
26185 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26186 | | | |
26187 | | | |
26188 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26189 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26190 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26191 | | |expected results.-!- |
26192 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26193 | | | |
26194 | | | |
26195 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26196
26197 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26198
26199 \\{table-cell-map}
26200
26201 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26202
26203 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26204 Insert N table row(s).
26205 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26206 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26207 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26208 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26209
26210 \(fn N)" t nil)
26211
26212 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26213 Insert N table column(s).
26214 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26215 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26216 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26217 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26218
26219 \(fn N)" t nil)
26220
26221 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26222 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26223 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26224
26225 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26226
26227 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26228 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26229 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26230 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26231 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26232 all the table specific features.
26233
26234 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26235
26236 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26237
26238
26239 \(fn)" t nil)
26240
26241 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26242 Recognize all tables within region.
26243 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26244 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26245 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26246 specific features.
26247
26248 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26249
26250 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26251
26252
26253 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26254
26255 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26256 Recognize a table at point.
26257 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26258 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26259 the table specific features.
26260
26261 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26262
26263 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26264
26265
26266 \(fn)" t nil)
26267
26268 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26269 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26270 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26271 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26272 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26273 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26274 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26275
26276 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26277
26278 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26279
26280
26281 \(fn)" t nil)
26282
26283 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26284 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26285 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26286 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26287 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26288 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26289 specified.
26290
26291 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26292
26293 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26294 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26295 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26296 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
26297 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26298 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26299 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26300 table structure.
26301
26302 \(fn N)" t nil)
26303
26304 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26305 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26306 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26307 table's rectangle structure.
26308
26309 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26310
26311 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26312 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26313 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26314 table's rectangle structure.
26315
26316 \(fn N)" t nil)
26317
26318 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26319 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26320 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26321 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26322 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26323
26324 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26325
26326 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26327 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26328 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26329
26330 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26331 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26332 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26333 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26334 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26335 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26336 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26337
26338 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26339 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26340 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26341 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26342 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26343 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26344 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26345
26346 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26347 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26348 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26349 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26350 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26351 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26352 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26353 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26354
26355 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26356
26357 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26358 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26359 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26360 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26361
26362 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26363
26364 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26365 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26366 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26367
26368 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26369
26370 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26371 Split current cell vertically.
26372 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26373
26374 \(fn)" t nil)
26375
26376 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26377 Split current cell horizontally.
26378 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26379
26380 \(fn)" t nil)
26381
26382 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26383 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26384 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26385
26386 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26387
26388 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26389 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26390 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26391 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26392
26393 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26394
26395 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26396 Justify cell contents.
26397 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26398 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26399 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26400 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26401
26402 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26403
26404 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26405 Justify cells of a row.
26406 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26407 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26408
26409 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26410
26411 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26412 Justify cells of a column.
26413 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26414 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26415
26416 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26417
26418 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26419 Cell width is fixed when this is non-nil.
26420 Normally it should be nil for allowing automatic cell width expansion
26421 that widens a cell when it is necessary. When non-nil, typing in a
26422 cell does not automatically expand the cell width. A word that is too
26423 long to fit in a cell is chopped into multiple lines. The chopped
26424 location is indicated by `table-word-continuation-char'. This
26425 variable's value can be toggled by \\[table-fixed-width-mode] at
26426 run-time.
26427
26428 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26429
26430 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26431 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26432 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26433 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26434 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26435 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26436 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26437 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26438 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26439 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26440 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26441
26442 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26443
26444 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26445 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26446 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26447 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26448 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26449 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26450 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26451 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26452 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26453 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26454 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26455 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26456 untouched.
26457
26458 References used for this implementation:
26459
26460 HTML:
26461 URL `http://www.w3.org'
26462
26463 LaTeX:
26464 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
26465
26466 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26467 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
26468 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
26469
26470 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26471
26472 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26473 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26474 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26475 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26476 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26477 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26478 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26479 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26480 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26481 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26482 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26483 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26484 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26485 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26486 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26487 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26488 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26489
26490 Example:
26491
26492 (progn
26493 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26494 (table-forward-cell 15)
26495 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26496 (table-forward-cell 16)
26497 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26498 (table-forward-cell 1)
26499 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26500
26501 (progn
26502 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26503 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26504 (table-forward-cell 1)
26505 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26506
26507 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26508
26509 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26510 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26511 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26512 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26513 consists from cells of same height.
26514
26515 \(fn N)" t nil)
26516
26517 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26518 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26519 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26520 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26521 column must consists from cells of same width.
26522
26523 \(fn N)" t nil)
26524
26525 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
26526 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26527 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26528 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26529 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26530 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26531 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26532 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26533 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26534 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26535 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26536 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26537 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26538 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26539 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26540
26541
26542 Example 1:
26543
26544 1, 2, 3, 4
26545 5, 6, 7, 8
26546 , 9, 10
26547
26548 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26549 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26550 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26551 specified as 5.
26552
26553 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26554 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
26555 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26556 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
26557 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26558 | | 9 | 10 | |
26559 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26560
26561 Note:
26562
26563 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26564 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26565 of each row is optional.
26566
26567
26568 Example 2:
26569
26570 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26571 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26572 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26573 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26574 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26575
26576 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26577 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26578
26579 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26580 expression and raw delimiter regular
26581 expression, it parses the specified text
26582 area and extracts cell items from
26583 non-table text and then forms a table out
26584 of them.
26585
26586 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26587 creates a single cell table. The text in
26588 the specified region is placed in that
26589 cell.-*-
26590
26591 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26592 like this.
26593
26594 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26595 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26596 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26597 | |
26598 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26599 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26600 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26601 | area and extracts cell items from |
26602 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26603 | of them. |
26604 | |
26605 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26606 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26607 | the specified region is placed in that |
26608 | cell. |
26609 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26610
26611 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26612 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26613 independently.
26614
26615 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26616 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26617 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26618 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26619 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26620 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26621 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26622 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26623 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26624 | |of them. |
26625 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26626 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26627 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26628 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26629 | |cell. |
26630 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26631
26632 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26633 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26634 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26635
26636 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26637
26638 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
26639 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26640 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
26641 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26642 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26643
26644 \(fn)" t nil)
26645
26646 ;;;***
26647 \f
26648 ;;;### (autoloads nil "talk" "talk.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
26649 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26650
26651 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
26652 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26653
26654 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26655
26656 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
26657 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26658
26659 \(fn)" t nil)
26660
26661 ;;;***
26662 \f
26663 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (21240 46395 727291
26664 ;;;;;; 0))
26665 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26666
26667 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
26668 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26669 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26670 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26671 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26672 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26673 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26674
26675 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26676 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26677 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26678 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26679
26680 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26681 \\{tar-mode-map}
26682
26683 \(fn)" t nil)
26684
26685 ;;;***
26686 \f
26687 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcl" "progmodes/tcl.el" (21240 46395 727291
26688 ;;;;;; 0))
26689 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26690
26691 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
26692 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26693 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26694 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26695 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26696 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26697
26698 Variables controlling indentation style:
26699 `tcl-indent-level'
26700 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26701 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26702 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26703
26704 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26705 documentation for details):
26706 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26707 Controls action of TAB key.
26708 `tcl-auto-newline'
26709 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26710 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26711 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26712 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26713 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26714
26715 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26716 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26717 already exist.
26718
26719 \(fn)" t nil)
26720
26721 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
26722 Run inferior Tcl process.
26723 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26724 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26725
26726 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
26727
26728 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
26729 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26730 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26731
26732 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26733
26734 ;;;***
26735 \f
26736 ;;;### (autoloads nil "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (21240 46395 727291
26737 ;;;;;; 0))
26738 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26739
26740 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
26741 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26742 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26743 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26744
26745 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26746 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26747 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26748 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26749 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26750
26751 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26752
26753 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
26754 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26755 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26756 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26757
26758 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
26759
26760 ;;;***
26761 \f
26762 ;;;### (autoloads nil "term" "term.el" (21339 34726 39547 0))
26763 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26764
26765 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
26766 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26767 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26768 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26769 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26770 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26771
26772 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26773
26774 (autoload 'term "term" "\
26775 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26776 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26777 commands to use in that buffer.
26778
26779 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26780
26781 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26782
26783 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
26784 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26785
26786 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26787
26788 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
26789 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
26790 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
26791 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
26792 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
26793 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
26794 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
26795 `serial-process-configure' for details.
26796 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
26797 use in that buffer.
26798 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26799
26800 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
26801
26802 ;;;***
26803 \f
26804 ;;;### (autoloads nil "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (21187
26805 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
26806 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26807
26808 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
26809 Start coverage on function under point.
26810
26811 \(fn)" t nil)
26812
26813 ;;;***
26814 \f
26815 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (21187 63826 213216
26816 ;;;;;; 0))
26817 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26818 (push (purecopy '(tetris 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
26819
26820 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
26821 Play the Tetris game.
26822 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26823 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26824 as to form complete rows.
26825
26826 tetris-mode keybindings:
26827 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26828 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26829 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26830 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26831 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26832 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26833 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26834 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26835 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26836
26837 \(fn)" t nil)
26838
26839 ;;;***
26840 \f
26841 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el" (21240 46395
26842 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
26843 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26844
26845 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26846 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26847
26848 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
26849
26850 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
26851 Directory in which temporary files are written.
26852 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26853 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26854 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26855
26856 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
26857
26858 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26859 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26860 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26861 if it matches the first line of the file,
26862 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26863
26864 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
26865
26866 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26867 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26868 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26869 if the variable is non-nil.")
26870
26871 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
26872
26873 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26874 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26875
26876 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
26877
26878 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
26879 Command used to run TeX subjob.
26880 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26881 See the documentation of that variable.")
26882
26883 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26884
26885 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
26886 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26887 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26888 See the documentation of that variable.")
26889
26890 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26891
26892 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
26893 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26894 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26895 See the documentation of that variable.")
26896
26897 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26898
26899 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
26900 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26901 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26902 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26903 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26904
26905 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
26906
26907 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
26908 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26909 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26910 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26911
26912 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
26913
26914 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26915 User defined LaTeX block names.
26916 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26917
26918 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
26919
26920 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
26921 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26922 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26923 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26924
26925 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
26926
26927 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
26928 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26929 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26930 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26931
26932 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
26933
26934 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
26935 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
26936 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26937 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
26938
26939 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
26940 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
26941 for example,
26942
26943 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26944 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
26945
26946 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
26947 use.")
26948
26949 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
26950
26951 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
26952 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
26953 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
26954 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26955 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
26956
26957 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
26958
26959 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
26960
26961 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
26962 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
26963 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
26964
26965 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
26966
26967 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
26968 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
26969 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
26970 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
26971 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
26972
26973 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
26974
26975 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
26976 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26977
26978 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
26979
26980 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
26981 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26982
26983 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
26984
26985 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26986 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
26987 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
26988 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
26989 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
26990 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
26991 says which mode to use.
26992
26993 \(fn)" t nil)
26994
26995 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
26996
26997 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
26998
26999 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
27000
27001 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27002 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27003 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27004 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27005 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27006
27007 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
27008 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27009 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27010 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27011 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27012 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27013 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27014
27015 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27016 mismatched $'s or braces.
27017
27018 Special commands:
27019 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27020
27021 Mode variables:
27022 tex-run-command
27023 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27024 tex-directory
27025 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27026 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27027 tex-dvi-print-command
27028 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27029 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27030 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27031 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27032 tex-dvi-view-command
27033 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27034 tex-show-queue-command
27035 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27036 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27037
27038 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27039 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27040 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27041
27042 \(fn)" t nil)
27043
27044 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27045 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27046 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27047 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27048 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27049
27050 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27051 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27052 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27053 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27054 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27055 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27056 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27057
27058 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27059 mismatched $'s or braces.
27060
27061 Special commands:
27062 \\{latex-mode-map}
27063
27064 Mode variables:
27065 latex-run-command
27066 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27067 tex-directory
27068 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27069 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27070 tex-dvi-print-command
27071 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27072 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27073 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27074 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27075 tex-dvi-view-command
27076 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27077 tex-show-queue-command
27078 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27079 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27080
27081 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27082 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27083 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27084
27085 \(fn)" t nil)
27086
27087 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27088 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27089 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27090 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27091 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27092
27093 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27094 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27095 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27096 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27097 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27098 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27099 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27100
27101 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27102 mismatched $'s or braces.
27103
27104 Special commands:
27105 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27106
27107 Mode variables:
27108 slitex-run-command
27109 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27110 tex-directory
27111 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27112 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27113 tex-dvi-print-command
27114 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27115 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27116 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27117 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27118 tex-dvi-view-command
27119 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27120 tex-show-queue-command
27121 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27122 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27123
27124 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27125 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27126 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27127 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27128
27129 \(fn)" t nil)
27130
27131 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27132
27133
27134 \(fn)" nil nil)
27135
27136 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27137 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27138
27139 \(fn)" t nil)
27140
27141 ;;;***
27142 \f
27143 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (21187 63826
27144 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
27145 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27146
27147 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27148 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27149 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27150 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27151
27152 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27153 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27154 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27155
27156 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27157
27158 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27159 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27160 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27161 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27162 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27163
27164 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27165
27166 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27167 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27168 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27169 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27170
27171 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27172 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27173 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27174 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27175
27176 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27177 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27178
27179 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27180
27181 ;;;***
27182 \f
27183 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (21240 46395
27184 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
27185 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27186
27187 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27188 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27189
27190 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27191
27192 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27193 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27194
27195 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27196
27197 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27198 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27199
27200 It has these extra commands:
27201 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27202
27203 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27204 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27205 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27206 modified version of TeX input format.
27207
27208 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27209 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27210 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27211 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27212
27213 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27214 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27215 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27216 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27217 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27218 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27219 in the Texinfo file.
27220
27221 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27222 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27223 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27224 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27225 move forward past the closing brace.
27226
27227 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27228 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27229
27230 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27231 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27232 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27233
27234 Here are the functions:
27235
27236 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27237 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27238 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27239
27240 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27241 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27242 texinfo-master-menu
27243
27244 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27245
27246 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27247 which menu descriptions are indented.
27248
27249 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27250 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27251 in the region.
27252
27253 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27254 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27255 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27256 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27257
27258 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27259 be the first node in the file.
27260
27261 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27262 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27263
27264 \(fn)" t nil)
27265
27266 ;;;***
27267 \f
27268 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (21187
27269 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
27270 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27271
27272 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27273 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27274 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27275 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27276
27277 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27278
27279 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27280 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27281
27282 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27283
27284 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27285 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27286
27287 \(fn)" t nil)
27288
27289 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27290
27291
27292 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27293
27294 ;;;***
27295 \f
27296 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (21240 46395 727291
27297 ;;;;;; 0))
27298 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27299
27300 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27301 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27302 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27303 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27304 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27305 `line', and `page'.
27306
27307 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27308
27309 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27310 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27311 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27312 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27313 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27314 `line', and `page'.
27315
27316 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
27317 valid THING.
27318
27319 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
27320 positions of the thing found.
27321
27322 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27323
27324 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27325 Return the THING at point.
27326 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27327 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27328 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27329 `line', `number', and `page'.
27330
27331 When the optional argument NO-PROPERTIES is non-nil,
27332 strip text properties from the return value.
27333
27334 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27335 a symbol as a valid THING.
27336
27337 \(fn THING &optional NO-PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
27338
27339 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27340 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27341
27342 \(fn)" nil nil)
27343
27344 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27345 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27346
27347 \(fn)" nil nil)
27348
27349 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27350 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27351
27352 \(fn)" nil nil)
27353
27354 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27355 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27356
27357 \(fn)" nil nil)
27358
27359 ;;;***
27360 \f
27361 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thumbs" "thumbs.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
27362 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27363
27364 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27365 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27366
27367 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27368
27369 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27370 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27371 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27372 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27373
27374 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27375
27376 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27377 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27378
27379 \(fn)" t nil)
27380
27381 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27382 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27383
27384 \(fn)" t nil)
27385
27386 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27387
27388 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27389 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27390
27391 \(fn)" t nil)
27392
27393 ;;;***
27394 \f
27395 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (21187
27396 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
27397 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27398
27399 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27400 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27401 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27402
27403 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
27404
27405 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27406 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27407
27408 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27409
27410 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27411 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27412 The returned string has no composition information.
27413
27414 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27415
27416 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27417 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27418
27419 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27420
27421 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27422 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27423
27424 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27425
27426 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27427 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27428 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27429 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27430
27431 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27432
27433 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27434 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27435 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27436 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27437
27438 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27439
27440 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27441 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27442 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27443
27444 \(fn)" t nil)
27445
27446 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27447 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27448 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27449
27450 \(fn)" t nil)
27451
27452 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27453
27454
27455 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27456
27457 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27458
27459
27460 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27461
27462 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27463
27464
27465 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27466
27467 ;;;***
27468 \f
27469 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el" (21381 47015
27470 ;;;;;; 637535 0))
27471 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27472 (push (purecopy '(tildify 4 5 1)) package--builtin-versions)
27473
27474 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27475 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27476 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27477 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27478 parameters.
27479 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27480 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
27481 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
27482
27483 \(fn BEG END &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
27484
27485 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27486 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27487 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27488 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27489 parameters.
27490 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27491 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
27492 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
27493
27494 \(fn &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
27495
27496 ;;;***
27497 \f
27498 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time" "time.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
27499 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27500
27501 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27502 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27503
27504 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
27505 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
27506
27507 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
27508 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27509 This display updates automatically every minute.
27510 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27511 are displayed as well.
27512 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27513
27514 \(fn)" t nil)
27515
27516 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27517 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27518 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27519 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27520 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27521 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27522
27523 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
27524
27525 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
27526 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27527 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
27528 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27529 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
27530
27531 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
27532 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
27533 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
27534 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
27535 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27536
27537 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27538
27539 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
27540 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
27541 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
27542 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
27543
27544 \(fn)" t nil)
27545
27546 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
27547 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
27548 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
27549 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
27550
27551 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
27552
27553 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
27554 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
27555
27556 \(fn)" t nil)
27557
27558 ;;;***
27559 \f
27560 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (21361
27561 ;;;;;; 61732 646433 0))
27562 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27563
27564 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
27565 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27566 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
27567
27568 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27569 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
27570 (and (fboundp 'float-time)
27571 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
27572 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
27573 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
27574
27575 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
27576 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27577
27578 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27579
27580 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
27581 Return non-nil if time value T1 is earlier than time value T2.
27582
27583 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27584
27585 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
27586 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27587
27588 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27589
27590 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
27591 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27592 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27593
27594 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27595
27596 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
27597
27598 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
27599 Subtract two time values, T1 minus T2.
27600 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27601
27602 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27603
27604 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
27605 Add two time values T1 and T2. One should represent a time difference.
27606
27607 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27608
27609 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
27610 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27611 DATE should be a date-time string.
27612
27613 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27614
27615 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
27616 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27617 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27618
27619 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27620
27621 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
27622 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27623
27624 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27625
27626 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
27627 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27628
27629 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27630
27631 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
27632 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27633 TIME should be a time value.
27634 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27635
27636 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27637
27638 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
27639 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27640 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27641
27642 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27643
27644 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
27645 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
27646 The valid format specifiers are:
27647 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
27648 %d is the number of days.
27649 %h is the number of hours.
27650 %m is the number of minutes.
27651 %s is the number of seconds.
27652 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
27653 %% is a literal \"%\".
27654
27655 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
27656 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
27657
27658 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
27659 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
27660 return something of the form \"001 year\".
27661
27662 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
27663 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
27664 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
27665
27666 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
27667
27668 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
27669
27670 (autoload 'seconds-to-string "time-date" "\
27671 Convert the time interval in seconds to a short string.
27672
27673 \(fn DELAY)" nil nil)
27674
27675 ;;;***
27676 \f
27677 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-stamp" "time-stamp.el" (21187 63826 213216
27678 ;;;;;; 0))
27679 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27680 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27681 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
27682 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27683 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27684 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27685 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27686 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27687 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27688
27689 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
27690 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27691 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27692 every time you save the file. Add this line to your init file:
27693 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27694 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27695 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27696 look like one of the following:
27697 Time-stamp: <>
27698 Time-stamp: \" \"
27699 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27700 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27701 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27702 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27703 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27704 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27705 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27706 the template.
27707
27708 \(fn)" t nil)
27709
27710 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
27711 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27712 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27713
27714 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27715
27716 ;;;***
27717 \f
27718 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el" (21222
27719 ;;;;;; 16439 978802 0))
27720 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27721 (push (purecopy '(timeclock 2 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
27722
27723 (defvar timeclock-mode-line-display nil "\
27724 Non-nil if Timeclock-Mode-Line-Display mode is enabled.
27725 See the command `timeclock-mode-line-display' for a description of this minor mode.
27726 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27727 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27728 or call the function `timeclock-mode-line-display'.")
27729
27730 (custom-autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" nil)
27731
27732 (autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" "\
27733 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the mode line.
27734 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27735 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the mode line
27736 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27737 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27738 updating. With prefix ARG, turn mode line display on if and only
27739 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock mode line
27740 display (non-nil means on).
27741
27742 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27743
27744 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
27745 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27746 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27747 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
27748 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27749 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27750 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27751 this function is called within a day.
27752
27753 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27754 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27755 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27756 discover the name of the project.
27757
27758 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27759
27760 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
27761 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27762 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27763 begun during the last time segment.
27764
27765 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27766 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27767 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27768 discover the reason.
27769
27770 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27771
27772 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
27773 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27774 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27775 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27776 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27777
27778 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27779
27780 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
27781 Change to working on a different project.
27782 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27783 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27784 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27785 working on.
27786
27787 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27788
27789 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
27790 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27791 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27792
27793 \(fn)" nil nil)
27794
27795 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
27796 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27797 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27798
27799 \(fn)" t nil)
27800
27801 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
27802 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27803 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27804 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27805 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27806 \"relative to today\".
27807
27808 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27809
27810 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
27811 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27812 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27813 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27814
27815 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27816
27817 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
27818 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27819 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27820 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27821 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27822 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27823
27824 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27825
27826 ;;;***
27827 \f
27828 ;;;### (autoloads nil "titdic-cnv" "international/titdic-cnv.el"
27829 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
27830 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27831
27832 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27833 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27834 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27835 the generated Quail package is saved.
27836
27837 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27838
27839 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27840 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27841 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27842 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27843 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27844 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27845 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27846
27847 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27848
27849 ;;;***
27850 \f
27851 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tmm" "tmm.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
27852 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27853 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27854 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27855
27856 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
27857 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27858 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27859 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27860 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27861
27862 Note that \\[menu-bar-open] by default drops down TTY menus; if you want it
27863 to invoke `tmm-menubar' instead, customize the variable
27864 `tty-menu-open-use-tmm' to a non-nil value.
27865
27866 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27867
27868 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
27869 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27870 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27871 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27872 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27873
27874 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27875
27876 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
27877 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27878 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27879 in the menu in two ways:
27880 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27881 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27882 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27883
27884 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27885 keymap or an alist of alists.
27886 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27887 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27888
27889 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27890
27891 ;;;***
27892 \f
27893 ;;;### (autoloads nil "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (21379
27894 ;;;;;; 5287 607434 0))
27895 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27896
27897 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
27898 Visit a todo file and display one of its categories.
27899
27900 When invoked in Todo mode, prompt for which todo file to visit.
27901 When invoked outside of Todo mode with non-nil prefix argument
27902 SOLICIT-FILE prompt for which todo file to visit; otherwise visit
27903 `todo-default-todo-file'. Subsequent invocations from outside
27904 of Todo mode revisit this file or, with option
27905 `todo-show-current-file' non-nil (the default), whichever todo
27906 file was last visited.
27907
27908 If you call this command before you have created any todo file in
27909 the current format, and you have an todo file in old format, it
27910 will ask you whether to convert that file and show it.
27911 Otherwise, calling this command before any todo file exists
27912 prompts for a file name and an initial category (defaulting to
27913 `todo-initial-file' and `todo-initial-category'), creates both of
27914 these, visits the file and displays the category, and if option
27915 `todo-add-item-if-new-category' is non-nil (the default), prompts
27916 for the first item.
27917
27918 The first invocation of this command on an existing todo file
27919 interacts with the option `todo-show-first': if its value is
27920 `first' (the default), show the first category in the file; if
27921 its value is `table', show the table of categories in the file;
27922 if its value is one of `top', `diary' or `regexp', show the
27923 corresponding saved top priorities, diary items, or regexp items
27924 file, if any. Subsequent invocations always show the file's
27925 current (i.e., last displayed) category.
27926
27927 In Todo mode just the category's unfinished todo items are shown
27928 by default. The done items are hidden, but typing
27929 `\\[todo-toggle-view-done-items]' displays them below the todo
27930 items. With non-nil user option `todo-show-with-done' both todo
27931 and done items are always shown on visiting a category.
27932
27933 Invoking this command in Todo Archive mode visits the
27934 corresponding todo file, displaying the corresponding category.
27935
27936 \(fn &optional SOLICIT-FILE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
27937
27938 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
27939 Major mode for displaying, navigating and editing todo lists.
27940
27941 \\{todo-mode-map}
27942
27943 \(fn)" t nil)
27944
27945 (autoload 'todo-archive-mode "todo-mode" "\
27946 Major mode for archived todo categories.
27947
27948 \\{todo-archive-mode-map}
27949
27950 \(fn)" t nil)
27951
27952 (autoload 'todo-filtered-items-mode "todo-mode" "\
27953 Mode for displaying and reprioritizing top priority Todo.
27954
27955 \\{todo-filtered-items-mode-map}
27956
27957 \(fn)" t nil)
27958
27959 ;;;***
27960 \f
27961 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (21187 63826 213216
27962 ;;;;;; 0))
27963 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
27964
27965 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
27966 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
27967 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
27968
27969 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27970
27971 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
27972 Add an item to the tool bar.
27973 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27974 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27975 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27976 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27977
27978 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27979 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
27980 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27981 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27982
27983 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27984 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
27985
27986 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27987
27988 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
27989 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
27990 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27991 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27992 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27993 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27994
27995 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27996 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
27997 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27998 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27999
28000 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28001
28002 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28003 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28004 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28005 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28006 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28007 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28008 properties to add to the binding.
28009
28010 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28011
28012 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28013 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28014
28015 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28016
28017 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28018 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28019 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28020 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28021 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28022 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28023 properties to add to the binding.
28024
28025 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28026 holds a keymap.
28027
28028 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28029
28030 ;;;***
28031 \f
28032 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (21187 63826
28033 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
28034 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
28035 (push (purecopy '(tpu-edt 4 5)) package--builtin-versions)
28036
28037 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
28038 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
28039 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28040 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28041 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28042 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
28043
28044 (custom-autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" nil)
28045
28046 (autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" "\
28047 Toggle TPU/edt emulation on or off.
28048 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
28049 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
28050 if ARG is omitted or nil.
28051
28052 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28053
28054 (defalias 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
28055
28056 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
28057 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
28058
28059 \(fn)" t nil)
28060
28061 ;;;***
28062 \f
28063 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tpu-mapper" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el" (21187
28064 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
28065 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-mapper.el
28066
28067 (autoload 'tpu-mapper "tpu-mapper" "\
28068 Create an Emacs lisp file defining the TPU-edt keypad for X-windows.
28069
28070 This command displays an instruction screen showing the TPU-edt keypad
28071 and asks you to press the TPU-edt editing keys. It uses the keys you
28072 press to create an Emacs Lisp file that will define a TPU-edt keypad
28073 for your X server. You can even re-arrange the standard EDT keypad to
28074 suit your tastes (or to cope with those silly Sun and PC keypads).
28075
28076 Finally, you will be prompted for the name of the file to store the key
28077 definitions. If you chose the default, TPU-edt will find it and load it
28078 automatically. If you specify a different file name, you will need to
28079 set the variable ``tpu-xkeys-file'' before starting TPU-edt. Here's how
28080 you might go about doing that in your init file.
28081
28082 (setq tpu-xkeys-file (expand-file-name \"~/.my-emacs-x-keys\"))
28083 (tpu-edt)
28084
28085 Known Problems:
28086
28087 Sometimes, tpu-mapper will ignore a key you press, and just continue to
28088 prompt for the same key. This can happen when your window manager sucks
28089 up the key and doesn't pass it on to Emacs, or it could be an Emacs bug.
28090 Either way, there's nothing that tpu-mapper can do about it. You must
28091 press RETURN, to skip the current key and continue. Later, you and/or
28092 your local X guru can try to figure out why the key is being ignored.
28093
28094 \(fn)" t nil)
28095
28096 ;;;***
28097 \f
28098 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (21240 46395 727291
28099 ;;;;;; 0))
28100 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28101
28102 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28103 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28104 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28105 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28106 to a tcp server on another machine.
28107
28108 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28109
28110 ;;;***
28111 \f
28112 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (21240 46395
28113 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
28114 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28115
28116 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
28117 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28118
28119 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28120
28121 (autoload 'trace-values "trace" "\
28122 Helper function to get internal values.
28123 You can call this function to add internal values in the trace buffer.
28124
28125 \(fn &rest VALUES)" nil nil)
28126
28127 (autoload 'trace-function-foreground "trace" "\
28128 Trace calls to function FUNCTION.
28129 With a prefix argument, also prompt for the trace buffer (default
28130 `trace-buffer'), and a Lisp expression CONTEXT.
28131
28132 Tracing a function causes every call to that function to insert
28133 into BUFFER Lisp-style trace messages that display the function's
28134 arguments and return values. It also evaluates CONTEXT, if that is
28135 non-nil, and inserts its value too. For example, you can use this
28136 to track the current buffer, or position of point.
28137
28138 This function creates BUFFER if it does not exist. This buffer will
28139 popup whenever FUNCTION is called. Do not use this function to trace
28140 functions that switch buffers, or do any other display-oriented
28141 stuff - use `trace-function-background' instead.
28142
28143 To stop tracing a function, use `untrace-function' or `untrace-all'.
28144
28145 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28146
28147 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28148 Trace calls to function FUNCTION, quietly.
28149 This is like `trace-function-foreground', but without popping up
28150 the output buffer or changing the window configuration.
28151
28152 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28153
28154 (defalias 'trace-function 'trace-function-foreground)
28155
28156 ;;;***
28157 \f
28158 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (21330 19750 309501
28159 ;;;;;; 0))
28160 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28161
28162 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28163 Whether Tramp is enabled.
28164 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28165
28166 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28167
28168 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28169 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28170
28171 It can have the following values:
28172
28173 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28174 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs.")
28175
28176 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28177
28178 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\(\\[.*\\]\\|[^/|:]\\{2,\\}[^/|]*\\):" "\\`/[^/|:][^/|]*:") "\
28179 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28180 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28181 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28182
28183 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28184
28185 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28186 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28187 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28188 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28189
28190 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28191 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28192 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28193 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28194 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28195 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28196 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28197 files which are not really Tramp files.
28198
28199 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28200 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28201 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28202 updated after changing this variable.
28203
28204 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28205
28206 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
28207 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28208 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28209 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28210
28211 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28212
28213 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'" "\
28214 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28215 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28216 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28217
28218 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28219 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28220 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28221
28222 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28223 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28224 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28225 updated after changing this variable.
28226
28227 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28228
28229 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28230 Alist of completion handler functions.
28231 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
28232 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
28233 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
28234
28235 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28236 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28237 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28238 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28239
28240 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28241 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28242 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28243
28244 (defun tramp-autoload-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28245 Load Tramp file name handler, and perform OPERATION." (let ((default-directory temporary-file-directory)) (load "tramp" nil t)) (apply operation args))
28246
28247 (defun tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers nil "\
28248 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist' during autoload." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t))
28249
28250 (tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers)
28251
28252 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28253
28254
28255 \(fn)" nil nil)
28256
28257 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28258 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28259
28260 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28261
28262 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28263 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28264
28265 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28266
28267 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28268 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28269
28270 \(fn)" t nil)
28271
28272 ;;;***
28273 \f
28274 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el" (21187 63826
28275 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
28276 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28277
28278 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28279
28280
28281 \(fn)" nil nil)
28282
28283 ;;;***
28284 \f
28285 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (21240 46395 727291
28286 ;;;;;; 0))
28287 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28288
28289 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28290 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28291 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28292 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28293 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28294 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28295 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28296 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28297
28298 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28299 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28300 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28301
28302 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28303 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28304 resumed later.
28305
28306 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28307
28308 ;;;***
28309 \f
28310 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el" (20355 10021
28311 ;;;;;; 546955 0))
28312 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28313
28314 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28315
28316
28317 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28318
28319 ;;;***
28320 \f
28321 ;;;### (autoloads nil "two-column" "textmodes/two-column.el" (21187
28322 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
28323 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28324 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28325 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28326 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28327
28328 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28329 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28330 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28331 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28332 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28333 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28334 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28335
28336 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28337
28338 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28339 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28340 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28341 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28342
28343 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28344
28345 \(fn)" t nil)
28346
28347 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28348 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28349 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28350 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28351 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28352 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28353 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28354
28355 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28356 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28357
28358 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28359 \\___/\\
28360 / \\
28361 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28362
28363 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28364
28365 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28366
28367 ;;;***
28368 \f
28369 ;;;### (autoloads nil "type-break" "type-break.el" (21222 16439 978802
28370 ;;;;;; 0))
28371 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28372
28373 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28374 Non-nil if Type-Break mode is enabled.
28375 See the command `type-break-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28376 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28377 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28378 or call the function `type-break-mode'.")
28379
28380 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28381
28382 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28383 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28384 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28385
28386 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28387 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28388 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28389 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28390 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28391 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28392 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28393
28394 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28395 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28396
28397 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28398 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28399 reset the keystroke counter.
28400
28401 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28402 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28403 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28404 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28405
28406 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28407 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28408 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28409 `type-break-schedule' command.
28410
28411 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28412 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28413 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28414 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28415 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28416 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28417 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28418 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28419 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28420
28421 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28422 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28423 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28424 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28425 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28426
28427 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28428 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28429 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28430 approximate good values for this.
28431
28432 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28433 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28434
28435 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28436 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28437 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28438 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28439 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28440 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28441
28442 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28443 a typing break occur. They include:
28444
28445 `type-break-query-mode'
28446 `type-break-query-function'
28447 `type-break-query-interval'
28448
28449 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28450
28451 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28452 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28453 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28454 problems.
28455
28456 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28457
28458 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28459 Take a typing break.
28460
28461 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28462 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28463
28464 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28465 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28466
28467 \(fn)" t nil)
28468
28469 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
28470 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28471 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28472 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28473
28474 \(fn)" t nil)
28475
28476 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
28477 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28478
28479 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28480 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28481 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28482 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28483 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28484 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28485 average typing speed.)
28486
28487 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28488 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28489 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28490 the computed maximum threshold.
28491
28492 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28493 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28494 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28495 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28496 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28497
28498 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28499
28500 ;;;***
28501 \f
28502 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uce" "mail/uce.el" (21199 54969 178188 0))
28503 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
28504
28505 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
28506 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
28507 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
28508 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
28509 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
28510
28511 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
28512
28513 ;;;***
28514 \f
28515 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ucs-normalize" "international/ucs-normalize.el"
28516 ;;;;;; (21194 37048 599945 0))
28517 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
28518
28519 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28520 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
28521
28522 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28523
28524 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28525 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
28526
28527 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28528
28529 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28530 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
28531
28532 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28533
28534 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28535 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
28536
28537 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28538
28539 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28540 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
28541
28542 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28543
28544 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28545 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
28546
28547 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28548
28549 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28550 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
28551
28552 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28553
28554 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28555 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
28556
28557 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28558
28559 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28560 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28561
28562 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28563
28564 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28565 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28566
28567 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28568
28569 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28570 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28571
28572 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28573
28574 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28575 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28576
28577 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28578
28579 ;;;***
28580 \f
28581 ;;;### (autoloads nil "underline" "textmodes/underline.el" (21240
28582 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
28583 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28584
28585 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
28586 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28587 Works by overstriking underscores.
28588 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28589 which specify the range to operate on.
28590
28591 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28592
28593 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
28594 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28595 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28596 which specify the range to operate on.
28597
28598 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28599
28600 ;;;***
28601 \f
28602 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el" (21240 46395 727291
28603 ;;;;;; 0))
28604 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28605
28606 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
28607 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to mbox format.
28608 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
28609 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28610 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28611 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28612
28613 \(fn)" nil nil)
28614
28615 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
28616 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to mbox format file TO-FILE.
28617 The variable `unrmail-mbox-format' controls which mbox format to use.
28618
28619 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28620
28621 ;;;***
28622 \f
28623 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (21187 63826
28624 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
28625 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28626
28627 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
28628 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
28629 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
28630 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
28631
28632 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28633
28634 ;;;***
28635 \f
28636 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url" "url/url.el" (21302 6641 882267 783000))
28637 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28638
28639 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
28640 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28641 URL is either a string or a parsed URL. If it is a string
28642 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
28643 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
28644
28645 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28646 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28647 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28648 STATUS is a plist representing what happened during the request,
28649 with most recent events first, or an empty list if no events have
28650 occurred. Each pair is one of:
28651
28652 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28653 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28654 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28655
28656 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28657 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28658 the callback is not called).
28659
28660 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28661 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28662 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28663 take effect.
28664
28665 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
28666 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
28667 the server.
28668 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
28669 URL-encoded before it's used.
28670
28671 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28672
28673 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
28674 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28675 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28676 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28677 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28678
28679 \(fn URL &optional SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28680
28681 ;;;***
28682 \f
28683 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (21187 63826 213216
28684 ;;;;;; 0))
28685 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28686
28687 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
28688 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28689 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28690
28691 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28692 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28693 `url-generic-parse-url'
28694 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28695 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28696 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28697 realm
28698 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28699 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28700 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28701 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28702 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28703 what type of auth to use
28704 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28705 if one cannot be found in the cache
28706
28707 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28708
28709 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
28710 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28711
28712 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
28713 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
28714 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28715 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
28716 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
28717 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28718 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28719 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28720
28721 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28722
28723 ;;;***
28724 \f
28725 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (21187 63826
28726 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
28727 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28728
28729 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
28730 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28731
28732 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28733
28734 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
28735 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28736 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
28737
28738 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28739
28740 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
28741 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
28742
28743 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28744
28745 ;;;***
28746 \f
28747 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (21187 63826 213216
28748 ;;;;;; 0))
28749 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28750
28751 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
28752
28753
28754 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28755
28756 ;;;***
28757 \f
28758 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el" (21302 6606 390237
28759 ;;;;;; 377000))
28760 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28761
28762 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
28763 Return WebDAV protocol version supported by URL.
28764 Returns nil if WebDAV is not supported.
28765
28766 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28767
28768 (autoload 'url-dav-request "url-dav" "\
28769 Perform WebDAV operation METHOD on URL. Return the parsed responses.
28770 Automatically creates an XML request body if TAG is non-nil.
28771 BODY is the XML document fragment to be enclosed by <TAG></TAG>.
28772
28773 DEPTH is how deep the request should propagate. Default is 0, meaning
28774 it should apply only to URL. A negative number means to use
28775 `Infinity' for the depth. Not all WebDAV servers support this depth
28776 though.
28777
28778 HEADERS is an assoc list of extra headers to send in the request.
28779
28780 NAMESPACES is an assoc list of (NAMESPACE . EXPANSION), and these are
28781 added to the <TAG> element. The DAV=DAV: namespace is automatically
28782 added to this list, so most requests can just pass in nil.
28783
28784 \(fn URL METHOD TAG BODY &optional DEPTH HEADERS NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
28785
28786 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
28787
28788
28789 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28790
28791 ;;;***
28792 \f
28793 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (21187 63826 213216
28794 ;;;;;; 0))
28795 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28796
28797 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
28798 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28799
28800 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28801
28802 ;;;***
28803 \f
28804 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-gw" "url/url-gw.el" (21302 6606 390237
28805 ;;;;;; 377000))
28806 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28807
28808 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
28809 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28810
28811 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
28812
28813 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
28814 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28815 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28816 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28817 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28818
28819 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28820
28821 ;;;***
28822 \f
28823 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (21360
28824 ;;;;;; 40869 887231 0))
28825 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28826
28827 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28828 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28829 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28830 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28831 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28832 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28833
28834 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
28835
28836 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
28837 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
28838 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
28839 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28840 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
28841
28842 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28843
28844 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
28845 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
28846 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
28847 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
28848
28849 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28850
28851 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
28852 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28853 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28854 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28855 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28856 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28857 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28858 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28859 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
28860 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28861
28862 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
28863
28864 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
28865 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28866 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28867 accessible.
28868
28869 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28870
28871 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
28872
28873
28874 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28875
28876 ;;;***
28877 \f
28878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (21302 6606 390237
28879 ;;;;;; 377000))
28880 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28881 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
28882
28883 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
28884 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28885 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28886 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28887 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28888
28889 ;;;***
28890 \f
28891 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (21187 63826 213216
28892 ;;;;;; 0))
28893 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28894
28895 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
28896
28897
28898 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28899
28900 ;;;***
28901 \f
28902 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (21187 63826 213216
28903 ;;;;;; 0))
28904 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28905
28906 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
28907 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28908 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28909 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28910 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28911
28912 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28913
28914 ;;;***
28915 \f
28916 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el" (21187 63826
28917 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
28918 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28919
28920 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
28921
28922
28923 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28924
28925 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
28926 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
28927
28928 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28929
28930 ;;;***
28931 \f
28932 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (21187 63826 213216
28933 ;;;;;; 0))
28934 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
28935
28936 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
28937 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
28938
28939 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28940
28941 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
28942 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
28943
28944 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28945
28946 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
28947
28948
28949 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28950
28951 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28952
28953 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28954
28955 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28956
28957 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
28958 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
28959
28960 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28961
28962 ;;;***
28963 \f
28964 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-news" "url/url-news.el" (21301 65237 320114
28965 ;;;;;; 350000))
28966 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
28967
28968 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
28969
28970
28971 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28972
28973 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
28974
28975
28976 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28977
28978 ;;;***
28979 \f
28980 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el" (21187 63826 213216
28981 ;;;;;; 0))
28982 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
28983
28984 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
28985
28986
28987 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28988
28989 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
28990
28991
28992 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
28993
28994 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
28995
28996
28997 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28998
28999 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
29000
29001
29002 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29003
29004 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
29005
29006
29007 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
29008
29009 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
29010
29011
29012 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
29013
29014 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
29015
29016
29017 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
29018
29019 ;;;***
29020 \f
29021 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-parse" "url/url-parse.el" (21350 58112
29022 ;;;;;; 380040 0))
29023 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
29024
29025 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
29026 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
29027
29028 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
29029
29030 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
29031 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
29032 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
29033
29034 TYPE is the URI scheme (string or nil).
29035 USER is the user name (string or nil).
29036 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
29037 HOST is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
29038 brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
29039 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
29040 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
29041 TARGET is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
29042 subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
29043 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
29044 value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
29045 since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
29046 FULLNESS is non-nil if the hierarchical sequence component of
29047 the URL starts with two slashes, \"//\".
29048
29049 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
29050 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
29051 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
29052
29053 Here is an example. The URL
29054
29055 foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
29056
29057 parses to
29058
29059 TYPE = \"foo\"
29060 USER = \"bob\"
29061 PASSWORD = \"pass\"
29062 HOST = \"example.com\"
29063 PORTSPEC = 42
29064 FILENAME = \"/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal\"
29065 TARGET = \"nose\"
29066 ATTRIBUTES = nil
29067 FULLNESS = t
29068
29069 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29070
29071 ;;;***
29072 \f
29073 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el" (21187 63826
29074 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
29075 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29076
29077 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29078 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29079
29080 \(fn)" t nil)
29081
29082 ;;;***
29083 \f
29084 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el" (21193 16180
29085 ;;;;;; 875828 0))
29086 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
29087
29088 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
29089 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29090 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
29091 but with limits on the degree of parallelism. The variable
29092 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
29093 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
29094
29095 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29096
29097 ;;;***
29098 \f
29099 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-tramp" "url/url-tramp.el" (21307 58279
29100 ;;;;;; 19956 0))
29101 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-tramp.el
29102
29103 (defvar url-tramp-protocols '("ftp" "ssh" "scp" "rsync" "telnet") "\
29104 List of URL protocols the work is handled by Tramp.
29105 They must also be covered by `url-handler-regexp'.")
29106
29107 (custom-autoload 'url-tramp-protocols "url-tramp" t)
29108
29109 (autoload 'url-tramp-file-handler "url-tramp" "\
29110 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
29111 OPERATION is what needs to be done. ARGS are the arguments that
29112 would have been passed to OPERATION.
29113
29114 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29115
29116 ;;;***
29117 \f
29118 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (21364 37926 837230
29119 ;;;;;; 0))
29120 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29121
29122 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29123 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29124 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29125
29126 If t, all messages will be logged.
29127 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29128 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29129
29130 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29131
29132 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29133
29134
29135 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29136
29137 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29138
29139
29140 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29141
29142 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29143 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29144 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29145 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29146 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29147 & ==> &amp;
29148 < ==> &lt;
29149 > ==> &gt;
29150 \" ==> &quot;
29151
29152 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29153
29154 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29155 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29156 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29157
29158 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29159
29160 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29161 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29162 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29163
29164 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29165
29166 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29167 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29168
29169 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29170
29171 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29172 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29173
29174 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29175
29176 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29177 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29178
29179 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29180
29181 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29182
29183
29184 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29185
29186 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29187
29188
29189 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29190
29191 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29192
29193 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29194 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29195
29196 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29197
29198 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29199 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29200
29201 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29202
29203 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29204
29205
29206 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29207
29208 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
29209 Build a query-string.
29210
29211 Given a QUERY in the form:
29212 '((key1 val1)
29213 (key2 val2)
29214 (key3 val1 val2)
29215 (key4)
29216 (key5 \"\"))
29217
29218 \(This is the same format as produced by `url-parse-query-string')
29219
29220 This will return a string
29221 \"key1=val1&key2=val2&key3=val1&key3=val2&key4&key5\". Keys may
29222 be strings or symbols; if they are symbols, the symbol name will
29223 be used.
29224
29225 When SEMICOLONS is given, the separator will be \";\".
29226
29227 When KEEP-EMPTY is given, empty values will show as \"key=\"
29228 instead of just \"key\" as in the example above.
29229
29230 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
29231
29232 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29233 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29234 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29235 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29236 forbidden in URL encoding.
29237
29238 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29239
29240 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29241 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
29242 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
29243 string. Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
29244 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
29245 string: \"%\" followed by two upper-case hex digits.
29246
29247 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS. If this
29248 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
29249 allowed characters. Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
29250 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
29251
29252 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
29253
29254 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
29255 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
29256 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
29257 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase. Apart from
29258 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
29259 should return it unchanged.
29260
29261 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29262
29263 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29264 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29265 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29266 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29267
29268 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29269
29270 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29271 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29272 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29273
29274 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29275
29276 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29277 View the current document's URL.
29278 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29279 the minibuffer.
29280
29281 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29282
29283 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29284
29285 ;;;***
29286 \f
29287 ;;;### (autoloads nil "userlock" "userlock.el" (21260 57764 872288
29288 ;;;;;; 374000))
29289 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29290
29291 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29292 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29293 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29294 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29295 to refrain from editing the file
29296 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29297 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29298 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29299 in any way you like.
29300
29301 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29302
29303 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29304 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29305 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29306 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29307 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29308
29309 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29310 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29311
29312 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29313
29314 ;;;***
29315 \f
29316 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (21187 63826
29317 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
29318 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29319
29320 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29321
29322
29323 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29324
29325 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29326
29327
29328 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29329
29330 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29331
29332
29333 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29334
29335 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29336
29337
29338 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29339
29340 ;;;***
29341 \f
29342 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
29343 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
29344
29345 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
29346 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
29347
29348 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
29349
29350 ;;;***
29351 \f
29352 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el" (21187 63826
29353 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
29354 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29355
29356 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29357 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29358 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29359 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29360
29361 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29362
29363 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29364 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29365 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29366
29367 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29368
29369 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29370 Uudecode region between START and END.
29371 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29372
29373 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29374
29375 ;;;***
29376 \f
29377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc" "vc/vc.el" (21332 61483 90708 0))
29378 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
29379
29380 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29381 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29382 See `run-hooks'.")
29383
29384 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29385
29386 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29387 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29388 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29389
29390 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29391
29392 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29393 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29394 See `run-hooks'.")
29395
29396 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29397
29398 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29399 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29400 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
29401 same state. If not, signal an error.
29402
29403 For merging-based version control systems:
29404 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
29405 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
29406 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
29407 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
29408 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
29409 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
29410
29411 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
29412 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
29413 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
29414 the file(s) for editing.
29415 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
29416 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. If the variable
29417 `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (the default), leave a
29418 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
29419 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
29420 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
29421
29422 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29423
29424 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29425 Register into a version control system.
29426 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29427 Otherwise register the current file.
29428 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
29429 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29430
29431 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29432 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29433 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29434 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29435 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29436 first backend that could register the file is used.
29437
29438 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
29439
29440 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29441 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29442
29443 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29444
29445 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29446 Display diffs between file revisions.
29447 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29448 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29449 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29450
29451 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29452 saving the buffer.
29453
29454 \(fn &optional HISTORIC NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29455
29456 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
29457 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
29458 repository history using ediff.
29459
29460 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29461
29462 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
29463 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
29464 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29465 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29466 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29467
29468 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29469 saving the buffer.
29470
29471 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29472
29473 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
29474 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
29475 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
29476 fileset with the working revision.
29477 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
29478 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29479
29480 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29481 saving the buffer.
29482
29483 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29484
29485 (autoload 'vc-root-dir "vc" "\
29486 Return the root directory for the current VC tree.
29487 Return nil if the root directory cannot be identified.
29488
29489 \(fn)" nil nil)
29490
29491 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29492 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
29493 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
29494 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29495
29496 \(fn REV)" t nil)
29497
29498 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29499 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29500 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29501 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29502
29503 \(fn)" t nil)
29504
29505 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
29506 Perform a version control merge operation.
29507 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29508 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
29509 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
29510 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
29511
29512 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
29513 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
29514 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
29515 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29516 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
29517 changes from the current branch.
29518
29519 \(fn)" t nil)
29520
29521 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
29522
29523 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
29524 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
29525 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
29526 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
29527 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
29528 checked out in that new branch.
29529
29530 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29531
29532 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
29533 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the tag called NAME.
29534 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
29535 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29536 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29537 allowed and simply skipped).
29538
29539 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29540
29541 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
29542 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
29543 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
29544 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29545 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29546
29547 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
29548 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
29549
29550 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
29551
29552 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
29553 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
29554 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29555 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29556 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
29557
29558 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
29559
29560 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
29561 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
29562 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29563
29564 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29565
29566 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
29567 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
29568 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29569
29570 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29571
29572 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
29573 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
29574 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29575 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
29576
29577 \(fn)" t nil)
29578
29579 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
29580 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
29581 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
29582 depending on the underlying version-control system.
29583
29584 \(fn)" t nil)
29585
29586 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
29587
29588 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
29589 Update the current fileset or branch.
29590 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29591 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
29592 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
29593 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt.
29594
29595 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
29596 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
29597 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
29598 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
29599 tip revision are merged into the working file.
29600
29601 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29602
29603 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
29604
29605 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
29606 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29607 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29608 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29609 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29610 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29611 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29612
29613 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29614
29615 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
29616 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29617 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29618 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29619 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
29620 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29621 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29622 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29623 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29624
29625 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29626
29627 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
29628 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
29629 If called interactively, read FILE, defaulting to the current
29630 buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29631
29632 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29633
29634 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
29635 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
29636 If called interactively, read OLD and NEW, defaulting OLD to the
29637 current buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29638
29639 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29640
29641 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
29642 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29643 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29644 directory.
29645
29646 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29647
29648 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29649 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29650 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29651
29652 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29653 log entries should be gathered.
29654
29655 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29656
29657 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
29658 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29659
29660 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29661
29662 ;;;***
29663 \f
29664 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el" (21240 46395
29665 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
29666 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
29667
29668 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
29669 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
29670
29671 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29672 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29673 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29674 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29675 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29676 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29677
29678 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29679 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
29680 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
29681 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29682 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29683 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29684 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29685 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29686
29687 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
29688
29689 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
29690
29691 Customization variables:
29692
29693 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29694 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29695 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
29696 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29697
29698 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
29699
29700 ;;;***
29701 \f
29702 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc/vc-arch.el" (21187 63826 213216
29703 ;;;;;; 0))
29704 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-arch.el
29705 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29706 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29707 (progn
29708 (load "vc-arch" nil t)
29709 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29710
29711 ;;;***
29712 \f
29713 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (21240 46395 727291
29714 ;;;;;; 0))
29715 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
29716
29717 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
29718 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
29719
29720 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
29721 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
29722 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
29723 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
29724 (progn
29725 (load "vc-bzr" nil t)
29726 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
29727
29728 ;;;***
29729 \f
29730 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (21187 63826 213216
29731 ;;;;;; 0))
29732 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
29733 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29734 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
29735 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29736 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29737 (load "vc-cvs" nil t)
29738 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29739
29740 ;;;***
29741 \f
29742 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (21187 63826 213216
29743 ;;;;;; 0))
29744 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
29745
29746 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
29747 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
29748 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
29749 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
29750 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
29751
29752 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
29753 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
29754 The file lines appear later.
29755
29756 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
29757 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
29758
29759 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
29760
29761 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
29762
29763 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
29764
29765 ;;;***
29766 \f
29767 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el" (21187
29768 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
29769 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
29770
29771 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
29772 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29773 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
29774 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
29775 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
29776 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29777 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
29778 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
29779 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
29780 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
29781 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
29782 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29783 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29784 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
29785 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
29786
29787 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29788
29789 ;;;***
29790 \f
29791 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (21274 64565 737222
29792 ;;;;;; 0))
29793 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
29794 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
29795 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
29796 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
29797 (progn
29798 (load "vc-git" nil t)
29799 (vc-git-registered file))))
29800
29801 ;;;***
29802 \f
29803 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (21360 40869 887231 0))
29804 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
29805 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
29806 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
29807 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
29808 (progn
29809 (load "vc-hg" nil t)
29810 (vc-hg-registered file))))
29811
29812 ;;;***
29813 \f
29814 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (21187 63826 213216
29815 ;;;;;; 0))
29816 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
29817
29818 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
29819 Name of the monotone directory.")
29820
29821 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
29822 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
29823 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
29824 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
29825 (progn
29826 (load "vc-mtn" nil t)
29827 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
29828
29829 ;;;***
29830 \f
29831 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el" (21379 5287 607434
29832 ;;;;;; 0))
29833 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
29834
29835 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29836 Where to look for RCS master files.
29837 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29838
29839 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
29840
29841 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29842
29843 ;;;***
29844 \f
29845 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el" (21187 63826 213216
29846 ;;;;;; 0))
29847 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
29848
29849 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
29850 Where to look for SCCS master files.
29851 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29852
29853 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
29854
29855 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29856
29857 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (_dirname basename) "\
29858 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29859 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29860 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29861
29862 ;;;***
29863 \f
29864 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (21187 63826 213216
29865 ;;;;;; 0))
29866 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
29867 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29868 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29869 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29870 "_svn")
29871 (t ".svn"))))
29872 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
29873 (load "vc-svn" nil t)
29874 (vc-svn-registered f))))
29875
29876 ;;;***
29877 \f
29878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el" (21383
29879 ;;;;;; 2343 498187 0))
29880 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
29881 (push (purecopy '(vera-mode 2 28)) package--builtin-versions)
29882 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
29883
29884 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
29885 Major mode for editing Vera code.
29886
29887 Usage:
29888 ------
29889
29890 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
29891 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
29892 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
29893 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
29894
29895 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
29896 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
29897 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
29898 completions.
29899
29900 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
29901 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
29902
29903 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
29904 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29905
29906 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
29907 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
29908 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
29909
29910 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
29911
29912
29913 Maintenance:
29914 ------------
29915
29916 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
29917 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29918
29919 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
29920
29921 Official distribution is at
29922 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
29923
29924
29925 The Vera Mode Maintainer
29926 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
29927
29928 Key bindings:
29929 -------------
29930
29931 \\{vera-mode-map}
29932
29933 \(fn)" t nil)
29934
29935 ;;;***
29936 \f
29937 ;;;### (autoloads nil "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
29938 ;;;;;; (21383 2343 498187 0))
29939 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
29940
29941 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
29942 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
29943 \\<verilog-mode-map>
29944 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
29945 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
29946
29947 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
29948
29949 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
29950 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
29951
29952 Supports highlighting.
29953
29954 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
29955 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
29956
29957 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
29958
29959 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
29960 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
29961 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
29962 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
29963 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
29964 on the left side of your screen.
29965 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
29966 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
29967 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
29968 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
29969 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
29970 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
29971 function keyword.
29972 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
29973 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
29974 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
29975 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
29976 if (a)
29977 begin
29978 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
29979 Indentation for case statements.
29980 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
29981 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
29982 mark after an end.
29983 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
29984 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
29985 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
29986 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
29987 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
29988 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
29989 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
29990 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
29991 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
29992 if (a)
29993 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
29994 otherwise you get:
29995 if (a)
29996 begin
29997 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
29998 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
29999 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
30000 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
30001 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
30002 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
30003 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
30004 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
30005 comments in tight quarters.
30006 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default 'declarations)
30007 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
30008
30009 Variables controlling other actions:
30010
30011 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
30012 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
30013 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
30014
30015 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
30016
30017 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
30018
30019 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
30020 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
30021 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
30022
30023 Some other functions are:
30024
30025 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
30026 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
30027 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
30028 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
30029 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
30030
30031 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
30032 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
30033 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
30034 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
30035
30036 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
30037 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
30038 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
30039 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30040 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
30041 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
30042 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
30043 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
30044 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
30045 \\[verilog-sk-ovm-class] Insert an OVM Class block.
30046 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-object] Insert an UVM Object block.
30047 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-component] Insert an UVM Component block.
30048 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
30049 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
30050 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
30051 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
30052 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30053 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30054 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30055 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
30056 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
30057 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
30058 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
30059 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
30060 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
30061 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
30062 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
30063 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
30064 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
30065 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
30066 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
30067
30068 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
30069 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
30070
30071 \\{verilog-mode-map}
30072
30073 \(fn)" t nil)
30074
30075 ;;;***
30076 \f
30077 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el" (21305
30078 ;;;;;; 16557 836987 0))
30079 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
30080
30081 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30082 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30083
30084 Usage:
30085 ------
30086
30087 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30088 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30089 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
30090 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30091 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
30092 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
30093 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30094 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
30095 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the mode line.
30096
30097 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30098 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
30099 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30100 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30101
30102 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30103 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30104 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30105 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30106 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30107
30108 Template styles can be customized in customization group
30109 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30110
30111
30112 HEADER INSERTION:
30113 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
30114 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30115 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30116
30117
30118 STUTTERING:
30119 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30120 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30121 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30122 the mode line. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30123
30124 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
30125 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
30126 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
30127 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
30128 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
30129
30130
30131 WORD COMPLETION:
30132 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30133 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30134 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
30135 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30136
30137 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30138 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30139 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30140 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30141 beginning with \"std\").
30142
30143 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30144 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30145 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30146 stop.
30147
30148
30149 COMMENTS:
30150 `--' puts a single comment.
30151 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30152 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30153 with a comment in between.
30154 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30155 out following lines.
30156 `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30157 uncomments a region if already commented out. Option
30158 `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
30159 should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
30160
30161 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30162 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30163 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30164 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30165 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30166 non-nil.
30167
30168 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30169 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30170 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30171 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30172 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30173 multi-line comments.
30174
30175
30176 INDENTATION:
30177 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30178 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30179 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30180 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). If a region is active, `TAB' indents
30181 the entire region.
30182
30183 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30184 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30185 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30186 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30187
30188 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30189 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
30190 and vice versa.
30191
30192 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30193 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
30194
30195 Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
30196 comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
30197 line.
30198
30199
30200 ALIGNMENT:
30201 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30202 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30203 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30204 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30205 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30206 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30207 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30208 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30209
30210 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30211 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30212 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30213 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30214 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30215 is non-nil.
30216
30217 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30218 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30219 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30220
30221 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30222 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30223
30224
30225 CODE FILLING:
30226 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30227 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30228 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30229 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30230 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30231 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30232
30233
30234 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30235 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30236 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
30237 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30238 command:
30239
30240 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30241
30242
30243 PORT TRANSLATION:
30244 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30245 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30246 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30247 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30248 internal signal initializations (menu).
30249
30250 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30251 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30252 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30253
30254 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30255 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30256 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30257 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30258 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30259 in subsequent paste operations.)
30260
30261 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30262 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30263 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30264
30265
30266 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30267 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30268 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30269 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30270 association list with formals).
30271
30272
30273 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30274 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30275 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30276 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30277 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30278 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30279 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30280 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30281 `vhdl-testbench'.
30282
30283
30284 KEY BINDINGS:
30285 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30286
30287
30288 VHDL MENU:
30289 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30290
30291
30292 FILE BROWSER:
30293 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30294 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30295 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30296
30297 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30298 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30299
30300
30301 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30302 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30303 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30304 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30305
30306 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30307 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30308 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30309
30310 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30311 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30312 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30313 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30314
30315 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30316 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30317 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30318 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30319 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30320
30321 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30322 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30323 required by secondary units.
30324
30325
30326 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30327 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
30328 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30329 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30330 (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30331 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30332 and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
30333 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30334 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30335 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30336 inputs to this component -> input port created
30337 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30338 outputs from this component -> output port created
30339 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30340 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30341
30342 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30343 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30344 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30345 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30346 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30347
30348 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30349 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30350
30351 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30352 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30353 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30354 component instantiation is also supported (option
30355 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30356
30357 Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30358 the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30359 the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30360 configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30361 component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30362 `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30363 (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30364 subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30365 (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30366 can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30367 generating the configuration.
30368
30369 Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30370 declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30371 configurations in speedbar.
30372
30373 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30374
30375
30376 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30377 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30378 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30379 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30380 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30381 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30382 information. New compilers can be added.
30383
30384 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30385 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30386
30387
30388 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30389 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30390 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30391 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30392 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30393
30394 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30395 command:
30396
30397 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30398 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30399 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30400
30401 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30402 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30403 library directory if not existent. These target names can be customized
30404 by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'. The Makefile also includes a
30405 target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
30406 of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
30407 compilation of a design specified by a configuration). User specific
30408 parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
30409 `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30410
30411 Limitations:
30412 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30413 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30414 not (yet) supported.
30415 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30416 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30417 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30418
30419
30420 PROJECTS:
30421 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30422 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30423 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30424 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30425 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30426 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30427 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30428 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30429
30430 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30431 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30432 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30433 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30434 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30435 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30436 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30437 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30438 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30439 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30440 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30441
30442
30443 SPECIAL MENUES:
30444 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30445 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30446 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30447 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30448 larger than 256000). Also, a source file menu can be
30449 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30450 current directory for VHDL source files.
30451
30452
30453 VHDL STANDARDS:
30454 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30455 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02), VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30456
30457
30458 KEYWORD CASE:
30459 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30460 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30461 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30462 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30463 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30464 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30465 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30466 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30467
30468
30469 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30470 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30471 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30472 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30473 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30474 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30475 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30476
30477 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30478 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30479 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30480 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30481 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30482 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30483
30484 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30485 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30486 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
30487 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30488 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30489 visually.
30490
30491 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30492 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30493 highlighted if written in lower case.
30494
30495 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30496 highlighted using a different background color if option
30497 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30498
30499 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30500 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
30501 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30502 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30503 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30504
30505
30506 USER MODELS:
30507 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30508 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30509 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30510
30511
30512 HIDE/SHOW:
30513 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30514 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30515 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30516 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30517 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30518
30519
30520 CODE UPDATING:
30521 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30522 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30523 Limitations:
30524 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30525 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30526 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30527 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30528 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30529 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30530 (used to obtain the port names).
30531 Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
30532 specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
30533 sensitivity lists.
30534
30535
30536 CODE FIXING:
30537 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30538 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30539
30540
30541 PRINTING:
30542 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30543 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30544 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30545 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30546 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30547 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30548 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30549 printers.
30550
30551
30552 OPTIONS:
30553 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30554 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30555 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30556 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30557 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30558
30559 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30560 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
30561 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30562 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30563 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30564 INSTALL file).
30565
30566 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30567 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
30568
30569
30570 FILE EXTENSIONS:
30571 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30572 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
30573 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30574
30575 (push '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist)
30576
30577
30578 HINTS:
30579 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30580 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30581
30582 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30583
30584 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30585
30586 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30587
30588
30589 RELEASE NOTES:
30590 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30591
30592
30593 Maintenance:
30594 ------------
30595
30596 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30597 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30598
30599 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30600
30601 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30602 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30603 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30604 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30605
30606 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30607 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
30608 where the latest version can be found.
30609
30610
30611 Known problems:
30612 ---------------
30613
30614 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30615 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30616 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
30617 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
30618
30619
30620 The VHDL Mode Authors
30621 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30622
30623 Key bindings:
30624 -------------
30625
30626 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
30627
30628 \(fn)" t nil)
30629
30630 ;;;***
30631 \f
30632 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (20929 34089 117790
30633 ;;;;;; 0))
30634 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
30635
30636 (autoload 'vi-mode "vi" "\
30637 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
30638 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
30639 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
30640
30641 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
30642 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
30643 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
30644 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
30645 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
30646
30647 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
30648 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
30649
30650 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
30651
30652 * Limitations and unsupported features
30653 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
30654 not supported.
30655 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
30656 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
30657
30658 * Modifications
30659 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
30660 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
30661 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
30662 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
30663 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
30664 for undoing a repeated change command.
30665 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
30666 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
30667 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
30668
30669 * Extensions
30670 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
30671 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
30672 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
30673 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
30674 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
30675 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
30676 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
30677 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
30678
30679 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
30680
30681 \(fn)" t nil)
30682
30683 ;;;***
30684 \f
30685 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (21187
30686 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
30687 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30688
30689 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
30690 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30691
30692 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30693
30694 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30695 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30696 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30697 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30698
30699 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30700
30701 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30702 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30703
30704 \(fn)" t nil)
30705
30706 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30707 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30708 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30709 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30710
30711 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30712
30713 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30714 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30715
30716 \(fn)" t nil)
30717
30718 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
30719
30720
30721 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30722
30723 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
30724
30725
30726 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30727
30728 ;;;***
30729 \f
30730 ;;;### (autoloads nil "view" "view.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
30731 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30732
30733 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
30734 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
30735 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
30736
30737 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
30738
30739 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30740 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30741 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30742 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30743
30744 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
30745
30746 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
30747 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
30748
30749 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
30750
30751 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
30752 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30753 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30754 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30755 moving around in the buffer.
30756 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30757 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30758
30759 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30760
30761 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30762
30763 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
30764 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30765 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
30766 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
30767
30768 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30769 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30770 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30771 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30772 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30773
30774 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30775
30776 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30777
30778 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
30779 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30780 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
30781 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
30782 buffer.
30783
30784 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30785 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30786 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30787 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30788 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30789
30790 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30791
30792 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30793
30794 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
30795 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30796 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30797 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30798 moving around in the buffer.
30799 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30800 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30801
30802 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30803
30804 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30805 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30806 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30807
30808 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
30809 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
30810 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
30811 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
30812
30813 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30814 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30815 own View-like bindings.
30816
30817 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30818
30819 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
30820 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30821 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30822 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30823 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30824 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30825 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30826
30827 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30828
30829 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30830
30831 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30832 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30833 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30834
30835 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30836 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30837 own View-like bindings.
30838
30839 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30840
30841 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
30842 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30843 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30844 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30845 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30846 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30847 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30848
30849 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30850
30851 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30852
30853 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30854 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30855 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30856
30857 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30858 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30859 own View-like bindings.
30860
30861 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30862
30863 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
30864 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30865 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
30866 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
30867 if ARG is omitted or nil.
30868
30869 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
30870 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
30871 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
30872 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
30873
30874 \\<view-mode-map>
30875
30876 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
30877 take prefix arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\"
30878 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
30879 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size].
30880 Half page commands default to and set \"half page size\" lines
30881 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
30882 to a repeat count of one.
30883
30884 H, h, ? This message.
30885 Digits provide prefix arguments.
30886 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
30887 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
30888 > move to the end of buffer.
30889 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
30890 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
30891 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
30892 DEL, S-SPC scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
30893 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
30894 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30895 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30896 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30897 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
30898 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30899 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
30900 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
30901 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
30902 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
30903 Use this to view a changing file.
30904 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
30905 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
30906 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
30907 . set the mark.
30908 x exchanges point and mark.
30909 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
30910 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
30911 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
30912 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
30913 ' go to position saved in character register.
30914 s do forward incremental search.
30915 r do reverse incremental search.
30916 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
30917 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
30918 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
30919 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
30920 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
30921 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
30922 p searches backward for last regular expression.
30923 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
30924 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
30925 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
30926 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
30927 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
30928 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
30929 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
30930 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
30931 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
30932 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
30933
30934 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
30935 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
30936 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
30937 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
30938 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
30939 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
30940 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
30941 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
30942 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
30943
30944 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30945
30946 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30947
30948 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
30949 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
30950 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
30951 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
30952 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
30953 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
30954 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
30955 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
30956 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
30957
30958 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
30959
30960 (make-obsolete 'view-return-to-alist-update '"this function has no effect." '"24.1")
30961
30962 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
30963 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
30964 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
30965 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
30966 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
30967 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
30968
30969 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
30970 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
30971 called by `view-mode-exit'.
30972
30973 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30974
30975 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30976
30977 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
30978
30979 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
30980 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
30981
30982 \(fn)" t nil)
30983
30984 ;;;***
30985 \f
30986 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (21187 63826 213216
30987 ;;;;;; 0))
30988 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
30989
30990 (autoload 'vip-setup "vip" "\
30991 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
30992
30993 \(fn)" nil nil)
30994
30995 (autoload 'vip-mode "vip" "\
30996 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
30997
30998 \(fn)" t nil)
30999
31000 ;;;***
31001 \f
31002 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper" "emulation/viper.el" (21222 16439 978802
31003 ;;;;;; 0))
31004 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
31005 (push (purecopy '(viper 3 14 1)) package--builtin-versions)
31006
31007 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
31008 Toggle Viper on/off.
31009 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
31010
31011 \(fn)" t nil)
31012
31013 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
31014 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
31015
31016 \(fn)" t nil)
31017
31018 ;;;***
31019 \f
31020 ;;;### (autoloads nil "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el" (21240
31021 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
31022 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
31023
31024 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
31025 Function to generate warning prefixes.
31026 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
31027 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
31028 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
31029 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
31030 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
31031 the beginning of the warning.")
31032
31033 (defvar warning-series nil "\
31034 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
31035 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
31036 which is the start of the current series; it means that
31037 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
31038 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
31039 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
31040 also call that function before the next warning.")
31041
31042 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
31043 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
31044
31045 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
31046 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
31047 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
31048 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
31049
31050 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
31051 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
31052 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31053 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31054 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
31055 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
31056
31057 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31058 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31059 Default is :warning.
31060
31061 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31062 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31063 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
31064 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
31065 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
31066 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31067
31068 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
31069 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
31070 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
31071
31072 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
31073
31074 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
31075 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
31076
31077 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
31078
31079 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
31080 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31081 \\<special-mode-map>
31082 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31083 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
31084
31085 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31086 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31087 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
31088 can be whatever you like.)
31089
31090 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31091 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31092
31093 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31094 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31095 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
31096 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
31097 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31098
31099 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31100
31101 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
31102 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31103 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31104 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
31105 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
31106
31107 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31108
31109 ;;;***
31110 \f
31111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wdired" "wdired.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
31112 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
31113 (push (purecopy '(wdired 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
31114
31115 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
31116 Put a Dired buffer in Writable Dired (WDired) mode.
31117 \\<wdired-mode-map>
31118 In WDired mode, you can edit the names of the files in the
31119 buffer, the target of the links, and the permission bits of the
31120 files. After typing \\[wdired-finish-edit], Emacs modifies the files and
31121 directories to reflect your edits.
31122
31123 See `wdired-mode'.
31124
31125 \(fn)" t nil)
31126
31127 ;;;***
31128 \f
31129 ;;;### (autoloads nil "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (21187 63826 213216
31130 ;;;;;; 0))
31131 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
31132
31133 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
31134 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31135
31136 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31137 hotlist.
31138
31139 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31140 <nwv@acm.org>.
31141
31142 \(fn)" t nil)
31143
31144 ;;;***
31145 \f
31146 ;;;### (autoloads nil "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el" (21187
31147 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
31148 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31149 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31150 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31151
31152 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode "24.1")
31153
31154 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31155 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31156 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31157 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31158 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31159 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31160
31161 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31162
31163 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31164 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
31165 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
31166 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31167 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31168
31169 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
31170 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
31171 in certain major modes.
31172
31173 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31174
31175 ;;;***
31176 \f
31177 ;;;### (autoloads nil "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (21384 23211 329821
31178 ;;;;;; 0))
31179 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31180 (push (purecopy '(whitespace 13 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
31181
31182 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31183 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
31184 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
31185 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31186 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31187
31188 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31189 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31190
31191 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31192
31193 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31194 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
31195 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
31196 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31197 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31198
31199 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
31200 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
31201 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
31202 use `whitespace-mode'.
31203
31204 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31205
31206 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31207
31208 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31209 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
31210 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31211 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31212 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31213 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31214
31215 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31216
31217 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31218 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
31219 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
31220 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31221 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31222
31223 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31224 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31225
31226 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31227
31228 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31229 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31230 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31231 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31232 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31233 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31234
31235 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31236
31237 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31238 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
31239 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
31240 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
31241 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31242
31243 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31244 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31245 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31246 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31247
31248 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31249
31250 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31251
31252 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31253 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31254
31255 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31256 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31257
31258 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31259 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31260
31261 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31262
31263 CHAR MEANING
31264 (VIA FACES)
31265 f toggle face visualization
31266 t toggle TAB visualization
31267 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31268 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31269 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31270 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31271 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31272 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31273 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31274 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31275 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31276 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31277 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31278 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31279 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31280 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31281 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31282
31283 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31284 T toggle TAB visualization
31285 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31286 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31287
31288 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31289 ? display brief help
31290
31291 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31292 The valid symbols are:
31293
31294 face toggle face visualization
31295 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31296 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31297 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31298 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31299 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31300 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31301 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31302 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31303 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31304 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31305 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31306 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31307 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31308 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31309 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31310 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31311
31312 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31313 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31314 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31315
31316 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31317
31318 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31319
31320 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31321
31322 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31323 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31324
31325 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31326 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31327
31328 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31329 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31330
31331 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31332
31333 CHAR MEANING
31334 (VIA FACES)
31335 f toggle face visualization
31336 t toggle TAB visualization
31337 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31338 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31339 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31340 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31341 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31342 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31343 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31344 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31345 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31346 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31347 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31348 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31349 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31350 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31351 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31352
31353 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31354 T toggle TAB visualization
31355 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31356 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31357
31358 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31359 ? display brief help
31360
31361 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31362 The valid symbols are:
31363
31364 face toggle face visualization
31365 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31366 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31367 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31368 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31369 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31370 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31371 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31372 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31373 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31374 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31375 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31376 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31377 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31378 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31379 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31380 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31381
31382 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31383 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31384 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31385
31386 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31387
31388 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31389
31390 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31391
31392 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31393 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31394
31395 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31396 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31397 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31398 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31399 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31400
31401 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31402
31403 The problems cleaned up are:
31404
31405 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31406 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31407 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31408 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31409
31410 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31411 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31412 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31413 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31414 SPACEs.
31415 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31416 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31417 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31418 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31419
31420 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31421 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31422 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31423 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31424 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31425 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31426 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31427 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31428
31429 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31430 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31431 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31432
31433 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31434 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31435 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31436 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31437 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31438 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31439 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31440 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31441
31442 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31443 documentation.
31444
31445 \(fn)" t nil)
31446
31447 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31448 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31449
31450 The problems cleaned up are:
31451
31452 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31453 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31454 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31455 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31456 SPACEs.
31457 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31458 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31459 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31460 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31461
31462 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31463 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31464 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31465 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31466 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31467 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31468 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31469 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31470
31471 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31472 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31473 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31474
31475 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31476 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31477 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31478 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31479 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31480 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31481 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31482 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31483
31484 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31485 documentation.
31486
31487 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31488
31489 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31490 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31491
31492 Perform `whitespace-report-region' on the current buffer.
31493
31494 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31495
31496 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
31497 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
31498
31499 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31500 non-nil.
31501
31502 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31503 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
31504 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
31505
31506 empty
31507 trailing
31508 indentation
31509 space-before-tab
31510 space-after-tab
31511
31512 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is t, it reports only when there are any
31513 whitespace problems in buffer; if it is `never', it does not
31514 report problems.
31515
31516 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31517
31518 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31519 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31520 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31521 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31522 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31523 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31524 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31525
31526 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31527 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31528 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31529 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31530 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31531 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31532 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31533
31534 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31535 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31536 cleaning up these problems.
31537
31538 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31539
31540 ;;;***
31541 \f
31542 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (21187 63826 213216
31543 ;;;;;; 0))
31544 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
31545
31546 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
31547 Browse the widget under point.
31548
31549 \(fn POS)" t nil)
31550
31551 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
31552 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
31553
31554 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
31555
31556 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
31557 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
31558
31559 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
31560
31561 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
31562 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
31563 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
31564 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
31565 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31566
31567 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31568
31569 ;;;***
31570 \f
31571 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (21240 46395 727291
31572 ;;;;;; 0))
31573 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
31574
31575 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
31576 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
31577
31578 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31579
31580 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
31581 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
31582 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
31583
31584 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
31585
31586 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
31587 Create widget of TYPE.
31588 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
31589
31590 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31591
31592 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
31593 Delete WIDGET.
31594
31595 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31596
31597 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
31598 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
31599
31600 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31601
31602 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
31603 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
31604 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
31605 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
31606
31607 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
31608 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
31609
31610 \(fn)" nil nil)
31611
31612 ;;;***
31613 \f
31614 ;;;### (autoloads nil "windmove" "windmove.el" (21187 63826 213216
31615 ;;;;;; 0))
31616 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
31617
31618 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
31619 Select the window to the left of the current one.
31620 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31621 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31622 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
31623 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31624 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31625
31626 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31627
31628 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
31629 Select the window above the current one.
31630 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
31631 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
31632 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
31633 negative ARG) of the current window.
31634 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31635
31636 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31637
31638 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
31639 Select the window to the right of the current one.
31640 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31641 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
31642 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
31643 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
31644 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31645
31646 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31647
31648 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
31649 Select the window below the current one.
31650 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31651 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31652 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
31653 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31654 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31655
31656 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31657
31658 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
31659 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
31660 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
31661 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
31662
31663 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
31664
31665 ;;;***
31666 \f
31667 ;;;### (autoloads nil "winner" "winner.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
31668 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
31669
31670 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
31671 Non-nil if Winner mode is enabled.
31672 See the command `winner-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31673 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31674 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31675 or call the function `winner-mode'.")
31676
31677 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
31678
31679 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
31680 Toggle Winner mode on or off.
31681 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Winner mode if ARG is
31682 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31683 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
31684 \\{winner-mode-map}
31685
31686 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31687
31688 ;;;***
31689 \f
31690 ;;;### (autoloads nil "woman" "woman.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
31691 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
31692 (push (purecopy '(woman 0 551)) package--builtin-versions)
31693
31694 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
31695 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
31696 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
31697 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
31698 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
31699
31700 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
31701
31702 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
31703 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
31704 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
31705 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
31706 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
31707 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
31708 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
31709 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
31710
31711 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
31712 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
31713
31714 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
31715
31716 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
31717 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
31718
31719 \(fn)" t nil)
31720
31721 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
31722 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
31723 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
31724 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
31725 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
31726 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
31727 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
31728 `woman' command for further details.
31729
31730 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
31731
31732 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
31733 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
31734
31735 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
31736
31737 ;;;***
31738 \f
31739 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el" (21187 63826
31740 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
31741 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
31742 (push (purecopy '(ws-mode 0 7)) package--builtin-versions)
31743
31744 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
31745 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
31746
31747 BUGS:
31748 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
31749 are not implemented
31750 - Options for search and replace
31751 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
31752 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
31753
31754 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
31755 Emacs-like.
31756
31757 \(fn)" t nil)
31758
31759 ;;;***
31760 \f
31761 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xml" "xml.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
31762 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
31763
31764 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
31765 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
31766 Return the top node with all its children.
31767 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
31768
31769 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
31770 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31771 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31772
31773 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31774
31775 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31776 namespace to URIs instead.
31777
31778 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
31779 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
31780
31781 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31782
31783 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31784
31785 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31786
31787 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
31788 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
31789 Return the XML parse tree, or raise an error if the region does
31790 not contain well-formed XML.
31791
31792 If BEG is nil, it defaults to `point-min'.
31793 If END is nil, it defaults to `point-max'.
31794 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
31795 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, parse the DTD and return it as the first
31796 element of the list.
31797 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
31798 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31799 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31800
31801 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31802
31803 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31804 namespace to URIs instead.
31805
31806 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
31807 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
31808
31809 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31810
31811 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31812
31813 \(fn &optional BEG END BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31814
31815 ;;;***
31816 \f
31817 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xmltok" "nxml/xmltok.el" (21327 43559 923043
31818 ;;;;;; 0))
31819 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
31820
31821 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
31822 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
31823 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
31824 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
31825 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
31826 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
31827 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
31828 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
31829 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
31830 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
31831
31832 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
31833
31834 ;;;***
31835 \f
31836 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (21359 20005 772941
31837 ;;;;;; 0))
31838 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
31839
31840 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
31841 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
31842 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31843 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31844 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31845 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
31846
31847 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
31848
31849 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
31850 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
31851 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
31852 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31853 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31854
31855 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
31856 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
31857 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
31858 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
31859 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
31860 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
31861
31862 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31863
31864 ;;;***
31865 \f
31866 ;;;### (autoloads nil "yenc" "gnus/yenc.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
31867 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
31868
31869 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
31870 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
31871
31872 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31873
31874 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
31875 Extract file name from an yenc header.
31876
31877 \(fn)" nil nil)
31878
31879 ;;;***
31880 \f
31881 ;;;### (autoloads nil "zone" "play/zone.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
31882 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
31883
31884 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
31885 Zone out, completely.
31886
31887 \(fn)" t nil)
31888
31889 ;;;***
31890 \f
31891 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
31892 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
31893 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
31894 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
31895 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
31896 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
31897 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el"
31898 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
31899 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el" "calc/calc-poly.el"
31900 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el"
31901 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el"
31902 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-units.el"
31903 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el"
31904 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el"
31905 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-french.el"
31906 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-iso.el"
31907 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
31908 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
31909 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el"
31910 ;;;;;; "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el" "cedet/cedet-cscope.el"
31911 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el" "cedet/cedet-idutils.el"
31912 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/auto.el" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el" "cedet/ede/base.el"
31913 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el" "cedet/ede/custom.el" "cedet/ede/dired.el"
31914 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/emacs.el" "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/generic.el"
31915 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/linux.el" "cedet/ede/locate.el" "cedet/ede/make.el"
31916 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el" "cedet/ede/pconf.el" "cedet/ede/pmake.el"
31917 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el" "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el" "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el"
31918 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-info.el" "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el"
31919 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el" "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el" "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el"
31920 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el" "cedet/ede/proj.el" "cedet/ede/project-am.el"
31921 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/shell.el" "cedet/ede/simple.el" "cedet/ede/source.el"
31922 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" "cedet/ede/srecode.el" "cedet/ede/system.el"
31923 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/util.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el"
31924 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el"
31925 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine.el"
31926 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el"
31927 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el"
31928 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el"
31929 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/chart.el" "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el"
31930 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el"
31931 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-el.el" "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el"
31932 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-global.el" "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el"
31933 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
31934 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
31935 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
31936 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
31937 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
31938 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
31939 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
31940 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
31941 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el"
31942 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el" "cedet/semantic/senator.el"
31943 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el"
31944 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el"
31945 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el"
31946 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el"
31947 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
31948 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
31949 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
31950 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
31951 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el"
31952 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/args.el" "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el"
31953 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el" "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
31954 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
31955 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
31956 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
31957 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el" "cedet/srecode/semantic.el"
31958 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/srt.el" "cedet/srecode/table.el" "cedet/srecode/template.el"
31959 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/texi.el" "cus-dep.el" "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el"
31960 ;;;;;; "dired-x.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el"
31961 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/authors.el" "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el"
31962 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
31963 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el"
31964 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el"
31965 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el"
31966 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el" "emacs-lisp/smie.el"
31967 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/subr-x.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
31968 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
31969 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-extras.el"
31970 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
31971 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
31972 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el"
31973 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el"
31974 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el"
31975 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el"
31976 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el"
31977 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el"
31978 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-tramp.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
31979 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
31980 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-module.el"
31981 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el"
31982 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "format-spec.el" "fringe.el"
31983 ;;;;;; "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el"
31984 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cloud.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
31985 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el"
31986 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-icalendar.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el"
31987 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el"
31988 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el"
31989 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el"
31990 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el"
31991 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el"
31992 ;;;;;; "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-archive.el"
31993 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el"
31994 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/nnagent.el"
31995 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
31996 ;;;;;; "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el"
31997 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el"
31998 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el"
31999 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el"
32000 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/registry.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el"
32001 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/rtree.el"
32002 ;;;;;; "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el"
32003 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el" "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el"
32004 ;;;;;; "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el" "international/fontset.el"
32005 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
32006 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "kermit.el"
32007 ;;;;;; "language/hanja-util.el" "language/thai-word.el" "ldefs-boot.el"
32008 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/arabic.el" "leim/quail/croatian.el" "leim/quail/cyril-jis.el"
32009 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/cyrillic.el" "leim/quail/czech.el" "leim/quail/ethiopic.el"
32010 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/georgian.el" "leim/quail/greek.el" "leim/quail/hanja-jis.el"
32011 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/hanja.el" "leim/quail/hanja3.el" "leim/quail/hebrew.el"
32012 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/indian.el" "leim/quail/ipa-praat.el" "leim/quail/ipa.el"
32013 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/japanese.el" "leim/quail/lao.el" "leim/quail/latin-alt.el"
32014 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/latin-ltx.el" "leim/quail/latin-post.el" "leim/quail/latin-pre.el"
32015 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/lrt.el" "leim/quail/persian.el" "leim/quail/py-punct.el"
32016 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/pypunct-b5.el" "leim/quail/rfc1345.el" "leim/quail/sgml-input.el"
32017 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/sisheng.el" "leim/quail/slovak.el" "leim/quail/symbol-ksc.el"
32018 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/thai.el" "leim/quail/tibetan.el" "leim/quail/viqr.el"
32019 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/vntelex.el" "leim/quail/vnvni.el" "leim/quail/welsh.el"
32020 ;;;;;; "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mspools.el"
32021 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
32022 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailedit.el" "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el"
32023 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el" "mail/rmailsum.el"
32024 ;;;;;; "mail/undigest.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el"
32025 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el"
32026 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el"
32027 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
32028 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
32029 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
32030 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
32031 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mwheel.el"
32032 ;;;;;; "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el"
32033 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el"
32034 ;;;;;; "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/mairix.el" "net/sasl-cram.el"
32035 ;;;;;; "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl.el" "net/shr-color.el" "net/soap-client.el"
32036 ;;;;;; "net/soap-inspect.el" "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-adb.el"
32037 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cache.el" "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el"
32038 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gvfs.el" "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el"
32039 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-sh.el" "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el"
32040 ;;;;;; "net/zeroconf.el" "notifications.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
32041 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
32042 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
32043 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
32044 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
32045 ;;;;;; "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "obsolete/abbrevlist.el" "obsolete/assoc.el"
32046 ;;;;;; "obsolete/awk-mode.el" "obsolete/bruce.el" "obsolete/cl-compat.el"
32047 ;;;;;; "obsolete/complete.el" "obsolete/cust-print.el" "obsolete/erc-hecomplete.el"
32048 ;;;;;; "obsolete/fast-lock.el" "obsolete/gulp.el" "obsolete/iso-acc.el"
32049 ;;;;;; "obsolete/iso-insert.el" "obsolete/iso-swed.el" "obsolete/keyswap.el"
32050 ;;;;;; "obsolete/lazy-lock.el" "obsolete/ledit.el" "obsolete/levents.el"
32051 ;;;;;; "obsolete/lmenu.el" "obsolete/longlines.el" "obsolete/lucid.el"
32052 ;;;;;; "obsolete/mailpost.el" "obsolete/meese.el" "obsolete/mouse-sel.el"
32053 ;;;;;; "obsolete/old-emacs-lock.el" "obsolete/old-whitespace.el"
32054 ;;;;;; "obsolete/options.el" "obsolete/otodo-mode.el" "obsolete/patcomp.el"
32055 ;;;;;; "obsolete/pc-mode.el" "obsolete/pc-select.el" "obsolete/pgg-def.el"
32056 ;;;;;; "obsolete/pgg-gpg.el" "obsolete/pgg-parse.el" "obsolete/pgg-pgp.el"
32057 ;;;;;; "obsolete/pgg-pgp5.el" "obsolete/pgg.el" "obsolete/rcompile.el"
32058 ;;;;;; "obsolete/resume.el" "obsolete/s-region.el" "obsolete/scribe.el"
32059 ;;;;;; "obsolete/spell.el" "obsolete/sregex.el" "obsolete/sup-mouse.el"
32060 ;;;;;; "obsolete/swedish.el" "obsolete/sym-comp.el" "obsolete/terminal.el"
32061 ;;;;;; "obsolete/vc-mcvs.el" "obsolete/xesam.el" "obsolete/yow.el"
32062 ;;;;;; "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el" "org/ob-asymptote.el" "org/ob-awk.el"
32063 ;;;;;; "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el" "org/ob-comint.el" "org/ob-core.el"
32064 ;;;;;; "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el" "org/ob-dot.el" "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el"
32065 ;;;;;; "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el" "org/ob-fortran.el" "org/ob-gnuplot.el"
32066 ;;;;;; "org/ob-haskell.el" "org/ob-io.el" "org/ob-java.el" "org/ob-js.el"
32067 ;;;;;; "org/ob-keys.el" "org/ob-latex.el" "org/ob-ledger.el" "org/ob-lilypond.el"
32068 ;;;;;; "org/ob-lisp.el" "org/ob-lob.el" "org/ob-makefile.el" "org/ob-matlab.el"
32069 ;;;;;; "org/ob-maxima.el" "org/ob-mscgen.el" "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el"
32070 ;;;;;; "org/ob-org.el" "org/ob-perl.el" "org/ob-picolisp.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el"
32071 ;;;;;; "org/ob-python.el" "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el"
32072 ;;;;;; "org/ob-scala.el" "org/ob-scheme.el" "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el"
32073 ;;;;;; "org/ob-shen.el" "org/ob-sql.el" "org/ob-sqlite.el" "org/ob-table.el"
32074 ;;;;;; "org/ob-tangle.el" "org/ob.el" "org/org-archive.el" "org/org-attach.el"
32075 ;;;;;; "org/org-bbdb.el" "org/org-bibtex.el" "org/org-clock.el"
32076 ;;;;;; "org/org-crypt.el" "org/org-ctags.el" "org/org-datetree.el"
32077 ;;;;;; "org/org-docview.el" "org/org-element.el" "org/org-entities.el"
32078 ;;;;;; "org/org-eshell.el" "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-feed.el"
32079 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el"
32080 ;;;;;; "org/org-id.el" "org/org-indent.el" "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el"
32081 ;;;;;; "org/org-install.el" "org/org-irc.el" "org/org-list.el" "org/org-macro.el"
32082 ;;;;;; "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mobile.el" "org/org-mouse.el" "org/org-pcomplete.el"
32083 ;;;;;; "org/org-plot.el" "org/org-protocol.el" "org/org-rmail.el"
32084 ;;;;;; "org/org-src.el" "org/org-table.el" "org/org-timer.el" "org/org-w3m.el"
32085 ;;;;;; "org/ox-ascii.el" "org/ox-beamer.el" "org/ox-html.el" "org/ox-icalendar.el"
32086 ;;;;;; "org/ox-latex.el" "org/ox-man.el" "org/ox-md.el" "org/ox-odt.el"
32087 ;;;;;; "org/ox-org.el" "org/ox-publish.el" "org/ox-texinfo.el" "org/ox.el"
32088 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
32089 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
32090 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
32091 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
32092 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
32093 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
32094 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
32095 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
32096 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "soundex.el"
32097 ;;;;;; "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el"
32098 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el"
32099 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
32100 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-global.el" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
32101 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-parse.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el"
32102 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "timezone.el"
32103 ;;;;;; "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el"
32104 ;;;;;; "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-domsuf.el" "url/url-expand.el"
32105 ;;;;;; "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-future.el" "url/url-history.el"
32106 ;;;;;; "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
32107 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el" "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el"
32108 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-ptch.el" "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el"
32109 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el" "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el"
32110 ;;;;;; "vcursor.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-common-fns.el"
32111 ;;;;;; "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "x-dnd.el") (21386 65266 511227
32112 ;;;;;; 583000))
32113
32114 ;;;***
32115 \f
32116 (provide 'loaddefs)
32117 ;; Local Variables:
32118 ;; version-control: never
32119 ;; no-byte-compile: t
32120 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
32121 ;; coding: utf-8
32122 ;; End:
32123 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here